UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

Third Edition 2019

UCE
COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
FOR UGANDA

UCE Computer Studies Paper 840/1 (Theory).

COMPILED BY
Mukalele Rogers (0776960740)
www.mukalele.net

MARKETED BY
Mpeirwe Nobles (0753797809)

1
 ABOUT THIS BOOK

ABOUT THIS BOOK

 This book has been compiled to help candidates as they prepare for their
examinations. The book contains over 1000 Past Examination Questions and Answers
compiled from marking guides of past papers 2000-2018.
 The UCE Computer Studies Syllabus outline, including the question allocation per
topic has been included to further guide the candidates on which topics to concentrate
on most. The book also include a sample Exam Blue Print (2015). Teachers are
encouraged to use blue prints when setting in order to ensure a balanced paper. An
Examiners Report for UCE 2017 has been also included to highlight the common areas
of weakness and strategies for improving.
 Teachers can also make use of this book as a question bank for assessing their
candidates. New revised editions of this book will be released periodically with new
questions and answers for various examinations as they become available.

Other books by the same author include:

 Computer Studies for Uganda
 Subsidiary ICT for Uganda
 Computer Practical Applications Lab Activities for Uganda.
 Subsidiary ICT Revision Questions and Answers for Uganda

DISCLAIMER: Some of the marking guides compiled together in this booklet

were made and shared by distinguished teachers. Some answers may not be the
most appropriate and are subject to discussion. This booklet should therefore just
facilitate the revision and discussions – the author is not entirely liable for all data
contained herein. In case of any errata, concerns or feedback, please leave a
comment on the product page at books.mukalele.net or email us at
[email protected].

2
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

TABLE OF CONTENTS
About this Book.............................................................................................................................2
Table of Contents .........................................................................................................................3
Computer Studies Syllabus Outline ..............................................................................................4
2016 UNEB Circular to all Schools Offering Computer Studies 840 ..........................................10
Past Paper Questions and Answers ...........................................................................................13
Final Paper 2000 ........................................................................................................................13
Final Paper 2002 ........................................................................................................................27
Final Paper 2003 ........................................................................................................................44
Final Paper 2004 ........................................................................................................................56
Final Paper 2005 ........................................................................................................................65
Final Paper 2006 .......................................................................................................................77
Final Paper 2007 ........................................................................................................................97
Final Paper 2009 ......................................................................................................................111
Final Paper 2010 ......................................................................................................................123
Final Paper 2011 ......................................................................................................................133
Premock 2011...........................................................................................................................141
Resourceful Mock 2011 ............................................................................................................158
JJEB 2011 ................................................................................................................................167
Final Paper 2013 ......................................................................................................................174
External Mock 2014 ..................................................................................................................182
Wakissha 2014 .........................................................................................................................192
External Mock 2015 ..................................................................................................................196
For Teachers: Sample UCE Exam Blue Print (UNEB 2015) and Blooms Taxonomy ...............211
What is Bloom’s Taxonomy? .............................................................................211
Blue Print and Question Paper UNEB 2015 ......................................................212
Question Paper UNEB 2015 ..............................................................................215
Final Paper 2016 ......................................................................................................................222
ACIETEKA 2017 .......................................................................................................................232
JJEB MOCK 2017.....................................................................................................................242
Final Paper 2017 ......................................................................................................................256
Examiners Report 2017 ............................................................................................................264
Final Paper 2018 ......................................................................................................................274
Extra Objectives Compilation One ............................................................................................286
Extra Objectives Compilation Two ............................................................................................301

3
 COMPUTER STUDIES SYLLABUS OUTLINE

COMPUTER STUDIES SYLLABUS OUTLINE

1. The computer studies teaching syllabus serves to standardize the teaching of Computer
Studies in all schools.
2. It also serves to leverage the use of software through suggesting solutions that can be
achieved with use of more than one type of software.
3. The Computer Studies teaching syllabus intends to encourage a lot of practical work
and hand-on practice and with much accommodation of changing and emerging
technologies in ICT.
4. It also serves to provide a platform for easy assessment of skills and other areas of
knowledge.
5. The Computer Studies syllabus serves to promote scientific, technical and cultural
knowledge, skills and attitudes needed for development.
TIME ALLOCATION
Computer Studies is allocated three (3) periods per week for the 12 school weeks in a term from
Senior One to Senior Four and thus has a total of 36 periods per term in the school calendar
year. The time allocation given provides adequate time for hands-on practice. Therefore it is the
duty of the teacher to make better use of this time by providing enough resources for practice to
the learners.
COMPUTER STUDIES CURRICULUM SEQUENCE
1.1 Computers Today
S 1 TERM 1 – 2 TOPIC 1: INTRODUCTION 1.2 Evolution of Computers
TO COMPUTERS 1.3 Uses and Functions of a Computer
1.4 Computer Care and Safety
1.5 Keyboard and Navigation
1.6 Categories of Computers
1.7 Classification of Computers
1.8 The Computer System
2.1 Components of Computer Hardware
TERM 2 – 3 TOPIC 2: COMPUTER 2.2 Application of Hardware Components
HARDWARE
3.1 Introduction to Software
S2 TERM 1 TOPIC 3: COMPUTER 3.2 System Software
SOFTWARE 3.3 Application Software
4.1 Introduction to Word Processing
TERM 2 TOPIC 4: WORD 4.2 Word Processing
PROCESSING
5.1 Introduction to Presentation Software
TERM 3 TOPIC 5: COMPUTER 5.2 Presentations
PRESENTATION
TOPIC 6: SYSTEM START- 6.1 Computer Booting
S3 TERM 1 UP AND CONFIGURATION 6.2 System Configuration
6.3 Software Installation
6.4 Computer Troubleshooting

4
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
TOPIC 7: COMPUTER 7.1 Introduction to Computer Communication
COMMUNICATION AND 7.2 Computer Networks
NETWORKING
8.1 Introduction to Spreadsheets
TERM 2 TOPIC 8: SPREADSHEETS 8.2 Spreadsheets
3.1 Introduction to Web Design
TERM 3 TOPIC 9: WEB DESIGNING 3.2 Web Design
10.1 Introduction to Databases
S4 TERM 1 TOPIC 10: DATABASES 10.2 Database Design
TERM 2 TOPIC 11: ELEMENTARY 11.1 Introduction to Programming
COMPUTER 11.2 Developing a Simple Program
PROGRAMMING
TERM 2 – 3 TOPIC 12: TRENDS IN 12.1 Computer Integrity and Security
COMPUTING 12.2 Computer Ethics
12.3 Computers and Society
12.4 Emerging Technologies
12.5 Systems Analysis
12.6 Computer Professions

Additional Syllabus Considerations for Specific Topics

Computers today:
- You should give guided introduction to aspects of computing, occupations and application
- You are encouraged to invite resource persons to enlighten students in the field of ICT.
- You should mention and show / demonstrate physical computer parts
Evolution of Computers:
- Focus should be on characteristics of the era
 Physical
 Software
 Set-backs
 Technology
Uses and functions of a Computer:
- Focus on identifying and describing the uses of the computer
Computer care and safety:
- You should explain in the simplest terms possible or according to terms already learnt.
- On Maintenance: general guidelines for maintenance of computers should be discussed or
taught
Keyboard and Navigation:
- Utilize typing tutors and word pad, to develop skills of typing
- Tools e.g. Paint-brush, should be used to help students to develop skills in navigating and
using the mouse
- Give as many examples of key-combinations especially the most important (2-key & 3-key
combinations)
- Practical work on Keyboard skills and navigation should be given to every student and should
be continuous.
5
 COMPUTER STUDIES SYLLABUS OUTLINE

Categories of computers:
- Focus should be on the operations and examples of the categories.
Classification of computers:
- Endeavour to provide more information on other classifications not mentioned here in the
syllabus
Computer system:
- Focus should be on distinguishing hardware, software, data and communication components.
Components of computer hardware:
- When teaching storage devices, it is important to note and discuss Primary & Secondary
storage components.
System software:
- Focus should be on general functions of systems software
- Observe that system software is not an Operating system.
- Students should practice on functions of system software.
Application software:
- You should not limit to only Office packages but others like Desktop Publishing, Imaging
programs e.t.c.
- A clear distinction of types of application software is expected.
- Focus on types of application software should be on Off-shelf, Custom-tailored, Shareware,
Freeware and Open-source.
- Emphasis should be placed on demonstrations
Word processing:
- Focus is on document production with emphasis on skills outlined in the syllabus
- Much more practice should be done with related documents
- Creativity and maximum use of available features is encouraged at this level
- Tasks to students should be time-bound
Presentations:
- Where options are provided, all the commands / tools should be used.
- The “School advert” and “short stories” are progressive activities that will generate / develop
skills over a number of slides.
- The “School advert” should be handled / taught from scratch (black slides); templates and
wizards should not be used at this stage.
- Using skills gained out of practice in the school advert and short stories, learners should
be made to explore through the themes provided and make presentations in classroom / lab.
- You should encourage students to practice and gain skills in:
a. Mail merge
b. Hyperlinks
c. Inter links
d. Mathematical features
e. Document security
f. Import and export options.
System configuration:
- You should make use of the technical and user manuals provided with the computers and
software respectively.
6
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
- Consult / Research more from the Internet
- A lot of hands-on practice should be given to students
- At least two (2) computers should be put aside for practice
- Extra periods have been allocated to system configuration and another 2 for
Troubleshooting for purposes of providing students with more hands-on practice time in the
classroom.
Computer networks:
- You should limit configuration to dynamic IP addressing when setting up the SOHO Network
- You should cover as many terminologies as possible under computer communication.
- Internet will be treated on one of the types of Networks and the following should also be
emphasized:
 History of Internet
 Uses of the Internet
 Types of Internet connection
- You should demonstrate Internet use and endeavor to make students practice in the use of
the Internet.
Spread Sheets:
- Start off with a simple mark sheet and progressively move towards an advanced worksheet.
- Limit the learning scope to the following:

Functions: Operations:
SUM ( ) , AVG ( ) , COUNT ( ) , MIN ( )
MAX ( ) , IF ( ) , Cell referencing ,
+ ; - ; * ; / ; ;()
Absolute (Fixed) , MODE , MEDIAN ,

Web design and publishing:

- A personal web page should have:
1. A header
2. Images and graphics
3. Tables
4. Bio-data
5. Hyper links
- When conducting practice with other tasks, involve use of a resource person (like web
designers / masters)
- Limit the scope of designing to the following areas:
Web Page Components:
a. Page titles
b. Text headings and main text content c. Buttons and icons: navigation tools d. Lists:
ordered and unordered lists
e. Line separators
f. Graphics (images)
g.Tables h. Frames

7
 COMPUTER STUDIES SYLLABUS OUTLINE

i. Specific relative text size and flow in a document.

Linking Options:
a. Relative pathnames and absolute pathnames b. URLs
c. Integration of images into the page
d. Alternate text for images
e. Images as hyper links
Colour Options:
Data base design:
a. Specify a colour by name
b. Specify a colour by RGB Value
c. Colour of text, background and links
- You should limit the design scope to a flat database file.
- You should make use of resource persons in database development and design.
Trends in computing:
- In teaching “Developments in application” the following areas should be addressed:
a. Growth of the Internet
b. Virtual Reality
c. Education
d.Health
e. Military
f. Commerce
g.Industry
h. Home
i. Government
- Computer Intrusion; the following should be taught,
a. Hacking
b. Electronic trespass
c. Viruses
- Computer protection; the following should be taught,
a. Firewalls
b. Data encryption
c. Physical protection
- You should limit the teaching to issues of copyright concerning computers, when handling
Copyright Law in Uganda.
MODE OF ASSESSMENT
Assessment of Computer Studies will be handled in two modes, that is, continuous assessment
and summative assessment.
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT:
This shall be carried out by the subject teacher within the provided teaching time in form of
practical sessions or exercises, tests, class and student projects, study reports, open quizzes,
oral questions and answers and experiments. For this subject, it is advised that assessment
be done at the end of each subtopic, so that achievement of the specific objectives under
question is adequately checked against each learner.

8
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
This mode of assessment shall be the core of assessment from senior one to senior four and
thus no time for assessment or examining shall be put aside for this subject in the said period.
It therefore means that all school terms with the exception of Senior Four - Term 2, shall carry
continuous assessment marks.
SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
This shall be conducted at the end of four years of the ordinary level of education; in the same
way as has been the practice over the years. The same examination formats that have been
in existence shall still be maintained. Computer Studies shall be examined in two major papers,
with Paper 1 covering theoretical and applied sections of the syllabus and Paper 2 covering
the hands -on aspects of the syllabus.
PAPER I (2½ hours): This shall be a theory and practical theory paper with three sections.
Section A (20 Marks)
Will consist of 20 multiple choice questions drawn from the whole syllabus
Section B (60 Marks)
Will consist of 6 structured questions drawn from the whole syllabus
Section C (20 Marks)
Will consist of three (3) equally weighted practical theory questions and a candidate will attempt
only one (1) question carrying 20 marks; questions will be drawn from the following topics:
i. Elementary Programming
ii. Trends in Computing
iii. Systems Start-up and Configuration
iv. Computer Communication and Networking
v. Computer Hardware
PAPER II (2½ hours): This will be a practical paper with two sections.
Section A (40 Marks)
This section shall be compulsory and questions will be drawn from Word Processing and
Spreadsheets
Section B (60 Marks)
This section will consist of three (3) equally weighted questions of which a candidate will attempt
two (2) questions, each carrying 30 marks. The questions will be drawn from Databases, Web
Design and Computer Presentations.

9
 2016 UNEB CIRCULAR TO ALL SCHOOLS OFFERING COMPUTER STUDIES 840

2016 UNEB CIRCULAR TO ALL SCHOOLS OFFERING COMPUTER STUDIES

840

10
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

11
2016 UNEB CIRCULAR TO ALL SCHOOLS OFFERING COMPUTER STUDIES 840

12
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

PAST PAPER QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

FINAL PAPER 2000

1. John Napier invented calculating rods called
A. Calculators
B. Napier’s Bones
C. Arithmetic machine
D. Napier’s rods
2. Which of these generations in the evolution of computers is characterised by the use of
very large integrated circuits?
A. First generation
B. Second generation
C. Third generation
D. Fourth generation
3. Which of these is the easiest to carry from one place to another?
A. Super computer
B. Main frame
C. Mini computer
D. Laptop
4. The ability of computers to handle more than one task is carried
A. Mobility
B. Velocity
C. Analogy
D. Multiple
5. Tangible components of a computer are called
A. Equipment
B. Hardware
C. Software
D. Live ware
6. How many bits are found in the word MAD?
A. 3
B. 8
C.12
D. 24
7. Which of the following is a group of operating systems?
A. DOS, Windows NT and UNIX
B. Lotus, Windows 98 and Excel
C. Spreadsheets, Linux and DOS
D. Windows NT, DOS and Word
8. Formatting a disk does one of the following
A. Makes the letters bold
B. Changes the font type

13
 FINAL PAPER 2000

C. Erases the contents

D. Increases the indent
9. Which of these are done in word processing
A. Writing letters, formatting disks and processing graphics
B. Creating, saving and printing of documents
C. Printing of documents, information sharing and processing work
D. Documenting, processing and sending information
10. Which of the following utilities can provide words that have the same meaning?
A. Spell checker
B. Auto correct
C. Thesaurus
D. Grammar checker
11. In spreadsheets, rows and columns intersect to form
A. Cells
B. Work area
C. Cell pointer
D. Cell areas
12. in spreadsheets, Row 6 and Column D form a cell reference
A. 6D
B. D6
C. 6: D
D. D: 6
13. The electronic transfer of text message from one geographical location to another using
computers is referred to as:-
A. Internet communication
B. Electronic mail
C. Down loading
D. Uploading
14. Which one of the following statements best explains the term “internet”
A. E- mail
B. International connections
C. Global connection of computers
D. Globalization
15. Which one of the following is a primary database structure?
A. Form
B. Query
C. Report
D. Table
16. What is the most appropriate data type for a photograph in a database?
A. OLE objects
B. Text
C. Hyperlink
D. Field
17. Which one of the following software displays slides as an output?
14
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
A. Internet explorer
B. Word processing
C. Presentation
D. Spreadsheet
18. What does a slide master do?
A. It controls sound and transition
B. It controls animation
C. It controls graphic and movies
D. It controls certain text characteristics and background
19. Which one of the following can be used in web publishing?
A. Slide master
B. E- mail
C. Hyper links
D. LAN
20. As a computer technology advances
A. The size of computers also advances
B. The size of computers reduces
C. The size of computers remains normal
D. The cost of computers will be high
ANSWERS TO 840/1 – 2000
SECTION A
1. B 5. B 9. B 13. B 17. C
2. D 6. D 10. C 14. C 18. D
3. D 7. A 11. A 15. D 19. C
4. D 8. C 12. B 16. A 20. B
SECTION B (60 Marks)
21. (a). RAM and ROM are two different types of memory found in the computer.
(i) What do the abbreviation ROM and RAM stand for?
ROM- Read Only Memory
RAM- Random Access Memory
(vi) State two differences between ROM and RAM
RAM ROM
i) RAM is volatile ROM is non volatile
ii) RAM is read and write ROM is read only
iii) RAM is temporal(not permanent) ROM is permanent
iv) RAM can be increased Rom is normally not increasable
(vii) Where is each one of this applied?
ROM is used to store software and configurations used in booting the computer.
RAM is used to store programs apparently used by the user when the computer is working
(b) Compact Disk-ROM devices are now used to store games, state three advantages
and one disadvantage of supplying games on the above mentioned devices.
Advantages
A compact disc is more portable than other storage devices
15
 FINAL PAPER 2000

The games are permanent (ROM can’t be rubbed off)

Can be stored for a long time
A CD-ROM can hold up to 700MB of data, instructions and information
A CD-ROM however can contain text, graphics, video and sound
Most manufactures guarantee that a properly cared for compact disc will last up to 50 years.
Disadvantages
Can be attacked by a virus
Can be scratched and hence a distortion
Some kinds of compact discs are read only (CD-ROM and DVD-ROM)
The average access time of a compact disc is faster than that of a floppy disc
One problem with CD-RW is that they cannot be read by all CD-ROM drives
(c) (i) State four precautions which should be taken to prevent virus from
affecting computers.
1 Ensure that the e-mail is from a trusted source before opening or executing any e-mail
attachment
2 Install an antivirus utility and update its virus definitions frequently for detecting and
removing viruses.
3 Never start up a computer with a floppy disk in the floppy drive
4 Scan all floppy disks and files for possible virus infection before opening them.
5 Set the security level for macros in an application so that the user can choose whether or
not to run potentially unsafe macros
6 Write-protect the recovery disk before using it
7 Back up important files regularly
8 An antivirus utility is a program that prevents, detects and removes viruses from a
computer’s memory or storage device
One popular anti-virus program is Norton anti-virus
An antivirus utility scans for programs that attempt to modify, boot program, the operating
system and other programs that are normally read from but not modified.
9 Install a virus guard
10 Avoid using external peripheral devices e.g. diskettes
(d) Explain the term computer virus
A virus is a program that copies itself into other programs spreads through
Multiple computers. Viruses are often designed to affect, or infect, a computer negative by
altering the way it normally works without the knowledge permission of the owner.
22. Staff in a firm of solicitors uses typewriters for all letters and forms. The firm
decides to introduce word processors to take the office work more efficient.
(a) State three reasons why this change may worry some office staff
1 It could cause unemployment to them
2 They could not be having computer literacy
3 The maintenance costs are high
(b) After some time, most of the staff finds out that the word processors make their job
easier. Mention three reasons why their jobs are made easier.
1 It makes work faster
16
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
2 It can store work for future use
3 It can print work of better quality
(c) What word processor function, would you use to?
(i) Make headings more obvious
Bold
(ii) Type an address at the right of a document
Right align
(viii)Produce a draft document with space between the lines
Line spacing
(ix) To make changes to a document in the following ways: italising, changing font
colour and underlining.
Formatting
(d) ….. …is a word processor that uses ONLY a key board in its operations?
- Word perfect
(e) What is the difference between lower case and upper case?
Upper case is composed of capital letters
Lower case is composed of small letters
(f) Explain what is meant by the term “Save As”?
This is a command used to affect the process of saving documents from the memory temporal
storage to a permanent storage or from one drive to another and also when changing a name
of a document to another.
23. The spreadsheet below shows “THE KATUNKUMA COLLEGE SCHOOL SALES”
A B C D E F G H
1
2
3 Day L.C Sales Costs Income Profit Profit
Donation
4 Monday William 45 $15.50 $15.50 $4.20 $27.10
$1.05
5 Tuesday Katherine 53 $18.63 $18.63 $5.85 $31.24
$1.46
6 Wednesday Jennifer 37 $11.80 $11.83 $3.97 $31.24
$0.99
7 Thursday Christopher - $21.20 $21.20 $5.45 $34.58
$1.36
8 Friday Joanna 64 $19.25 $19.25 $5.65 $25.71
$1.41
9 Total 271 $86.06 $86.06 $25.09 $29.35 $6.27
10 Average 54.1 $17.21 $17.21 $5.02 $29.15
$-
THE SHOP sales spreadsheet showing the result of changing a charity percentage to
25%

17
 FINAL PAPER 2000

(a) State the entry for the cell below G5

$31.24
(b) (i) What is the formula used to calculate the total cost
=SUM (D5:D9)
(ii) Find the entry in C8
=SUM (C4:C8) - (C4 + C5 + C6 + C8)
(c) If the range of cells from A4 to A8 is A4:A8, give the ranges for
(i) The four cells below G7
G7:G11
(ii) The four cells to the left of G7
G7:K7
(iii) What else can you put in spreadsheets cells besides text and numbers?
-Formulas
-Alpha numeric
(d) Name three different operations, which you would expect in a spreadsheet cell.
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION EXAMPLE
() Parenthesis =B2*(C4 + D5)
* Multiplication =B2*C4
/ Division =B2/C10
+ Addition =(B2 + C4)
- Subtraction =(B2 – C4)
% Percentage = C5*60%
^ Exponential =C5^2
(e) Name three different types of number format you would expect in a
spreadsheet cell.
-General
-Number
-Currency
-Accounting
-Date
-Time
-Percentage
-Fraction
-Text
-Special
-Custom
24. (a) What is meant by the following terms?
(i) E-mail
This is the transfer of electronic messages from one geographical location to
another using computers and related computerized devices.
(ii) Internet
Is the global connection of computers where by access to information is
world wide enhanced
18
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
(b) Explain briefly how the internet can be used as a learning tool
1 Computer assisted instructions (CAI), so that teachers use computers and other IT
equipment to present teaching materials a more interesting way.
2 Computer assisted learning (CAL), so that students use computers and appropriate
software to learn at their own pace.
3 Computer assisted assessment (CAA), which may reduce time and labour to mark the
answer scripts
4 Distance learning through computer based training and based training
5 Simulations of experiments or real life situations that make hazardous
6 Electronic library system for searching, borrowing and read books
7 The school administration and management system for keeping records of students and
producing report cards or related documents
8 Edutainment, which is a type of educational software that combines education with
entertainment.
Advantages of using IT in teaching and learning include
1.CAI and CAL packages that usually contains multimedia effectively make learning more
interesting and interactive
2.Students can learn by themselves when the teacher is not available
3.Students can learn and proceed at their own pace
4.Students can usually get their results or feed back immediately after they have answered the
question or taken an action.
5.There are rich educational resources on CD-ROMS and internet.
6.Teachers can present subject matter and explain abstract concepts clearly with multimedia
7.Teachers can now show experiments that are difficult to perform or dangerous in nature
through simulations software
8.Advanced instructions can be given to students in areas where the teacher may not be
qualified
(c) Mention:
(i) Four advantages of the internet
1 Enhancement of communication
2 Access to information ( world wide)
3 Shop for goods and services
4 Provide information to others
(ii) Four disadvantages of internet
1 There is no privacy for information
2 Information control is limited
3 Illegal material are plenty
4 Piracy
25. (a) List five examples of data types that can be used in record
1 Text
2 Memo
3 Number

19
 FINAL PAPER 2000

4 Date/time
5 Currency
6 Auto number
7 Logical data types
(Yes/No, True/False)
8 OLE object
9 Hyperlink
10 Lookup Wizard
(b) Outline the function of each of the data types listed in (a) above
1. Text, which may hold letters, numbers or special characters
2.Memo type, which contain text of any type or length
3.Number type, which may hold numbers only
4.Date/time, which may hold month, day and year information
5.Currency type, which may hold dollar and cents amounts
6.Boolean type, which may hold values that are either true or false
7.OLE object- OLE (Object Linking and Embedding) objects, graphics or other binary data.
Field capacity is up to a gigabyte (GB) or limited by space available disk space
8.Lookup Wizard- when the value that you need exists in any table or from a list of static
values, you use the lookup wizard to help you establish a link to the table or to define the
combo box that display the list of values on a form or report
9.Validation is the process of comparing the data entered with a set of predefined rules or
values to check if the data is acceptable. Manipulation of data in a database included
(c) Differentiate between a field and an attribute, give an example of each
Field is a unit of data yet on attribute is a group of field or column in table.
Examples
Field
A field is a unit of data consisting of one or more characters. An example of a field is your name
address. Or your social security number.
Attribute. In a relation database, a table is called relation (not to be confused with a
relationship) A row is called a tuple (which rhymes with couple) and A column is called an
attribute .Some relationship DBMS these terms : Others use file (For tuple) and field (for
attribute )
(d) Outline the importance of a primary key in a database
 A primary key used to ensure that there are no duplicate fields in a table
 It avoids redundancy in tables since it can be represented as a foreign key in other tables.
26. (a) What is meant by the following terms:
(i) HTML – hypertext mark-up language is a language (text codes). Is a format in which web
pages are created.
(ii) Website is an electronic page that has links with other pages and contains information,
data etc.
(b) State three advantages of web publishing
 Easy accesses to information.
 Electronic commerce(E- commerce)
20
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
(c) Describe how a web page is a source of information
 It is a source of information in terms of research of getting information on the internet.
 Education,(on in connectivity)
 Advertisement
 Entertainment
(d) What is the difference between WWW and web page?
The internet is a worldwide connection of networks linked together. It is the largest wide area
network (WAN) in the world.
The World Wide Web is only one of the most popular service available on the internet.
The World Wide Web (WWW) also called the web consists of worldwide collection of electronic
documents.
Each of these documents on the web is called a web page.
Web page is a file of information stored on a web server
Website is an electronic page that has links with other pages and contains information, data
etc.
WWW is a web server in which or where information of a particular organization or company or
subject is stored.
SECTION C: (20 MARKS)
Answer only one question in this section.
27. You are given an assignment to create, design and present a polio awareness
presentation. How do you carry out the above?
Introduction - Define presentation software.
Name the presentation software being employed. (i.e. Power Point).
Body;
1 Mention how one gets to a new slide
2 Set a design out lay of the slide 1.
3 Describe how you, the topic section to be handle
4 In (Check on the creativity) slide 1.
5 (Elaborating on)
6 Arrange format and (preferably a paragraph). Editing, Graphics.
7 Mention how one inserts a second slide.
8 Follow the guideline as laid out in section A
9 Follow till slide.
10 Mention the looping and transition of slide and the timing.
11 Presentation it to the public with the use of a projector, a computer and screen.
28. “Computers have changed today’s ways of life”. Discuss
Definition of computer
(Positive effects))
1 Accuracy and rating, editing, and manipulating
2 Improved communication facilities (e-mail virtual education institutions of texts) reliability
3 Recreation (entertainment industry)
4 Employment opportunities have increased.

21
 FINAL PAPER 2000

5 Large data storage and analysis and easy retrieval. (Improved file management).
6 More information
7 Stronger and more reliable defence systems have been built.
(Defence of security.)
8. Improve research work.
9. Information of industry(less production costs hence less costs of products to consumers)
10. Ease in trading across continent. (Trading on a P.C)
(Negative effects)
1 Less of sight due to over
2 Unemployment.
3 to ill material (moral degradation)Users have been exposed
4 Loss of information due to break down of systems.
5 High rate of forgery.
6 Expensive involved – maintenance.
29. “Computers are required both as a tool and as an occupation”. Discuss
Issues resulting from use of computers.
Today, there are a number of issues which have risen as a result of use of computer
as a tool. These issues include entertainment and breakthroughs in field like
health care education, communication, research, commerce, arts, transport,
automated production employment, and other various cultural effects health
issues.
Breaking-though
Due to development in information and technology there are lots of discoveries
Which have made in almost all sphere of human life in health care, education
Communication, research, commerce, arts, entertainment and transport.
(i) Science
In our professional live, a computer is an integral too in performance
of many jobs. The computer application is science has over years taken
much emphasis among the computer itself is scientific in nature, and so are all
Its functions.
Scientist has used computers in manufacture of different tools, equipments.
They have also used computers in verifying scientific things, theories and laws.
In science, computers have been used manufacture of heavy machines like plane,
automobiles, etc.
(i) Health care
There has been tremendous improvement in health care in the recent past due to
development in information and communication technology .there numbers of
breakthroughs which have been made; they include improved surgery and heart
surgery.
Crowns can also be made by a computerized methods that eliminates the need of
Impressions and plaster models, this methods is called computer-aided design and
Computer –aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM). The dentist uses an optical probe
system to record electronic images of the tooth. This information is entered into a
22
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
computer, which designs an electronic model of the tooth. The design is then
transferred though the computer to lead of a cutting tool. Which prepares the
crown to extract fit the tooth.
(iii) Communication
Many people use personal computers of computer terminal to contact other
Computers to communicate over other telephone lines requires advice called and
Special communications software. A modern translates incoming telephones
Network can use, and it translates incoming telephone signals into computer
Signals, special modems can connect portable computers with the cellular network
Once equipped, a computer can use the telephone network to contact
Computerized information services. called on-line services. This breakthrough
has facilitated the flow of information greatly. Some on-line service offer undated
news bulletins, shopping service and games. Others feature issues of newspapers
magazines and other research materials. A subscriber to o bulletin board system
(BBC) electronically “posts” messages and announcements, making them
available to all other subscribe. Another on-line services electronic (e-mail),
though which individual users communication with each other.
(iv) Research
In medical research, tiny computer will control mechanical device that replace
Organs that have ceased to function. It is believe that computerized nervous
System will assist paraplegics to with again.
In agriculture, researchers use computer to determine to fertilization program that
optimize yields of various crops.
Computers have become the most vital tools in commerce
(V) Computer networks
Enable people in business to send and receive electronic data with little regard
for time or distance. Today many business us electronic data exchange methods
that alternates and standardizes translation between retailers and suppliers
to conduct business translations electronically, transferring information such
orders and invoices between one computer and other. Another area that has a
wide usage of computer is telecommuting. The technique allows workers to work
at home and use computers communicate with an office computer.
(vi) Entertainment
Computers are playing a very important role in entertainment A
Musical instrument digital interface (MIDI) exists to link a musical instrumental
Sounds.
The background music in many movies, televisions, shows, and commercial is
electronically generated.
(vii) Transport
With rapid development information and communication technology, computers
have found their way in transport. today computers have found their way in
transport today computers are used in air, road and water transport. In all terminals

23
 FINAL PAPER 2000

transport, entry pertaining entries and departures and even personal information are
recorded. In many countries transport are recorded and even personal information
are also recorded .In many countries transport system has been computerized and
has facilitated efficiency in the sector.
viii) (Automated Production)
It involve computerizations of production because in factories. In other words,
It is computer-aided production which does not require high manpower.
Advantages
1 It reduces the cost of production because of the efficiency of machines
2 It reduces fewer employers and this reduces the production costs.
3 It leads to improved quality of services and better range of products.
4 It indirectly helping jobs creation since it improves overall production and profits
5 Has helped in reduction of accidents in sectors like mining and chemical production where
much work is potentially hazardous
Disadvantages
In the short run, it leads to job displacement
Effects on employment
Evolution in information and communication technology has had its effect in
Employment though job creation, job replacement and job displacement
Job creation
Thousands of jobs have created in ICT sector especially in the production of Vital electronic
components that are the building block of computer. These components include the
microchip, resistors and transistors.
Once the computer has been built a variety of personal are needed to get them to do some
useful work. System analysts are required to do analysis and design of systems which will run
computers. Programmers are needed to implement the design computers. Data entry
operators are needed to prepare data through verification and validation for computer
processing .Technicians are required for maintenance and repair of hardware. Data
processing managers are needed to ensure the smooth running of the systems and trainers
to train users on computer and their opportunities in the society today.
Job replacement.
Computerization brings about elimination of jobs in most cases these jobs are replaced with
those that have greater responsibilities requiring high level training.
Job replacement therefore is a situation where by certain disappears in an organisation but
reappears in another requiring more and high skilled man power. For example, cleric staff in
an organisation filling forms in departments is now called data entry because they now use
mobile phones and email facilities send and receive mails. These jobs are still in existence
but required accounting program to do all the jobs
Job replacement is the process of replacing man power with computerized machines, either
their own or with the help of a free skilled and highly trained people. In most cases, the
eliminated jobs are those involving monotonous and un skilled labour. For instance factory
jobs can be displaced by machines called robots.
However on a negative note: computers affect the people who use them physically,
24
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
economically and socially.
Computers as an occupation include the following Career opportunities in information and
communication technology.
Description of career opportunities in the field of ICT.
Information and communication technology [ICT] has created new jobs titles such as
computer operators, computer technicians, system analysts, computer programmers ,
software engineers, computer engineers, information system manager, data base
administrator, computer trainers, website administrators, computer graphics, designers
and network administrators. This section explains some responsibilities of these
professionals who are generally called information technology workers and these include
the following4
1 Computer operators,
2 Computer technicians,
3 System analysts,
4 Computer programmers,
5 Software engineers,
6 Computer engineers,
7 Information systems manager,
8 Data base administration,
9 Computer trainer,
10 Website administrators,
11 Computer graphics designers
12 Network-administrators.
This section explains some responsibilities of these professionals who are generally
called Information technology workers.
Computer operators.
Some of the responsibilities of a computer operator include
(i) Entering data into the computer for processing.
(ii) Keeping up-to-data records (log files) of all information process activities
Computer technician
Given that computers require regular maintenance, upgrade as well as emergency repairs,
demand for computer technician continues to grow as more and more computerize their work
place and homes.
Some of the responsibilities of a computer technician are:
i. Troubleshooting computer hardware and software related problems
ii. Assembling and upgrading computers and their components
iii. Ensuring that all computer related accessories such as printers , modems, storage media
and devices are in good working condition
iv. In developed countries, technicians help hardware engineers designing and creating some
computer components such as storage devices, motherboards etc
Systems analyst
This is a person who is responsible for analysing a company’s needs or problems then designs

25
 FINAL PAPER 2000

and develops a computer batch information system. A good system analyst is one who has
the following attributes.
i. Good problem solving skills and creativity i.e. must have the experience in solving
problems
ii. Good communication skills: the analyst must be able to communicate clearly and precisely
both in writing and in a speech
iii. He/ she must be able to talk to different groups of people e.g. managers, operators,
attendant and general public.
iv. Must have business knowledge. The analyst must be well trained in relevant areas of
computer science such as hardware, software and programming knowledge.
Some of the responsibilities of a system of a system analyst include
Reviewing the current manual or redundant information system and making recommendations
on how to replace it with a more efficient one
Working with programmers to construct and test the system co-coordinating training for users of
the new system
Computer programmer
Large organisations such as insurance companies, banks, manufacturing firms and government
agencies hire programmers to work together with system analyst in order to write in-house
application programs or system programs.
Customise commercial application package to suit the organisation needs.
Test, debug, install and maintain programs developed or customised for the organisation.
Software engineer
A software engineer is one who is skilled in software development and technical operation of
computer hardware.
Some of the responsibilities of the software engineers are:
1 Developing system and application software
2 Developing user and technical documentations for the new software.
3 Maintaining and updating the software to meet day to day requirements while overcoming
challenges.
Computer engineer
Computer and electronic engineers are coming up with and more efficient technologies in
information and communication technology almost daily. Since computers are electronic
devices, hardware designers must be good in electronic engineering in order to be able to:
(i) Design and develop computer components such as storage devices, mother boards and
other electronic components
(ii) Determine the electronic power requirement of each computer component.
(iii) Re-engineer computer components to enhance its functionality efficiency.
(iv) Design and develop engineering and manufacturing computer controlled devices such as
robots.
Information system manager
The information system manager controls, plans, staffs, schedules and monitors all the
activities of the ICT department in the organisation. Using computerised management
information system (MIS), the manager can test the impact that an alternative cause action
26
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
might have on the business.
Other responsibilities of an information system manager include:
(i) Making sure that all tasks in the IT department are done correctly and on time in order to
support business planning, and control decision making processes.
(ii) Preparing budgets for the department.
(iii) Keeping the department inventory records up-to-date.
(iv)Managing the human resource within the department.
Database administrator
The major purpose of computerising organisations or institutions is to store data in an organised
way for easy access, retrieve and update. The organisation requires a person who should be
responsible for updating records in an information system database.
For this reason, database administrator is responsible for:
(i) Designing and developing database applications for the organisation.
(ii) Setting up security measures needed to control access to data and information.
(iii) Keeping the database up-to-date by adding new records, modifying or deleting
unnecessary records.
Computer trainer
Due to dynamic nature of computers and information technology, there is a high demand for
qualified ICT trainers. Some the responsibilities of an ICT trainer are:
(i) Training people on how to use a computer and various applications programs.
(ii) Developing training reference materials.
(iii) Guide learners on how to acquire knowledge through carrying out research.
(iv) Advising the learners on the best career opportunities in the broad field of ICT.
(v) Preparing learners for ICT examinations.
Web administrator/Webmaster
Internet is one the areas of information and communication technology that has drawn the
interest of most people. These people are able to exchange messages, search for information
and business through the internet.
Business organisations, educational institutions and individuals put information on the internet
by developing websites. Most organisations hire the services on a web developer who is
given the role of the company’s web administrator also referred to as webmaster. A web
administrator is responsible for:
(i) Developing and testing websites.
(ii) Maintaining, updating and modifying information on the websites to new demands by the
use.
(iii) Monitoring the access and use of internet connection by enforcing security measures.
(iv) Downloading information needed by an organisation or institution from internet websites.
END

FINAL PAPER 2002

SECTION A (20 Marks)

27
 FINAL PAPER 2002

1. Which of these best characterizes the mechanical era (1623-1945) of computer evolution?
A. Napier`s bones.
B. Programming languages.
C. Leibniz calculator.
D. Multics
2. A person who accesses computer systems illegally is referred to as:
A. Criminal.
B. Pirate.
C. Hacker.
D. Wizard.
3. Which of these best describes categories of computer system?
A. Analog and Digital computers
B. Micro and Analog computers
C. Windows and DOS
D. Digital and main frame computers
4. The following are possible with a computer except:
A. Speed and versatility.
B. Documentation and report making
C. Scheduling.
D. Thinking.
5. ………. Is the permanent type of memory found in computer systems.
A. RAM.
B. ROM.
C. CPU.
D. ALU
6. How many bits are found in the word INPUT?
A.5
B.35
C. 40
D. 56
7. Which of the following is a system software?
A. Spreadsheet
B. BASIC
C. Linux
D. Microsoft ward
8. The following are storage media except
A. Printer
B. CD-ROM
C. Tapes
D. Diskettes
9. Which of the following is an application soft ware
A. Windows
B. Computer games
28
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
C. COBOL
D. DOS
10. In word processing the feature where a word which does not fit on a line
A. Carriage return
B. entering
C. Scrolling
D. Word wrap.
11………. Is the intersection of a row and column in spread sheet:
A. A pointer
B. An address
C. A cell
D. A record
12. ………… is an address that does not change when a form copied to another location in
spread sheet.
A. Absolute address
B. Relative address
C. Mixed address
D. Formula address
13. A computer service that enables users to and receive messages is called:
A. Internet
B. WWW
C. Browsing
D. e-mail
14. A net work that connects computers in the same building is called.
A. BUS
B. LAN
C. WAN
D. MAN
15. …………. Is best for creating, storing and retrieving large volume of related
Information.
A. A Microsoft word
B. A Data base
C. An e-mail
D. A word file
16. Identify one of the following that is an odd operation of data base:
A. Creating slides
B. Creating a data base file structure
C. Defining fields
D. Calculating statistics for group of records
17. The following are done using presentation software except:
A. Creating an organisation chart
B. Creating graphic objects

29
 FINAL PAPER 2002

C. Creating a query
D. Adding video clips
18. Identify one these that represents an application of presentation soft ware:
A. Displays e-mail messages
B. Desktop publishing
C. Printing and addressing a set of letters.
D. A visual aid to enhance communication
19. The following best describes the purpose of a web page.
A. Making money on the internet
B. Creating awareness about some thing on the internet
C. Uploading files on the internet
D. Downloading files on the internet
20. Which of these is likely to happen in future about internet?
. A. Very expensive
B. Faster connections
C. Fewer users
D. Extensive use of wires

SECTION C (20 MARKS)

Attempt any one question from this section.
27. What are the advantages and disadvantages of Internet in business today?

28. Explain briefly five advantages and five disadvantages of computers.

29. (a) What is a computer virus?

(b) Explain how computer viruses are spread?
END
ANSWERS TO UNEB P840/1 2002 - SECTION A
1. C 5. B 9. B 13. D 17. C
2. C 6. C 10. D 14. B 18. D
3. A 7. C 11. C 15. B 19. B
4. D 8. A 12. A 16. A 20. B

SECTION B :( 60 MARKS)
21. (a). What is meant by the computer generation?
Computer generation is the technological advancement which has been classified
into four generation.

30
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
(b). State five differences between first and fourth generation of computers
First generation Fourth generation
Vacuum tubes for Internal operation Large scale and very large scale
Integration for internal
Operations
Magnetic drums for primary SDRAM chips for primary
Memory Memory
Limited primary memory Pentium iv have minimum of
128MB of memory
Heat and maintenance problems Four generation computers have internal fans to
Punched cards for input and cool the CPU and send out the warm air .and
Output input and output is done
Law input processing speed and Fourth generation computers have high speeds
reliality of processing ranging from 2.0 MHZ to 3.0
MHZ.
Increase use of high-level languages A variety of high level programming languages
and OOP languages
First generation Fourth generation
Programming system Fourth generation computers
Need no special language for
Each processor
No operating system Fourth generation computers
Have a variety of operating systems (windows.
Linux .UNIX etc)
(c). (i) Define, digital computer?
Digital computers are so classified because they process data that is presented in form of
discrete values (discrete values are numbers that can be defined like 1,2,3 etc)
(ii) Give two main differences between digital and analogy computers.
Digital computers Analogy computers
1 Not continuous(discrete) Pulse Continuous voltage
2 Can only have one of two voltage levels Can have one voltage
3 Voltage jumps between levels Wavy” voltage as time
progresses
(d). (i) What is computer hardware?
- Hard ware comprises of the physical electronic and electro mechanical
parts of the computer
-These are the tangible components of a computer.
(ii). List five examples of hardware devices.
1. In put hard ware(keyboard, mouse)
2. Storage hard ware (CPU)
31
 FINAL PAPER 2002

3. Storage hard ware (primary-RAM, secondary storage hard disk, floppy diskettes, compact
diskettes)
4. out put hard ware(printer, plotters screens)
5. Communication hard ware(modems, cables, fax modem etc)
22. (a) Write DOS in full.
Disk operating system
(b). State four differences between DOS and Windows.
DOS - command line interface Windows - Graphical user interface
Operation is fast because Graphical user interface needs or requires
commands can be entered more memory as well as a faster
directly through the keyboard. processor.
Many commands can be grouped It is difficult to automate functions for experts’
together as a batch file so that user.
repetitive tasks can be automated.
Commands have to be learnt. Graphical user interface is user friendly
because it is easy to learn and work with.
Commands have to be memorized. Commands need not be memorized because
the commands are represented in icons and
pictures.
(c). Define an Application software.
Application software refers to programmes that perform specific tasks for users.
Most application software is available as packed software that can be purchased in retail
stories or on the web
(ii).Give any two distinctions between word processing and Desk top publishing.
Word processing software, also known as a word processor, is used to create, edit, format,
save, and print documents that contain text and graphics.
Text editors are simple word processors and are generally used to type without ant special
formatting. However the advantage is that the document can be saved, retrieved, and
modified at all. Text editors are mainly used to write small notes, memos and programs.
Desktop publishing (DTP) software is used to design and produce complicated documents
that contain text, graphics and brilliant colours.
DTP software is ideal for the production of high-quality colour documents such as newsletters,
catalogues, textbooks, and annual reports. Popular DTP software includes MS Publisher,
adobe page maker, adobe in design, quark press and Broderbund print shop pro.
Desktop publishing software combines word processing and graphics to produce high-quality
documents with a laser printer. Components of a desktop publishing system-these include
powerful microcomputers, graphics display, mouse, laser printers, scanners and desktop
publishing software such as PageMaker, Microsoft publisher, print shop pro etc
Advantages of DTP
1 DPT software is specifically designed to support page layout which is the process of
arranging text and graphics in a document on a page by page basis
2 DPT software includes colour libraries to ensure that colours will print exactly as specified.

32
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
3 DPT software supports colours separation for producing the master copies used in the
final press work.
(d). State four uses of a word processor.
1 Letters
2 Memos
3 Reports
4 Mailing reports
23.(a) What is the meaning of the terms?
(i). Work sheet
A work sheet is one sheet in a spreadsheet workbook. Each worksheet consists of 256 columns
and 65536 rows. (For Ms Excel)
(i). Active cell.
A c ell is the intersection of a row and a column. Each cell has an address that consists of the
column letter and row number (A1, B3, C5 and so on)
An active cell is where the pointer is situated in a particular moment.
The spreadsheet below shows sales of a second hand cloth store in a given week.
Answer questions (b) to (d) on the spreadsheet.
Numb A B C D E F
er
1 SECOND HAND-CLOTH STORE
2 Day Debt Units sold Costs price Selling Profit
($) price ($)
($)
3 Monday Shirts 46 16.50 20.00 3.50
4 Tuesday Shirts 60 18.70 30.00 12.00
5 Wednesday Shirts 36 11.40 16.60
6 Thursday Shirts 21.30 26.60 5.13
7 Friday Shirts 60 19.25 21.90 2.65
8 Totals 300 87-15 115-63 29.43
9 Average 60 17-43 23-13 5-90
(a) State the entry for cells E7 21.9
(b) What is the formula used to calculate the:
(i) Totals for:
- Units sold =SUM (C3:C7)
-Selling price (sales) =SUM (E3:E7)
-Profits =SUM (F3:F7)
Average for:
-Units sold =AVERAGE (C3:C7)
-Cost price =AVERAGE (D3:D7)
(d) Find entries:
(i) F5 =F8-(F7+F6+F4+F3)
OR =SUM (F3:F7)-(F6+F5+F3+F2)
33
 FINAL PAPER 2002

(ii) C6 =C8-(C7+C5+C4+C3)
OR =SUM (C3:C7)-(C7+C5+C4+C3)
(e) State two examples of spreadsheet programs are:
-Microsoft Excel
-Lotus 1-2-3
-Quattro pro
-Super calc
24. (a). Define the following terms;
(i). Internet
Internet is a worldwide collection of networks combined together.
(ii) Intranet.
It is a small version of the internet used with an organization, (It’s a LAN which covers a small
geographical area for example a university or a hospital.)
Intranet uses TCP/IP protocols, supports multimedia web pages, and is accessible via a web
browser.
Intranet generally makes company information accessible to employees and facilitates working
in groups
(b). Give two differences between the intranet and internet
The internet is a worldwide collection of networks linked together while the Intranet is a small
version of the internet used with organizations.
(c). Explain the following internet items:
(i) TCP - Transmission control protocol
FTP (File transfer protocol) is an internet standard that allows users to upload and download
files with other computes.
An FTP server is a computer that allows users to upload and download files using FTP.
An FTP site is a collection of files that reside on an FTP server.
IRC– Internet Replay Chatting
A chat room is a location on an internet server that permits users to chat with each other by
typing lines of text on the computer.
Some chat rooms support voice chats and video chats.
To start a chat session, a user must connect to the chat server through a chat client program on
his or her computer.
Most web browsers also include a chat client
(d) State three factors affecting computer communication over the internet.
 Transfer rate is the speed of transmitting data and information.
Transfer rates are usually expressed in bits per second (bps), kilobits per second (kbps), or
megabits per second (mbps).
The transfer rate of a transmission medium depends on its bandwidth and speed.
 Network topology- since data travels in both direction in a network, if data collides, then it has
to be sent again and the network down. On the other hand, star networks have collisions and
usually run faster.
 Capacity of hardware - hubs, switches and network internet cards have their own maximum
speeds
34
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 The server - amount of RAM and speed of the hard disk
 Location of software and files – storing software on workstation hard disks reduce network
traffic and speed performance.
(e) Mention four requirements needed to connect to the Internet.
 An ISP to supply the internet
 A PC (computer with a network card)
 Network operating system (an operating system)
 A browser ( internet explorer or Netscape navigator)
 Communication media ( physical cables – e.g. twisted pair, coaxial cable or wireless
communication e.g. wireless antenna, micro wave, infra red)
 Technical know to configure the internet flow in your computer.
25.(a) Explain the meaning of the following data base terns:
(i) Forms
Forms provide alternatives to tables of data entry and view records. With forms, you arrange
the fields as required on the screen – you design your form to look like the printed form
(invoices, order forms etc.) that you use.
(ii) Query
Querying which is to use a specific set of rules (i.e. criteria) for retrieving data from the
database.
Queries are used to locate specific records within the table or ask questions to your database.
You might want to extract records that meet specific selection criteria (e.g. all employees who
earn above a certain amount of salary in the accounts department) when you run a query, the
results are arranged in columns and rows like table
(b) Differentiae between,
(i) A field and a record in a data base
A field is a column in a table that contains a specific piece of information within a record (is a
piece of information in a record)
A record is a row in a table that contains information about a given person, product or event (an
individual entry in a table)
(ii) Give an example of each.
-field FIRST NAME
-record PATRICK
(c) How would you do the following using a word processor?
(i) Put space between sentences. SPACE BAR
(ii) Put a title/heading in the middle of a line. CENTRE
(iii) Make changes to a document. EDIT
(iv) Get a hard copy of a document: PRINT
(c) State three differences between floppy and compact disks.
Floppy diskette CD
1 Storage capacity 1.44 MB Storage capacity 700MB
2 Access speed is slow compared to CD Access speed is faster compared to floppy
disks
35
 FINAL PAPER 2002

3 Not durable Durable if kept under the right conditions

(no heat, dust, moisture and scratches)
4 Can not handle multi media because of Popular in storing multi media
access time
26.(a) Explain the following terms:
(i) HTML
HTML is one of the main languages used to create web pages for internet or intranet. This
language allows programmers to combine text (also known as ASCII) data, pictures , sound,
animation, video for screen display.
It also allows programmers to add attachments to uniform resource locater (URLs) which
enable the linking of different web pages other pages on the internet
HTML is a collection of platform independent styles indicated mark up tags
Mark up tag tells the internet browser that the file contains HTML coded information and is
distinguished by file extension of .HTM
(ii) Website
Each of these documents on the web is called a web page
A web page can contain text, graphics, animations, audio, video (i.e. multi media elements) as
well as built in connections called hyper links to other documents
A web site is a collection of related web pages
(iii) WWW
The World Wide Web also known as the web, consists of a world wide collection of electronic
documents
A system of internet servers that support the hypertext mark up language documents
(b) (i) What is a web page address?
The uniform resource locator (URL) is the unique address of a web page
The URL tells the browser where to locate the web page
A URL consists of a protocol, a domain name and sometimes the path to a specific web page or
location on a web page
(i) Give any two examples that would qualify as web page address
http://www.nkpublishinghouse.com/internet/data.htm
http://www.seetahigh.co.ug/computerclub/wordprocessing.htm
(c)(i) What is the difference between a web page and an HTML?
HTML is one of the main
HTML is one of the main languages used to create web pages for internet or intranet. This
language allows programmers to combine text ( also known as ASCII) data, pictures ,
sound, animation, video for screen display.
It also allows programmers to add attachments to uniform resource locater (*URLs) which
enable the linking of different web pages other pages on the internet
HTML is a collection of platform independent styles indicated mark-up tags
A web page can contain text, graphics, animations, audio, video (i.e. multimedia elements) as
well as built in connections called hyper links to other documents.
(iii) Write URL in full.
Uniform resource locator
36
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
(iv) Outline three precautions that should be taken in a computer laboratory.
 Like all electronic equipment, microcomputers need to be serviced regularly to maintain their
operability some of the measures that should be taken are:
 Switch on your computer hardware system starting from the wall socket switch, UPS, or
stabilize, computer then printer.
 Avoid making connections when the computer is on powered e.g. keyboard connections,
mouse, printer, monitor etc.
 Avoid abrupt switching off and on of the computer system use the normal way of shutting on
and off or closing down all the programs then shut down the computer form the start button.
 Place the microcomputer in a dust free environment with good ventilation.
 Dust covers should be used to cover the microcomputer when not in use and if you are using
polythene covers then do not cover the computer immediately after switching off as it will trap
heat.
 The microcomputer should not be exposed to direct sunlight
 Food or drinks should not be allowed near the computers
 The computers should be regularly serviced, at least once a year, or more frequently if the
environment is dusty. The service should normally include blowing the dust from the system
unit, cleaning of the floppy drives, keyboard, including all keyboard contacts also clean the
monitor externally and the computer equipment regularly with a wet cloth.
 Make sure you do not drop water in the computer system. If water drops in accidentally do
not use the computer immediately until water has completely evaporated.
 Do not open the computer for inside cleaning this should be handled by a qualified personnel
 It is good practise to keep a record of the daily condition in case of computer failure
 The peripheral devices, such as printers and mouse should be regularly serviced
 The floppy diskettes used for installation of programs and backups should be kept safely in
disk banks and kept away from sunlight and magnetic media
 Floppy diskettes (using protection tabs) and remove the write protect when writing on the
diskettes if they are used for backup
 In areas where the power fluctuates, it is important to use either a stabiliser or uninterrupted
power supply source (UPS) to ensure a steady input power to the computer system
Software care
The vital part of a computer system is the data. In fact data is expected to a number of risks and
great care be adopted to protect against them. The risks to data are:
 Accidental loss
 Accidental damage or corruption
 Theft
 Deliberate damage or corruption
 Authorised disclosure
To guard against these risks, the operator must make sure that:
 Makes backup copies of the data regularly. Before backing up make sure that the data is
error free otherwise you might take up a back copy of corrupted data
37
 FINAL PAPER 2002

 Minimize the number of visitors to your computer installation and do not allow any one to your
server except the network administrator
 Avoid diskettes coming from different installations as your system might contract viruses
 If you have unwanted printouts, please destroy them because data is not supposed to fall in
unauthorised hands
 Save data regularly as an abrupt power cut off may corrupt your data, if you have no UPS.
SECTION C :( 20 MARKS)
Attempt any one question from this section.
27. What are the advantages and disadvantages of Internet in business today?
Amazon is an example of a company doing all its business over the internet, selling books,
music, videos and more. Log on by typing in the address www.amazon.co.uk and you will see
a screen showing the Amazon website.
Once you have purchased anything from Amazon, they use this information to suggest other
purchases that you might like, or, as on the website. Also offer you the chance to sell the
products back once you have finished with them.
Advantages to business
For a business such as Amazon, this way of doing business has numerous advantages:
- There is a huge saving on overheads: no costly warehouse space, rent, hearting or
employment facilities.
- The ‘virtual shop’ can stock every one of the 16,000 or so CDs produced in the year (a one
stop centre for all the music) whereas a conventional store would stock only between 5 –
10,000.
- The shop has arrangements for ‘Just In Time’ delivery from its suppliers, so does left with
books and CDs which it cannot sell.
- It is a valuable market research tool – a list of customers’ names and address, purchases,
likes, dislikes and suggestion can be built up at absolutely no cost and used to improve the
service provided.
Advantages to customers
There are advantages to the customers, too. They can:
- Visit the shop without having to leave home, at any hour of the day.
- Hear snatches of a song before dancing to buy.
- Shop without being jostled by crowds, having to listen to music that is not to their taste.
Amazon estimates that the proportion of visitors to offer site which make purchase is much
higher than for those who respond to direct mail shot. Many of their customers return to make
further purchases.
A company which operates like this in Uganda is True African.com which also deals in selling
Ugandan music online.
The drawbacks of online commerce (Disadvantages of using internet for business)
Inevitably, there are drawbacks to buying goods online.
- For one thing, there worries about giving a credit card number over the internet. It is possible
that hackers could retrieve thousands of credit card number and use them to order goods.
- Secondly, when companies post up information about new products and services, it is not
their customers who will visit the site – competitors will also be regular visitors, indulging in a
38
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
little industrial espionage to make sure that they do not left behind.
- Thirdly, because internet sites can be accessed from all over the world, companies have to
be aware of the laws regarding data protection in every country. Different countries have
different laws regarding the holding and passing on of personal information about individuals.
Several companies have experienced problems with people who have set up websites using
their own company’s trademark. They then demand large sums of money for web address, or
collect card numbers from unsuspecting visitors to the site.
Computers have also brought negative impacts on society, which include:
- Moral degradation – one finds that the youth spend most of the time glued on the internet
watching moral degradation pictures, movies and more.
- Amongst the friends they find on the net some have acquired morals like lesbians, cults,
hackers and others.
- Computers have also affected our sights. A bigger percentage of people who have been
working with computers for years are now putting on glasses to support their sight and
computers emit rays and heat which is not environmentally friendly to the surrounding and
may be hazardous to human.
- Computers also consume power although now modern computers consume less power.
- Internet is good for communication but in case of a virus it can spread to millions of
computers just in seconds.
- Hackers who usually work in groups can easily access and corrupt data records. Therefore
computer owners must protect their computer systems, probably with some sort of passwords
or a ‘fire wall’ which to a layman is not easy because this is beyond their understanding.
- Hire rate of forgery. People use high quality printers to try and fake money notes and
passports.
- In case of the systems breakdown a lot of information may be lost which might be very
disastrous to the organisation.
Other advantages of using internet include:
Business - to – business
- One of the major growth areas on the internet is trading between business – for example
distribution and delivery of manufactured goods. International carries can make huge savings
by taking orders over the internet, and customers cannot only make savings but also get
online information about exactly what their goods are, and when they are delivered.
Finding new suppliers
- The internet is increasingly being used by business to find suppliers of goods and services.
Japan Airlines, for example has used the internet to post orders for in-flight materials (as
plastic cups must carry) in order to solicit business from firm that comes across its site, rather
than the usual Japan suppliers.
Other interesting topics on the net include the following.
Virtual learning
- Virtual learning via the internet and e-mail are the latest address to a category called distance
learning which has been dominated with correspondence classes through traditional post
mail. Instead of packing briefcase and rushing off to school or college, students are logging

39
 FINAL PAPER 2002

on to the internet to attend classes.

The major advantages of virtual learning are distance education, flexible to those working full
time and extra revenue for the virtual school. Virtual learning courses provide another avenue
of revenue to schools. Virtual learning is ideal to students who work full-time because they
can work at their own pace and in own time. A learning institution gets students what they
wouldn’t otherwise have got because they don’t have the time to sit in a classroom because
of work or travel or whatever.
Open universities or Distance learning schools are of great help to many overseas students and
now boast the largest number of university students. There are constant inquiries to these
universities about availability of virtual courses being offered.
Books
- In the developing world, most schools lack libraries and where they are available, they lack
relevant and up-date books and reference materials. In many instances, the few books and
other reference materials available are too expensive for the schools and teachers or
lecturers. Internet is giving these countries a new lease of life of being able to have access to
current and up-date reading text for instructors and students.
In-service training for teachers or lecturers
- Lack of in-service training for teachers or lecturers have contributed to low- quality education
in many developing countries. Internet will enable teachers or lecturers to have access to
reference materials and self-natured “in-service” training to equip them with new technologies
and up-to date skills.
Research
Journals and research literature
- Internet allows one to have access to libraries and databases. A researcher is therefore, able
to review numerous journals and relevant up-to date literature required for his or her area of
research.
Joint research
- Internet is increasing co-operation efforts in selected joint research projects of common
interest, especially on basic technology. For example, use of telemetric technologies in the
field of telemedicine in the fight against major health scourges such as Aids.
Health
- Internet provides daily news about health care as well as a number of health resources.
Nutrition, fitness, and health information for just everyone is provided. You will also be able to
locate a physical specialist and family doctors through the internet.
Internet today allows for access to otherwise inaccessible or prohibit expensive foreign
expertise or labour and makes it possible for hoses in one country to use consultants or even
surgeons in another country there by reducing travelling for patients, businessman and
professional internet also allows one to have access today to first information on the latest
development on medical research. For example, you can be updated on the currently
available therapies and the HIV/AIDS epidemic.
In rural areas, telemedicine is now effectively used by assistant credit officers in the rural areas
to seek expert assistance from their experienced colleagues or consulting doctors in urban
centres.
40
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Sporting news
- Internet allows you to enter the news and scores as they happen in sports.
It is possible to obtain particular sporting information by specifying information on your query.
For example, in-depth information found in.
Internet provides sports fans with statistics on their favourite teams and players.
News and information
- Internet allows you to get headlines and in-depth stories on everyone from the latest political
goings-on, to the hottest technology from source valley. By connecting to the internet, you will
have access to valley of news, link, newspapers, periodicals and magazines.
Online shopping
- Internet allows you to browse online shopping at your leisure, and your shopping done fast,
without ever leaving your home. You can use the web-based shopping to back – to - school
shopping. Redecorate bathroom, build a doghouse, or get a jump on your Christmas list and
without the hassle of going to the mail.
Online banking
- Internet enables you to check your bank statements from home, instead of going to the bank
and lining up over 30 minutes only to be told that you have nothing in your account. It also
allows you to remit and transfer funds from home.
Travel arrangements
- Internet allows you to book holidays, hotels and flights from your home and you can check out
the latest travel news and confirm train and ferry times before you set out. There are several
facets of travel on the internet, whether it may be by land, air or sea. Suggestions and tips on
accommodation, dining, culture, entertainment, tours, sports, weather, money, maps and
airport information (to name a few) or anywhere in the world are all at hand.
Software downloading
- There is a large variety of software on the internet that users can download and use. Most of
the software available for downloading is public domain software (free). This is extremely
helpful especially if you want new releases for anti-virus or some new software that you
cannot obtain locally.
Leisure entertainment
- Internet allows you to explore restaurants and hotels guide. You can also find out the latest
film releases and cinema details-even book tickets. It is also easy to stay up-to-date with
music, the arts and theatre. You can also spend your free time with top magazines available
on the internet. Internet also allows you to make new friends with similar interest via the
connection café.
Funding and Investment
- Many NGOS have websites where information about their activities is availed. Donors
therefore have access to information on NGOS and can easily decide on an NGO to support.
Similarly, Investment promotion councils have information on various investment
opportunities in every country. Using this information, investors world-wide can decide on
their investment programmes.
Job Opportunities

41
 FINAL PAPER 2002

- Internet can help you to land your first job or your next job. If you are a boss, then you can
utilize sites designed especially to help you look for the perfect employee for your
organisation. Also available are jobs and numerous job listing.
Newsgroups
- Newsgroups or electronic discussion groups allow people to discuss or exchange information
on a vast array of topics. Discussion groups arrange from social issues to scientific and
research. An article may appear like a single newsgroup, or it may be cross-posted to many
newsgroups.
Finding people and Organisation
- One of the first things folks do when they get on the internet is to find relatives, friends and
colleagues. Unfortunately, it is also one of the hardest things to do since there is no central
directory of everyone with network account. Many people change jobs or internet service
provinces frequently and that makes it even more difficult to track them down.
- Various search engines and the white and the yellow pages are good start points for
searching for e-mail addresses. Yahoo search engines have a facility: Yahoo people search
that searches for telephone, e-mail homepage addresses. Online white and yellow pages can
be accessed by Big yellow (an info seek partner) that searches for both white and yellow
page information.

28. Explain briefly five advantages and five disadvantages of computers.

 Since their development nearly thirty years ago, computers have now become the backbone
of commercial and industrial activities, and permeated nearly every aspect of human end
ever, offices, factories, hospitals, universities, schools, homes, mention it etc.
 Computers have had a revolution impact on industry, commerce, and our social life. There
can be very few people, at least in industrial centres of the world, who have never had any
contact with computers.
 In modern offices, computers are now routinely used for general office automation
including text production, accounting services, client’s information, Desk - top publishing, stock
control, point-of sales systems in research, business, military and education to mention but a
few.
Industry and Commerce
Computers have made the industry and commerce generally efficient, productive and reliable.
Almost every industry service provider uses computers in its day – to day operations.
ADVANTAGES
1. It helps you automate various tasks that you can not do manually.
2. It helps you organize your data and information in a better way.
3. It has much more computing and calculating power then an ordinary human.
4. It may help your work to be a lot easier.
5. It may be the storage of your important data and files.
6. It may be your handy book.
7. It may help you solve problems faster than an ordinary human being can do.
8. It has speed, storage, reliability, consistency and communications. 9. It helps you to find

42
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
useful information using the Internet. 10. It helps in businesses, factories, offices, schools and
homes.
Disadvantages
1. It destroys your social life and interactions with humans if you do not maintain the balance.
2. It may effect to the destruction of your eye sight due to radiation.
3. It may cause pimples and wrinkles.
4. It may damage your studies and life.
5. Too much time in front of monitor may adverse effect your eye sight and can also make
you fat.
6. The way it distracts and can deviate our thoughts and activities towards unproductive
activities.
7. It could cause violation of privacy, impact on labor force, health risks, impact on
environment, distraction from work, and possible antisocial influences.
8. Getting away from their real life and getting into bad lines
29. (a) What is a computer virus?
(b) Explain how computer viruses are spread?
Software antivirus guards include the following
One popular anti virus program is Norton antivirus, others F-secure, MAC fee anti virus, Dr.
Solomon, AVG, Penicillin anti virus, Kaspersky, internet security etc.
An anti virus utility scans for programs that attempt to modify the boot program, the operating
system and other programs that are normally read from but not modified.
Anti virus utilises normally look for virus signatures to identify a virus. A virus signature or virus
definition is known as specific pattern of virus code. Users of anti-virus utilities must update
the virus definition files as often as possible to ensure that such files contain patterns for
newly discovered viruses.
However, a polymorphic virus modifies its program code each time and attaches itself to
another program or file, so that even an anti-virus utilities can not detect itt by its virus
signature.
Anti virus utilities may also detect viruses by inoculating existing program files. To inoculate a
program file, the anti virus utility records its file size and file creation date in a separate
inoculation file and uses this information to detect if a virus has altered the inoculated
program file.
However, a stealth virus infects a program file, but still reports the size and creation date of the
original, uninfected program. If an anti virus utility can not remove the virus, it often
quarantines the infected file in a separate area of a hard disk until the virus can be removed.
Most anti virus utilities can create recovery disk to remove or repartee infected programs and
files (e.g. boot sector virus).In extreme cases, a hard disk may need to be reformatted to
remove a virus
Back up is a duplicate of a file, program or disk that can be used if the final is lost, damaged or
destroyed. It can be restored by copying the backed up files to their original formation on the
computer. Back up copies should be kept in a fire proof and heat proof safe or site.
END

43
 FINAL PAPER 2003

FINAL PAPER 2003

SECTION A (20 MARKS)
1. Which of the following best describes a computer?
A. A machine
B. Electronic device for input
C. Electronic device for input and processing
D. Electronic device for input, processing and output
2. How many generations have computers undergone?
A. One
B. Three
C. Four
D. Five
3. Which of the following are categories of computers?
A. Analogy and micro computers
B. Digital and mini computers
C. Analogy and digital computers
D. Mini and micro computers
4. Which one of the following is not a set of computer peripheral?
A. Hard disk and floppy diskettes
B. printer and modem
C. CD-ROM and magnetic tapes and wires
D.RAM and CPU
5. What is an operating system?
A. A computer system
B. A set of logical instructions directing the computer what to do
C. Software to produce documents
D. A set of people operating a computer system
6. Which of the following is a group of operating systems?
A. DOS, Windows NT, Windows 95198 and UNIX
B. Lotus 123, Dbase III, MS Excel and UNIX
C. Sort utility, merge utility and DOS
D. Word perfect, back up utility and DOS
7. Which of the following procedures can be used to open an existing document?
A. Click the open button on the status bar
B. Choose file open
C. Double click the right column border on the worksheet frame
D. Dragging the column border on the worksheet frame
8. You can use the mouse pointer to place the insertion point any where in the document
when it has the shape of:
A. Thumb
B. Cursor
C. Hand
44
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
D. Fist
9. Which of the following is not a method of adjusting column width in a spreadsheet?
A. Format, column width command
B. Edit, column width command
C. Double-click the right c
D. dragging the column border on the worksheet frame
10. If the signals (# # # # # # # # # # # # #) fill a cell, it means
A. the cell is not active
B. the formula is impossible
C. the column is not wide enough
D. you must recalculate the formula
11. Internet is defined as a
A. Combination of nets inside each other
B. Connection of a computer to a printer
C. Source of knowledge
D. Connection of computers within or over long distances sharing resources
12. What is www?
A. world war winners
B. world wild wines
C. World Wide Web
D. world wide world processing
13. Which of the following is related to data base programs?
A. procedures, slide view and records
B. file, records, field and type
C. record and answers
D. slides and data pictures
14. A facility in presentation that determines how a slide is removed from the screen and
another is presented is known as
A. animation
B. rotation
C. transition
D. slide show
15. The easiest way to create a presentation slide is by use of a
A. A slide viewer
B. auto content wizard
C. slide master
D. function wizard
16. A link is
A. bridge
B. path
C. finger
D. connection

45
 FINAL PAPER 2003

17. What is HTML in full?

A. Hyper transfer mark up language
B. Hyper text material language
C. Help to main line
D. Hyper text mark up language
18. Artificial intelligence is
A. the ability of computers to think and reason like humans
B. the ability computers to do work
C. man made brains
D. making human brains
19. As a computer technology advances the physical size of computers
A. also advances
B. reduces
C. remain normal
D. enlarges
20. Which of the following is a characteristic of fourth generation of computer?
A. vacuum tubes
B. transistors
C. Diodes
D. integrated circuits
ANSWERS UNEB P840/1 2003
1. D 6.A 11. D 16. D
2. C 7.B 12.C 17.D
3. C 8.C 13.B 18.A
4. D 9.B 14.C 19.B
5. B 10.C 15.B 20.D
SECTION B :(60 Marks)
21.(a) Explain the following terms in relation to e-mail:
(i)Subject:
The theme of the e-mail message.
(ii)To:
Carries the address of the recipient.
(iii)Cc:
Enables copies of the email message to , be sent to the third
Party while acknowledging other recipients.
(iv) Bcc:
Enables copies of the email message to be sent to a third
Party with out acknowledging any other recipients (if present).
(b)State four advantages of e-mail communication over ordinary mail.
E-mail has many advantages over both ordinary mail and the telephone. For
example,
 A message can be sent anywhere in the world at the price of a call without
having to leave your desk.
46
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 Speed of delivery- The message will arrive in a few minutes and can be picked up
the next time recipient looks at their e-mail.
 Ability to send to multiple recipients- the message can be sent simultaneously to
a group of people.
 It is very easy to send a reply to an e-mail as soon as it is received using a
’reply’ button.
 Large files such as spreadsheets and graphics can be sent as attachments.
 Low costs/cheap.
 E-mail is universal and ordinary mail one has to change addresses
(c)(i)Distinguish between internet and e-mail.
Internet is a global inter-connection of computers.
While
E-mail is a service that enables exchange of electronic message over ICT devices.
(ii) What do the following terms stand for in full?
FTP - File Transfer Protocol
TCP - Transmission Control Protocol.
(iii)Explain briefly FTP service
FTP enables large files transfer from a client computer to a remote computer and vice versa.
22.(a) Identify four tasks one can do with a computer
 Email communications.
 Word processing.
 Spread sheet Application
 Statistical Analysis.
 Entertainment
 Saving
 Printing
 Manipulating data
 Study guides
(b) List four requirements needed to set up a local area network (LAN)
 Hub or Switch
 Communication media (Wireless, wires-twisted pair, Coaxial, optic fibre etc
 Computers
 Routers
 Computers with Networks cards
 Networking operating system software.
 Power to run the system.
(c) State any four functions an operating system
 Memory management.
 Process management
 File management
(d) List any three programming languages
47
 FINAL PAPER 2003

 Pascal
 BASIC
 COBOL
 Java
 FORTRAN
 C+
 C++
 Small talk
23. (a) Identify three precautions a web designer should consider when designing a
web page
 Precious contents
 Use minimal graphics
 Consumer requirements
 Copyright consideration
 Avoid use of frames
(ii)Why is it not good to have a lot of graphics on a web page?
 It may take too long to load
 Client computer may support different colour depth.
 Takes a lot of space
(b) List four qualities of a good Web page
 Should load quickly.
 Should have feed backs.
 Should have web page title and a brief summary about the page.
 Should have links (references) to other resources.
 Should have date of last up date
 Should have good navigation buttons
(c) List four qualities of good web page
1.It is more resistant to external interfaces e.g. noise
2.It transmits more data supports large band width
3.The signal is not attenuation (i.e. signal strength remains constant)
4.Faster data transmission
24(a) what is an application package?
(i) Application package is user software program designed to accomplish a given task
(ii) What is a custom package?
Custom made package an application program designed to meet a clients particular needs
(iii) Distinguish between custom made and off-application packages
Custom made program are developed to meet particular needs for ends user’s
where as Off-shelves are of general nature and solve needs which are common in nature e.g.
Word processing, spreadsheet etc
(iv)State three advantages of off- shelf package
 Readily available

48
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 They can be customized
 Have less error
 Cheep
(c) (i)What is word processing?
It is a process where text is manipulated to form document, reports
(ii) List three word processing application packages.
 Micro Soft Word
 Word perfect
 Word star
 Lotus ami-pro
 Word pad
(c) Give three advantages of optic fibre cable over UTP (unshielded twisted
pair).
Advantages of Fibre Optics
System Performance
Greatly increased bandwidth and capacity
Lower signal attenuation (loss)
Immunity to Electrical Noise
Immune to noise (electromagnetic interference [EMI] and radio-frequency interference [RFI]
No crosstalk
Lower bit error rates
Signal Security
Difficult to tap
Nonconductive (does not radiate signals) Electrical Isolation
No common ground required
Freedom from short circuit and sparks
Size and Weight
Reduced size and weight cables
Environmental Protection
Resistant to radiation and corrosion
Resistant to temperature variations
Improved ruggedness and flexibility
Less restrictive in harsh environments
Overall System Economy
Low per-channel cost
Lower installation cost
The disadvantages of structured UTP cabling:
Because there can be different kind signals wired to different outlets and all outlets look the
same, the user needs to be careful not to wire a device to an outlet where a wrong type of
signal is wired. Wring connection can lead to situation that the system does not work correctly
or even to equipment damages.
The application originally designed for some other type of cabling need usually special
49
 FINAL PAPER 2003

adapters which cost money

The current UTP systems (CAT5, CAT5e, CAT6) have quite limited high frequency
performance, so they do not suit well for transmission of very high frequency signals like
cable TV, TV antenna and radio antenna signals. There are product for this available, but the
performance which can be got with those is generally quite limited
25. (a) (i) what is a virus?
Viruses are often designed to affect, or infect, a computer negatively by altering the way it
normally work with out the knowledge or permission of the owner.
It is a program that copies it self onto files or programs and destroys software and the entire
computer system (or cases undesirable effects
(ii)Outline the four common ways in which viruses are spread.
 Viruses are activated in three basic ways
 Opening an infected file
 Running an infected program
 Starting up the computer with an infected floppy diskette
 Use of infected diskette
 Through e-mail/ internet
 Use of infected hard disk
 Through some down loads
 Through freeware/shareware
(b)State four ways used to protect your computer against viruses.
 Educating the organisation and making policies for users to follow
 Discouraging use of external diskettes
 Installing up-to-date ant- virus programs
 Scanning all down loads
 Educating the user about viruses and how they affect us
 Ensure that the e-mail is from a trusted source before opening or executing any e-mail
attachment
 Install an antivirus utility and update its virus definition frequently for detecting and removing
viruses
 Never start up a computer with a floppy disk in the floppy drive
 Scan all floppy disks and files for possible virus infection before opening them
 Set the security level for macros in an application so that the user can choose whether or not
to run potentially unsafe macros
 Write protect the recovery disk before using it
 Back up important flies regularly
(c)(i)Name any three virus scanning software.
 Norton anti virus
 Mac fee
 Thunder byte
 Dr. Solomon

50
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 Penicillin
 AVG
 F-secure
 Kaspersky
(ii) State three symptoms of viruses.
 Computers may freeze
 Computers may not start at all or boot
 Computers may be rude or display irritating messages
 Corrupted files
 A computer may fail to solve or accessing a file to save
 Failure to do print jobs
26(a) State four major characteristics of the third generation computers.
 Integrated circuits or IC semi conductor devices with several transistors built into one
physical component.
 Use parallel processing
 Introduction of operating system o/s e.g. multics.
 Introduction of simple programming languages e.g. BASIC
 Low cost, high reliability, small in size.
 Low power consumption and computers become more popular
 Introduction of magnetic disk for storage purposes.
 They were much cheaper than the first and second generation computers.
 There was the introduction of remote processing. This allowed the user to remotely access
the computer using a terminal.
(b)What do you understand by the following terms
(i)Command line interface
With command line interface, a user types keyboard or press special keys on the keyboard to
enter data and instructions.
Provided with a virtually empty screen with a blinking cursor (prompt) where commands are
keyed in and the computer executes them on pressing the enter key.
(ii)Graphical user interface
A graphical user interface (GUI) allows a user to use menus and visual images such as icons,
buttons and other graphical objects to issue commands.
You are provided with a coloured screen with icons each representing a program. A mouse may
be used.
(iii)Mechanical computer
Computers composed of mainly movable parts i.e. wheels and axles
(iv) Electro mechanical computers
Computers that are electronic and have movable parts
(iv) Give two examples of operating systems with the following;
Command line interface
 DOS

51
 FINAL PAPER 2003

 UNIX
 LINUX
Graphical user interface
 Windows
 Susie Linux
 Nowel Netware
Electro mechanical computers
 Leibniz stepped reckoner
 Analytical engine
SECTION C:(20 Marks)
Approach to section c questions
27. A world without computers is no world at all’. Discuss.
a) - Introduction
- Definition etc.
b) Body (positive)
Research
28. What merits and demerits of learning using internet over using textbook
learning?
 Computer-based training, which include:
 Computer –assisted instructions (CAL), so that teachers can use computers and
other IT equipment to present teaching materials in more interesting way
 Computer –assisted learning (CAL), so that students can use computers and
appropriate software to learn at their own pace
 Computer-assisted assessment (CAA), which may reduce the time and labour to
mark the answer scripts
 Distance learning through computer-based training and web –based training
 Simulations of experiments or real –life situations that may be hazardous
 Electronic library system for searching borrowing, and returning books
The school Administration and management system (SAMKs) for keeping records of
students and producing report cards or other related documents.
Edutainment, which is a type of educational software that combines education with
entertainment
Advantages of using IT is learning and teaching include
 CAI and CAL packages that usually contains multimedia effects make learning more
interesting and interactive
 Students can learn by themselves when teacher is not available
 Students can learn and proceed at their own pace
 Students can usually get their results of feedback immediately after they have answered the
question or taken an action
 There are rich educational resources on CD-ROMs and the internet.
 Teachers can present subject matter and explain abstract concepts more clearly with multi
media.
52
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 Teachers can show experiments that area difficult to perform or dangerous in nature through
simulations software.
 Advanced instructions can be given to students in areas where the teacher may not be
qualified
Disadvantages of using IT in teaching and learning include
 Face to face interaction between students and teachers may be reduced
 Students can only follow what the CAL packages are predefined to offer
 Initial investment cost of this project is not affordable by many schools
 To run this kind of project there has to be power
 Need for trained staff to run the project
 It does not benefit the blind and the dump
 It also benefits schools which have trained perfectly in English accent since the CD’s come in
American English etc.
29. Juma, a village boy exclaimed “Spreadsheet programmes are useless”. As a
student of computer studies, convince him otherwise.
Spreadsheet software is used to organise data in rows and columns and perform calculations
on the data.
Before the advert of computers, cash flows and budgets required for business planning had to
be done by hand. These days there is no excuse for not having good information
Using spreadsheets
Sales can be recorded, invoices produced and statements compiled
Management can keep track of the current payments from customers in relations to goods
dispatched
Regular printouts of aged debtors, that is people who have owed you money for money for
more than in the period allowed in your terms of business can be detected.
Researchers can compile and analyze their results
Teachers can easily create tables of figures and manipulate them quickly as required. The use
of spreadsheets in our normal life is numerous.
A spreadsheet document is often called a worksheet.
On each worksheet, data is organised vertically in columns and horizontally in rows.
Each column is identified by a letter (i.e. A, B, C…) and each row is identified by a number (i.e.
1, 2, 3 …)
A cell is the intersection of a column and a row
Each cell has a unique cell address (e.g. A1) to define its location on the worksheet
The upper-left most cell is generally identified as A1
Each workbook may contain worksheets, charts sheets, macro sheets and visual basic
programming modules. The number of worksheets you can create and store in a workbook is
limited only by the memory with the computer.
Common editing features include:
Creating a document involves entering text or numbers, inserting graphics, and performing
other tasks using an input device such as keyboard or a mouse.
Editing is the process of making changes to the existing content of the document
53
 FINAL PAPER 2003

Inserting When text is inserted or added to a document, the surrounding words

automatically move to make rooms for the inserted text
Deleting When text is deleted or removed from a document , the surrounding
words automatically move to fill in the gaps left by the deleted text
Cutting When text is cut, it is stored in a temporarily location called the clip board.
The original text is removed from this place.
Copying When text is copied, it is duplicated and stored in the clipboard. However,
the original text remains in place.
pasting When text is pasted, it is placed from the clip board into the document
Formatting involves changing the appearance of a document
Formatting characters involves changing the font, font size or font style of text
Formatting cells involves changing the justification or the alignment of text in a cell
Formatting values numeric formats improve the appearance and readability of numbers in a
worksheet by inserting dollar signs, comas, percentage, symbols and decimal places
Format cells give you the category of general, number, currency, accounting, date, time,
percentage, fraction, scientific, text, special and custom.
Formatting pages involves changing the margins (left, right, top, bottom) or the distances
between the main body of text and the edges of the paper
Inserting of page numbers, headers and footers
Undo which allows actions that have been performed to be reversed such that if some text was
accidentally deleted, then the action can be undone.
Saving is the process of copying a document from the memory to a storage medium such as a
floppy disk or hard disk
Any document that has been saved exist as a file, which is a named collection of data,
instructions or information.
Each file has a file name
Any document can be saved as a new file with another file name
Popular features of spreadsheet programs include
Ability to perform Allows the user to perform what if analysis which can be used to find
what analysis out effects of performances of companies
Solver facility Allows the user to use a solver facility that helps uncover the best uses
of scarce resources so that desired goals such as profit can be
maximized or undesired goals such as cost can be minimized. It can
be used to answer such questions as “what product price or
promotion mix will maximize profit” or how can I live within the budget
Charting Allows a user to display data in a graphical rather than a numerical
form
Macro Allows a user to record or save a sequence of key strokes or
instructions that can be run later
Context-sensitive Spreadsheets allow you to access context sensitive commands on a
commands short cut menu by pointing at an item. Such as cell or chart with a
mouse pointer and clicking the right mouse button. You no longer
54
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
have to search for commands in the menu bar.
Recalculation Recalculates the rest of the worksheet whenever data in a worksheet
changes (a valuable tool for what if analysis)
Built in functions Allows the user to use functions to add, multiply, percentage counting
and basic statistical functions
Adjusting columns Allows the user the ability to adjust columns
Data sorting Allows the user the ability to sort data accordingly
Data validating Allows the user to ensure that correct data is entered in the
spreadsheet
Printing Allows the user to print the entire worksheets, portions of a worksheet
and several worksheet
Templates and Allows the user to use the basis of other similar workbooks. This
wizards means that all the formulas and formatting for similar invoices can be
saved as templates and then use to automate a task without having
to create the new workbook again. E.g. business planner, loan
manager, expense statement and purchase order
Summarizing data Allows the user to summarize data using consolidation and pivot
tables. Consolidation allows the merging of several work books into a
summary sheet
Charting allows a user to display data in a graphical rather than a numerical form
Popular chart types include:
 Line charts which are effective for showing a trend over a period of time
 Bar charts which display bars of various lengths to show the relationship of data
 Pie charts which have the shape of round pies cut into slices and are best used to show the
relationships of parts to the whole
Popular spreadsheet software include
 Microsoft Excel
 Lotus 1-2-3
 Corel quarto pro
 Visi calc
 Super calc
Advantages of spreadsheet software over manual worksheet include
 Easy to make changes and corrections to data on the worksheet
 The rest of the worksheet is recalculated whenever data on a worksheet changes
 Operation is fats with the help of bullet in functions and macros
 Calculation is always accurate, provided that data and formulae entered are correct
 Easy to create different kinds of charts or to change chart types
 Information on charts is updated automatically whenever related data on the worksheet
changes
 Electronic spreadsheets are much larger than manual worksheets while manual worksheets
are limited by paper size electronic spreadsheets typically contain hundreds of columns and
55
 FINAL PAPER 2004

thousands of rows. This expensive area allows you to keep related information together and
to produce reports that are larger than a normal report.
 Electronic spreadsheets can perform mathematical, statistical and financial calculations
quickly and accurately. The primary use of a spreadsheet is to calculate formulas such as 200
+ 350 that are entered into cells.
 Cells in electronic spreadsheets can use information from other cells a formula may consist
solely of numbers or it may refer to other cells in the spreadsheet. Rather than entering the
values 200 + 350, a formula can reference the cells in a worksheet that contain these
numbers. With a manual worksheet changing a single number can mean hours of extra work
in recalculating figures. Changing produces a ripple effect of recalculations for all formulas
dependant upon the value.
 Electronic spreadsheets can be stored and retrieved for repeated use. You can permanently
save electronic spreadsheet only diskettes, hard disks or other types of media for safe
storage. Rather than searching through endless filling cabinets for handwritten worksheets,
you can use your computer’s electronic filling system to retrieve files instantaneously. An
electronic spreadsheet can be retrieved, edited, updated, printed and then saved under a new
name quickly and easily.

FINAL PAPER 2004

SECTION A. (20 marks)
1. The following is a group of processors
A. 80281, 80486, Pentium 0, Pentium 1
B. 80286, 80486, Pentium 1, Pentium 11
C.1286, 1486, Pentium 0, Pentium 11
D.1286, 1486, 80286, 80487
2. What is information technology?
A. It is the central processing system unit and monitor
B. It is the tangible components of a computer
C. It is all types of equipment and program s used in processing
D. It is the combination of software and programs
3. Which of these does not fully represent computer classification by function?
A. Mainframe, micro, mini computers
B. Mini, personal, Analog computers
C. Digital, mainframe, micro computers
D. Personal, Analog, micro computers
4. Which drive letter usually represents the hard drive?
A. A:
B. B:
C. C:
D. D:
5. Which one of these became used commonly in offices in the third generation of
computers?
56
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
A. Mainframe computer
B. Anemometer
C. Super computer
D. Micro computer
6. What is the function of MODEM? it:
A. Blocks digital signals from leaving the computer
B. Converts digital signals to Analog and vice versa
C. Converts Analog signals to the atmosphere
D. Modulates digital signals to mechanical motions
7. Back up refers to:
A. Storage of files on secondary storage device
B. Taking in data for rearrangement in order
C. Programmes designed to check specific parts
D. Combining data from more than one file
8. Which one of the following is not an operating system?
A. Windows 3.1
B. DOS version 6.22
C. UNIX
D. Microsoft word
9. Formatting in word processing refers to;
A. Preparing new floppy diskette for use
B. Cleaning diskette for storage
C. Enhancing the appearance of text in a document
D. Erasing all data on a diskette
10. The back space key:
A. Deletes any letter toward the right
B. Erases any character towards the left
C. Moves the cursor to the left without deleting any character
D. Deletes the character at the cursor position
11. A work book is a:
A. Publication
B. Data type entry
C. Range of cells
D. Collection of work sheets in a single file
12. Which one of the following is not a characteristic of spreadsheet?
A. Worksheet cannot be renamed
B. Can enter text, number or formula
C. Calculations can be done on the other side
D. Variety of operations can be carried out on rows or columns
13. E-mail stands for;
A. Electronically mail
B. Surfing mail

57
 FINAL PAPER 2004

C. Electronic mail
D. Browsing the net
14. A computer network refers to:
A. Information storage
B. Linking of computers for resource sharing
C. Connecting a computer system to a backup device
D. Sharing a computer by many people
15. In Database, a field is;
A. The way information is displayed
B. A particular listing with files
C. The entire collection of data
D. Each bit of information in a record
16. Database performs the following functions:
A. Storing of slide, retrieving and formatting
B. Formatting, organising and retrieving pictures
C. Creating, organising and managing collection of related data
D. Entering data, saving, retrieving and drawing graphs
17. URL stands for:
A. Uniform resource locator
B. Universal resource link
C. An e-mail
D. Web publishing software
18. Which of the following best distinguishes WAN from a LAN?
A. The number of computers connected
B. Distance between connected computers
C. Mode of computers connected
D. Type of operating system used in the net work
19. WWW refers to:
A. Web World Wide
B. World Words Web
C. Wild World Web
D. World Wide Web
20. A problem that is most likely to occur due to future advancement of computer is:
A. Under development
B. Under population
C. Unemployment
D. Insecurity
ANSWERS SECTION A
1. B 5. D 9. C 13. C 17. A
2. C 6. B 10. B 14. B 18. B
3. A 7. A 11. D 15. D 19. D
4. C 8. D 12. A 16. C 20. C
SECTION B: (60 marks)
58
 UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
21. (a)Write the following abbreviations in full
i) LSI - Large Scale Integration
ii) COBOL-Common Business Oriented Language
iii) BASIC-Beginners All Purpose Symbolic Instruction Code
b. Distinguish between Main frame and Mini computers
Mainframe computers are physically large compared to mini computer
c. Name two types of instruction that computers use to do their works
-control signals
-data signals
d. List down any components that are part of the system unit
i. Power supply
ii. motherboards
iii. CPU or processing chip
iv. RAM chips
v. Expansion slots
e.What is CD-ROM?
Compact Disk Read Only Memory is an optical disk format that is used to hold rerecorded text
graphs and sound (multimedia)
ii. Mention one advantage of CD-ROM over a hard disk
Disks cannot be written on or erased by the users
22. a). Mention any three safety security measures taken in a computer laboratory
i. Dust free cover computer ventilations
ii. Switch on…your computer hardware system starting from the wall socket
b. What is system software in a computer?
Is a set of programs software that manages the operation of the computer itself.
c. Name three examples of system software
i. Operating system
ii. Programming language
iii. System utility
d. Name any four functions of utility programmes
 File view
 File compression
 Diagonalistic utility
 Disk Defragmenter
 Uninstaller
 Antivirus utility
 Screen saver
e). What do you understand by the following terms
Editing -Correcting mistakes, formatting, improving on appearance
Saving- Is the transfer of data information from memory to secondary storage
Troubleshooting- Is the correcting and rectifying errors, mistakes
23). a. What is a spread sheet?
59
 FINAL PAPER 2004

Computer spreadsheet is the application package used for manipulating of figures. E.g.
 MS Excel
 Lotus 123
 quarto pro
 Super cal.
(b). Name any 4 functions of spreadsheet software.
(i) Data sorting, the ability to create, saves , edits, and retrieves worksheet.
(ii) Charting facility to draw graphs, data source.
(iii) Templates and built in function + formulae for adding.
(iii) Data formatting, summering, ability to perform” what if analysis.
c). List 3 data types of entries in spread sheets
(i) Labels
(ii) Values
(iii) Functions
(d). Mention 3 types of graphs created in spread sheet.
(i) Line graph
(ii) Pie chart
(iii). Bar graph
(ii) XY scatter
(iii) 3D Pie chart
(iv) 3D Bar chart
(v) Bubble chart
(vi) Area
(vii) Doughnut
(viii)Radar
(ix) Surface
(x) Stock
(xi) Cylinders
(xii) Cone
(xiii)Pyramid
(e). (i) What is computer virus?
Computers virus is a soft ware or program that infects the computer negatively without
the acknowledge of the owner.
(ii) Mention 2 ways which a computer can be affected by a virus
 Use of infected diskette
 Through e-mail/ internet
 Use of infected hard disk
 Through some down loads
 Through freeware/shareware
24. (a) Write the words below in full
(i)FTP-File Transfer Protocol
(ii)WAN-Wide Area Network

60
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
(b). State any 3 factors that can affect communication speed on the internet
 Transmission (frequency and bandwidth
 Line configuration(point to point and multipoint)
 Serial and parallel transmission (serial data transmission and parallel data transmission)
 Direction of transmission flow (simplex, half duplex and full duplex)
 Transmission mode (asynchronous verses synchronous)
 Packet switching (getting more data on a network)
 Protocols (the rules of data transmission)
 Type of processor
c) Distinguish between the e-mail and the internet
Email systems allow to send, letters and files containing data of all type from your computer to
any other computer with e-mail address and a modem, simply by typing the recipients name
and pressing the send button. The internet is the largest wide area network in the world, in
fact it is not a single network of two types LAN and WAN
(d). What is a server?
A server is the host or central computer that manages the resources on
 A File server stores and manages files
 A print server manages printers and print jobs
 A database server stores and provides access to a database
 A network server (e.g. DNS) manages network traffic
(e). List any 2 functions of a server
 A server provides a centralised storage area for programs data and information
 A dedicated server is a server that performs a specific task
(f). Give 4 differences between a hard disc and a floppy disc
Hard disk Floppy disk
A hard disk (HD for short) Floppy disk (FD for short)
Holds more information Holds less information i.e. 1.44 MB
Less portable Portable
Access to its data is quick Access to its data is slow
25.(a). What is a data base?
A database is a collection of data organised in a way that allows ac access, retrieval,
and use of the data.
(b) Distinguish between Microsoft excel and data base
A database is a collection of data organised in a way that allows access, retrieval and use of
the data. Common paper (databases) include telephone books, dictionaries, recipe cards,
and television guides.
Computerised databases in Uganda include flight information phone inquiry system, and
database systems in the public libraries.
Microsoft Access is one of the popular database software. Database software includes:
 Microsoft visual
 Fox pro

61
 FINAL PAPER 2004

 Borland dbase
 Lotus approach
 Corel paradox
 Claris file maker
Pro corporate based systems include
 SQL
 Sybase
 Oracle
 Informix ingress
 progress
c) List 4 examples of data that can be used to create a data base
 Database system in the public libraries
 Computerised databases in Uganda include flight information, phone inquiry system
d) Mention 3 examples of data base management software
 School management system (SMS)
 Library system for keeping books
 Inventory systems
 Database for car number plates
 Database for insurance companies
e) Give 4 advantages of electronic databases over manual databases
 Reduction of data redundancy-storing most of data in one place means less duplication and
less required space.
 Enhancement of data integrity- because data are centralised fewer updating errors occur and
greater accuracy can be maintained
 Ensured data independence – data are entered, stored, modified and accessed by methods
that are not affected by application programs. Also changes made to data structures usually
do not require changes in programs that access the data base
 Facilities of data sharing and integration- database systems offer users the ability to combine
or to cross reference data in many different ways.
 Improvement of access to data – data systems allow users to query the database directly,
without necessarily using an application program
 Centralization of security- it is easier to limit access to information if it is grouped together
instead of being kept in several scattered files. Many data bases must be protected and kept
private
 Reduction of costs- data entry, data storage and the development of new application
programs are all made more economical. By eliminating the duplication of data, many
organisations can realize substantial savings.
26. a) Explain the following terms as used in presentation software.
i) Slide show
They display of slides in a sequence moving from one side to another
ii) Slide sorter

62
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
This is a display where slides appear in a miniature form so that they can easily re arrange
them/ or manipulate
iii) Slide layout
Refers to a single slide (format and design)
b) Explain the importance of presentations
 Used for visual aid communication
 Used for summarising content for presentation
 Used for advertising
c) Describe one function of a slide master
A Slide Master allows you to create a presentation with different types of slides but enable
them to all have the same "look
e) Outline how you would create a transitional loop
 Slide made
 Slide show
 Menu
 Transition sub menu
 Transition
 Windows
 Select timing
 Select condition
 Loop until escape key is pressed
SECTION C (20 MARKS)
27 “Computers have destroyed our culture” what are your arguments for and against
this Statement
Against
 Destroyed crafts man-ship i.e. computers have taken over man’s ability to execute tasks
 Working patterns i.e. change of work schedules
 Erosion of traditional religious norms i.e. exposure to ant religious material
 Erosion of traditional moral values, marriage values, sex values etc.
 Use of electronic or computer based communication systems as opposed to the traditional
ways e.g. use of post office
 The security of the internet is so relaxed and piracy of peoples work ( research) goes inches
iced
 Exposure to illicit material has led to people’s adopting negative behaviour
For
 Increased productivity through efficiency and effectiveness
 Improved communication i.e. widened ways of communication (diversified)
 Enhanced scientific research
 Improved on the ways of doing business
 Education has been boasted i.e. offering a new set of knowledge
 Promoted inter relationships
63
 FINAL PAPER 2004

 Improved the process of data storage and manipulation and retrieval

 Provision of up to date information at the quickest time possible
NB
These points have to be explained they are only guidelines
28. Outline what you expect the role of computers to be in future
Outline what you expect the role of computers to be in future
 In business high tech management information systems, transactions
 In communication very fast and reliable systems (efficient) improved peer networks
 In education, virtual universities, very fast access to any topic, subject, electronic publications
 Manufacturing ( industries) high tech manufacturing systems, increased use of robots,
computer aided designs in manufacturing
 Creation of a virtual world where all aspects of life are computerised
 In homes increased use of Robots
 Internet will be so fast
 Computers are to become more smaller in size and more faster
 The price of computers is likely to go down as technology advances
 The software is likely to be more user friendly in that even the computer illiterates will be able
to use it
29. “Information Technology has done more good than harm to education” give your
arguments in favour and against the statement.
Advantages of using IT is learning and teaching include
 CAI and CAL packages that usually contains multimedia effects make learning more
interesting and interactive
 Students can learn by themselves when teacher is not available
 Students can learn and proceed at their own pace
 Students can usually get their results of feedback immediately after they have answered the
question or taken an action
 There are rich educational resources on CD-ROMs and the internet.
 Teachers can present subject matter and explain abstract concepts more clearly with multi
media.
 Teachers can show experiments that area difficult to perform or dangerous in nature through
simulations software.
 Advanced instructions can be given to students in areas where the teacher may not be
qualified
 Once the package is paid for, it can be cost effective as fewer teachers are required
 The material is presented in a consistent way- you are not dependent on the skills of a
particular teacher
 Computers are endlessly patient
 Links with other schools or colleges or with industrial or business organisations
 Students can work at their own pace, repeating sections they do not understand
 Special facilities available for students with disabilities- examples partially- sighted students

64
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
may be able to change text size and background colour, blind people can use text-to- speech
conversion packages, people with arthritis or cerebral paisy may control the computer by
speaking to it instead of using the keyboard or mouse.
However there is a fear that IT technology will make teachers redundant and that path students
will lose skills of social interaction as they become more isolated in their own little cyber-
world. Computer aided learning packages have many advantages.
Disadvantages of using IT in teaching and learning include
 Face to face interaction between students and teachers may be reduced
 Students can only follow what the CAL packages are predefined to offer
 Initial investment cost of this project is not affordable by many schools
 To run this kind of project there has to be power
 Need for trained staff to run the project
 It does not benefit the blind and the dump
 It also benefits schools which have trained perfectly in English accent since the CD’s come in
American English etc.

FINAL PAPER 2005

SECTION A (20 Marks)
1.All these are data storage devices except
A. floppy diskette
B. hard drive
C. control unit
D. zip drive
2.Which one of these is odd?
A. Microsoft word
B. Microsoft access
C. Epi info
D.UNIX
3.A….. is a primary database structure
A. Table
B. Report
C. Form
D. Query
4.The operating system is not directly involved in one of these tasks
A. file management
B. formatting a diskette
C. scheduling of print jobs
D. displaying a web page
5.Computer with a ………..specification will load programs faster
A. 900 MHZ
B.1 GHZ
65
 FINAL PAPER 2005

C.700 MHZ
D. 600 MHZ
6.……is a popular 7-bit encoding system
A. ASCII
B. EBCDIC
C. Hexadecimal
D. Binary
7.This component of the central processing unit (CPU) carries out all the logic and
mathematical operations
A. ALU
B. System clock
C. Registers
D. Control unit
8.…..is a group of commands available to the CPU which determines the basic computer
A. Instruction set
B. Operating system
C. ROM BIOS
D. Hard disk
9.Which of the following is not computer peripheral?
A. Monitor
B. Printer
C.CPU
D. Keyboard
10. A….. is not an example of an output device
A. Printer
B. Plotter
C. Monitor
D. Keyboard
11. Which one of the following is not a programming tool?
A. Debugger
B. An interpreter
C. Note pad
D. A compiler
12. Okello intends to draw up an inventory. Which of the following is the most suitable?
software to use?
A. Ms-dos
B.C+ +
C. Ms-excel
D. Pascal
13.A……..makes it easy to find your way round the internet
A.net browser
B. microsoft word
C. computer
66
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
D. a presentation
14. Slides as output are displayed using…..software.
A word processor
B an internet explorer
C. A spread sheet
D.A Presentation
15. Which of the following is not a storage device?
A disk drive A
B. disk drive B
C. Mother board
D.CD-ROM
16. The process of starting a computer is known as:
A. Surfing
B. Booting
C. Mother board
D. Clicking
17. T he output displayed on the screen is termed as:
A. Photocopy
B. Softcopy
C. Master-copy
D. Hard-copy
18. One of these is a pointing device used to manipulate on screen objects:
A. CD-ROM
B. Digital camera
C. Scanner
D. Mouse
19 Which of the following devices can be used to convert an image or text on paper documents
into electronic format that a computer can display, print and store
A. Track ball
B. Scanner
C. Monitor
D. CD-ROM
20. The option on the menu bar which enables one to name a document and store it on a
storage device using another name is?
A. Save
B. Save as
C. Edit
D. New
ANSWERS SECTION A: (20 Marks)
1. C 6.B 11.C 16.B
2. D 7.A 12.C 17.B
3. A 8.C 13.A 18.C

67
 FINAL PAPER 2005

4. D 9.C 14.D 19.B

5. B 10.D 15.C 20.B
SECTION B
21. (a) Write the following abbreviations in full.
(i) GUI Graphical user interface
(ii) ASCII American standard code for information interface
(iii) EBCDIC extended binary coded decimal interchange code
(iv) URL uniform resource locator
b. Explain the following internet services
(i) TELNET-a terminal emulation protocol that allows a user to log onto a remote device
(ii) WWW-(world wide web)- a system of internet servers that support the hypertext mark-up
language documents
(iii) E-MAIL (electronic mail)- the transmission of massages to one or more recipients over a
network.
(c)(i) Computer file- is a document containing tables or characters.
(ii) File name extension- defines what type of file and may also define from which application it
belongs
(iv) Specify the file types associated with the following file extension
Files types associated with the following file extensions:
.exe - executive file
.txt - text file
.doc -document file
22. (a) Why is the binary number system used for computers?
It’s used because the computer (CPU) understands only binary every character is represented
in binary form in the ASCII table
(b) Convert the:
i) Binary number 10101010 to its decimal equivalent
(1x27)+(0x26)+(1x25)+(0x24)+(1x23)+(0x22)+(1x21)+(0x20)
128+0+32+0+8+0+2+0
128+32+8+2=170
(ii) Decimal number 121 to its binary equivalent
121
2 60 1
2 30 0
2 15 0
2 7 1
2 3 1
1 1
1111001
(c) Explain the meaning of the terms:
i) Control unit as it is used in computer system

68
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
The control unit extracts the instructions from the main memory decodes them, and executes
them.
(ii) Control unit
Functions of the control unit.
Decodes instructions (is the process of translating the instructions into commands the computer
can execute)
Executes instructions (is the process of carrying out the commands)
(iii) Define a byte
A byte is eight digits grouped together. A byte is more informative than abit because it can
represent 28=25 different things.
(d) Distinguish between ROM and RAM
RAM ROM
Ram is volatile Rom is non volatile
Ram is read and write Rom is read only
Ram is temporally (not permanent) Rom is permanent
Ram can be increased Rom is normally not increasable

23(a)(i)Define the term band with

The rate of speed of data through a channel and is expressed in bits per second (bps)
Ranges of frequencies
The band width is the difference between the lowest and highest frequencies transmitted
(ii). List three communication media.
Communication media include the following:
Wire base communication media (twisted pain wires, coaxial cables, optical fibres.)
Wireless base communication media- (micro wave from land based antennas, micro wave from
communication satellites, infra waves from infrared devices, radio waves from blue tooth
devices)
(b). Below are specifications for two different types of
Computer A Computer B
RAM 64MB 42sMB
HARD DISK 700MB 20GB
SPEED 800MHz 1GHz
COMPUTER WORD 32-bit 64-bit
NETWORK CARD NO YES
VIDEO CARD YES YES
Study it and answer the questions that follow:
(i). Which computer is faster in processing data
Computer B (1GBz)
(ii). How many bytes can computer A handle at the same time?
32bit 32=4 bytes
(ii). Which computer is most likely to be connected to a LAN and why?
69
 FINAL PAPER 2005

Computer B because it’s a Network Card (NIW)

c. Define the term:
(i). Software
Software is a program that consists of the step by instructions that tell the computer how to
perform a task
(ii). Hardware
Hardware is the electronic, electronic, and mechanical components that make up a computer.
The physical tangible parts of a computer system.
Hardware ware consists of all the machinery and equipments in a computer.
(iii). Application program
Application programme –software that can perform useful work on general purpose tasks.
Soft ware that solves the needs of the end user.
(d). Distinguish between down loading and uploading a computer.
Downloading means that you retrieve files from another computer and store then in your
computer on a network.
Uploading means that you send files from your computer to another computer on a network
24. (a). (i). Define the term computer virus?
Computer virus is deviant programmes that affects itself to computer systems and destroy or
corrupts data.
(ii). Identify any three possible symptoms of computer viruses.
Symptoms of computer viruses
 less memory available than usual
 access lights turning on non-referred devices
 unfamiliar graphics or quizzical messages appearing on screens
 programmes taking long than usual to load
 disk accesses seeming excessive for simple tasks
 unusual error messages occurring frequently
(b). state two ways in which one can guard a computer system against viruses.
Ways of guarding computers against viruses.
 There must a policy which educates the user’s on the danger of viruses
 Not sharing diskettes
 Avoid suspicious users and un trusted users
 Ensure that the e-mail is from a trusted source be4 opening or executing any email
attachment
 Install an antivirus utility and update its virus definitions frequently 4 detecting & removing
viruses
 Never start-up a computer with a floppy disc in the floppy drive
 Scan all floppy disks and files 4 possible virus infection be4 opening them
 Set the security level 4 macros in an operation so that the user can choose if or not 2 run
potentially unsafe macros
 Backup important files regularly

70
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
An antivirus utility is a programme that prevents, detects, and removes viruses from a
computer’s memory or storage device.
One popular antivirus programme is Norton Antivirus programmes include: AVG antivirus
software, f-secure, Kasperspy internet security, Dr.solomon, MacAfee antivirus
c. i) What do you understand by term screen saver as applied to computer?
 Screen saver is utility that supposedly prevents monitor display screen from being etched by
an unchanging image(burn in)
 A screen saver is utility that causes the monitor’s screen to display moving image or blank
screen of no keyboard or mouse activity occurs 4 a specified time period
(i) Applications of a screen server programme.
Screen savers originally were to presented a program called ghosting, in which images could
be permanently etched on a monitors screen
Screen savers may also be used 4 reasons of security Presents unwanted on lookers from
accessing in4mation or data from your computer
Business- advertisements on the screen
Entertainment-digital photos can be put on your screen as your pictures
Prints burn in
iii). State two precautions that should be taken when cleaning a screen display area.
 Never use watery (wet cloth) to clean you screen
 You always ask a technician 4 help
 Never put your screen near magnetic media
d. State any two steps that must be followed to safely shut down a computer from the
Microsoft word file
Steps that must be taken to safely shut down a computer from micro soft word file
 Click on file save as the document
 Click on file close
 Click on file exit
 Click on start-up, shutdown (2 shutdown the computer)
25. (a) Define the following terms:
(i) Warm booting
Warm booting is the process of restarting computer that is powered on
A warm boot is the process of restarting or resetting computer that is already turned on.
The warm boot sometimes the computer stops working or responding 2 the commands given by
the user. In search cases we need not 2 switch computer off to restart the system. We can
restart the system by pressing (ALT+CTRL+DEL) keys together on some computers, RESET
switch is there, and the rest switch can be used to restart or reboot the system instead of
pressing CTRL + ALT+ DEL keys.
(iv) Monitor(display screen)
(v) Are output devices that show programming instructions and data as they are being input
and information after it is processed
(vi) Folder
Folder (called also in command line interface) is where files are kept and subfolders
71
 FINAL PAPER 2005

(iv) Artificial intelligence

Is a group of related technologies that attempt to develop machines to emulate human like
qualities such as leaning ,reasoning , communicating, seeing, and hearing . E.g. (robots,
expert system, natural language processing)
(b) (i) List any two ways of starting an application in windows
Ways of starting an application in windows
1 You can start by clicking on the icon programme on desk top.
2 You can start by clicking on start menu; programs choose the application (MSWord, MS
Excel, and MS PowerPoint).
(ii) What are the windows utility used to view contents of a floppy, hard disk and
network drives?
Clicking on the desk top
Clicking on start open, programmes the applications.
(iii) What must be done to floppy disks before they are used?
They’re used -formatted
(iv) What do we call the basic application that is built into windows that allow us to
perform tasks like drawing or text editing?
 Application software-editors
 Paint brush
 Word pad
 Word
(c) (i) CD-ROM stands for
CD-ROM-Compact Disc- Read Only Memory
(ii) State two ways in which CD-ROM can be useful in education.
 Storage purposes
 Educative C.D.
(iii) State three precautions for correct handling of diskettes.
 Spilling a coke or any liquid on it
 Keep diskettes out of moisture
 Keep diskettes from magnetic fields
 Avoid risky physical environment
 Diskettes don't do well in sun or heat (such as in glove compartments or top of heat vents)
 They should not be placed near magnetic fields (including those created by mobile phones
 They should not be exposed 2 chemicals such as cleaning solvents or spilled coffee
 Keep diskettes in their jackets or disc bank
26 (a). Write the following abbreviations in full.
CAD-Computer Aided Design e.g. auto desk CAD
CPU -central processing unit
I.C - Integrated Circuit
IP -Internet Protocol
(b) Define the following terms:
Hard copy
72
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Hard copy -refers to printed output
Soft copy
Refers to data that is shown on display screen or is in audio or voice from (output is not
tangible)
Bug
Bug is an error in a [programme that causes it not 2 work
(c) Explain the meaning of the following:
(i) HTTP (Hyper Text transfer protocol)
Is the language that web clients and servers use 2 communicate with each other called
ALL web clients and servers MUST be able to understand HTTP in order to send and receive
Hyper Media Documents.
(ii) HTML (Hyper Text Mark up Language)
It is a make up language that describes how a web page should be formatted and displayed in
a web browser
HTML simple describes how a web page should be 4matted and displayed by a computer
(iii) Fill the gaps in the table below
Task Type of software that can be used
(i) produce a document Adobe photo shop paintbrush. MS-Word
Present a lecture Presents software e./g [power point]

(ii) Do financial. accounting calculations MS-Excel

(iii) Reading information on the internet Web browser e.g windows Explorer,
Netscape e.t.c.
SECTION C: (20 Marks)
27. Explain why a school should have a website.
A website is a collection of hyperlinked html documents (web pages) with related information,
meant to creating awareness about something on the internet.
In a school setting, there is a lot of awareness required between the administration, staff, students
and parents. Below are the major reasons why a school should have a website:
1.Making of a website quickens the publishing of information to the community such as abrupt
announcements, circulars, results, etc. Once uploaded, it will be already accessible to the
targeted readers
2.Through a website, the school can get feedbacks from the community through online user
comments and questions.
3.If students are involved in the Website development process, this enhances skill building such
as writing, editing, layout and design.
4.A school website provides motivation and pride of ownership. This can be evidenced through
use of customized email. Eg [email protected] instead of [email protected]
5.Information listed on a school website removes doubt. Information such as school fees, and
everything presented at the site appears in a positive light, as compared to information from
other sites about the school which may be false.

73
 FINAL PAPER 2005

6.If a school has a website, they can use the web mail service to send parents and other
stakeholders items such as newsletters, remainders etc.
7.A website increases ways of contact. Once you have a website you can list your website
address on your business cards, report cards, and even the school signpost.
8.Internet today is being used 24 / 7 and is accessible from every house. People are becoming
highly dependent on the internet. By having a web presence, the market of the school expands
your significantly.
9.A school website helps students and parents to make a wise academic choice after using the
vast quantities of information about a given college or university.
10. In conclusion, a well-designed website is just as important a public relations tool as school
catalogs and brochures. If a school has web presence, it can be listed in web search engines
and know worldwide. Today everything you need is achieved at the click of a button.
28. (a) Outline the different forms of secondary storage.
 Diskettes
 Hard discs
 Flash memory
 Optical tape
(b) Describe the characteristics of each of the above forms of secondary storage.
Diskettes (characteristic)
Typical floppy disk
 A floppy disk in a thin, circular
 Flexible plastic disk disc with a magnetic coating enclosed in a square shaped plastic shell.
 If a computer has only one floppy disk drive, the drive is usually designed drive A (i.e. A:)
 If the computer has two floppy disk drives, the second one is usually designed drive B(i.e.B)
 The most widely used floppy today is 3.5 inches wide.
 Before anything can be written on the new floppy it must be formatted.
 Formatting is the process of preparing a floppy disk or hard disk for reading or writing by
organizing the disk into storage allocation called tracks and sectors.
 For reading and writing process, sectors are grouped into clusters.
 The formatting process may also erase the file location information and redefines the
allocation table for these items of a formatted disk.
 Today most floppy disks are high-density floppy disk.
 Floppy disk usually spins at about 350 revolutions per minute.
 The average access time for current floppy disk drive to locate an item on the disk 84
milliseconds, or approximately 1/ 12 seconds.
 To care for a floppy disk, it should not be exposed to heat, cold, magnetic fields, and
contaminants such as dust, smoke, or salt air.
2.) HARD DISK (characteristics)
 A hard disk usually consists of several inflexible, circular called platter, on which items are
stored electronically.
 A hard disk is also known as a hard drive.

74
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 The hard disk in most desktop and laptop computer is housed inside the system unity, and
considered fixed disk because being not portable.
 Hard disks are sealed tightly to keep out of contaminants (e.g. dust and smoke particles),
which may result in head crash.
 Hard disk undergo two formatting steps a low-level format and a high- level format.
 Some computers are able to improve the hard disk access time by using caching.
 The storage of data, instruction, and information to and from a hard disk is managed by a
special purpose chip and its associated electronic circuits called the hard disk controller
(HDC).
 Some manufacturers develop a type of hard disk system, called RAID, which connects
several smaller disk into a single unit that acts like a single large hard disk.
3) A CD-ROM (compact disc read- only memory)
 Because CDM-ROM and audio CD use the same laser technology, a CD- ROM drive can
also be used to play audio CDs.
 A CD- ROM (compact disk read-only memory) is a compact disk that uses the same laser
technology, as audio CDs for recording music.
 A CD- ROM, however, can continue text. Graphics video and sound.
 The contacts of standard CD- ROMs are written or recorded, by the manufacture, and cannot
be modified by the user.
 A CD ROM drives or CD –ROM player is required to read items on a CD- ROM.
 A computer disc (CD) is a flat, round, portable, storage medium that is usually 475inchs in
diameter and less than one-twentieth of an inch thick.
29. Give your arguments in favour and against the impact of computers in our society
today.
Computers impacted many items in today's society.
Personal Impact
 Privacy and personal rights
 Data banks, computer terminals, data security
 Employment
 Job opportunities, new careers, the need for retraining
 Business transactions
 Automated billing, credit cards, consumer spending
 The replacement of people through automation
 Robots, word processing
 The impact that a machine has on a human - ergonomics
Community Impact
 Employment
 Traffic control
 Urban planning
 Law enforcement
National Impact
75
 FINAL PAPER 2005

 Communications media
 The use of information for control
 Vote counting
 Electronic funds transfer
 Stock-market transactions
 Defense
 Surveillance
 National data banks
 Employment
 Shifting patterns
 Telecommunications
 Satellite broadcasting
 The possibility of fraud or theft using computer based systems
 Standards for computer hardware and software
Global Impact
 Reporting of current events
 Communications media
 World government
 International standards
 Exploration of space and sea
 World wide access to data
Future Impact
 Computers in the home
 Gaming
 Learning
 Electronic mail shopping
 Business transactions
 Information processing, storage and retrieval
 The home as a work center
 Effect on the family unit and on familiar patterns of life travel
 Computer communication as a replacement for travel
 The possible disappearance of hard copy as a medium of communication
 The cashless society
 Possible effects on the formal education system
 The use of robots in industry and in the home
 Teleprocessing networks
 Communications networks

76
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

FINAL PAPER 2006

1.The difference between hardware and software is
A. Tangible while software is intangible
B. Metallic while software is plastic
C. Permanent while software is temporary
D. Reliable while software is unreliable
2.Which of these components is the brain of a computer system?
A. main memory
B. The secondary memory
C. The processor
D. The power supply
3.Which of the following are the two general types of programs
A. Entertainment and productivity
B. Microsoft and IBM
C. Word processors and Databases
D. System software and Application software
4. A computer performs all the following functions except
A. Storage
B. Processing
C. Output
D. Thinking
5. Which of the following is used to give commands to the computer
A. Input devices
B. Storage devices
C. Output devices
D. Processing devices
6. A communications device enables a computer to connect a computer
A. System unit
Software
B. Application
C. Network
7. A file is
A. A section of the main memory used to store data
B. A part of a program used to describe what the programme does
C. Another name for floppy disk
D. A collection of information that has been given a name and stored in secondary
memory
8. An anti-virus is an example of
A. A user interface
B. An operating system
C. An application software
D. A utility program
77
 FINAL PAPER 2006

9. A grid in a spreadsheet program where entries are made consists of

A. Row, columns and diagonals
B. Columns and rows
C. Rows and diagonals
D. Column and diagonals
10. What kind of hardware would you use to put photos of your family into a file
A. Printer
B. DVD player
C. Scanner
D. Power point
11. In a database, a collection of fields that contain data about a single activity or
transaction is referred to a s a
A. File
B. Table
C. Record
D. Primary key
12. What type of object is used to find answers to questions a bout the data in a database
A. Macro
B. Query
C. Module
D. Form
13. Which of the following is not an example of a programming language?
A. COBOL
B. Visual basic
C. Lotus
D. Java
14. Kapere was doing his computer final examination when his computer hangs up.
He lost everything he hard been typing because he forgot to
A. Copy
B. Save
C. Cut
D. Paste
15. The purpose of a screen saver is to
A. Help prevent screen burn out
B. Brighten up the screen
C. Test the capability of the monitor to display various graphics
D. Entertain the computer user
16. HTTP stands for
A. Hyper text transport protocol
B. Hyper text transport platform
C. Hyper text transfer platform
D. Hyper text transfer protocol
17. Which of following usually provides internet e-nail accounts and addresses?
78
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
A. ISP
B. Internet Café
C. WWW
D. TCP/IP
18. Which of the following is the most promising use of a computer
A. Error-free software
B. Online education
C. Voice recognition software
D. Down loading music
19. Which type of soft ware is used to requests a specific resource from the server
A. Sever software
B. Client software
C. System software
D. Messaging software
20. Which of the following is created using presentation software
A. A directory
B. A file structure
C. An organization chart
D. A e-mail message
ANSWERS SECTION A
1.A 5.A 9.B 13. C 17. A
2.C 6.D 10. C 14. B 18. B
3.C 7.D 11. C 15. D 19. B
4.D 8.D 12. B 16. D 20. C
SECTION B
21) (a) Give any three safety rules that should be followed in a computer laboratory.
 Avoid dust
 Proper shutdown of computers
 Temperature setting
 Proper air ration
 Back-up
 Moving equipment
 Avoid use of liquids
 Care for diskettes
 Moving equipment from place to place
Like all electronic equipment, microcomputers need to be serviced regularly to maintain
their operability. Some of the measures that should be taken are:
i) Switch on your computer hardware system starting from the wall socket switch, UPS or
stabilizer, computer then printer.
ii) Avoid making connections when the computer is on power e.g. keyboard connections,
mouse, printer, monitor

79
 FINAL PAPER 2006

iii) Avoid abrupt switching off and on of the computer system use the normal way of shutting or
closing down all the programs then shut down the computer from the start button.
iv) Place the microcomputer in a dust free environment with good ventilation. Dust covers
should be used to cover the microcomputer when not in use and if you are using polythene
covers then do not cover the computer immediately after switching off as it will trap heat
v) The microcomputer should not be exposed to direct sunlight
vi) Food or drinks should not be allowed near the computers
vii) The computers should be regularly serviced, at least once a year or more frequently if the
environment is dusty. The service should normally include blowing the dust from the system
unit, cleaning the floppy drives, keyboard, including all the keyboard contacts, also clean the
monitor regularly with a wet cloth. Make sure you do not drop water in the computer system. If
water drops in accidentally do not use the computer immediately until water has completely
evaporated
viii) Do not open the computer for inside cleaning, this should be handled by a qualified
personnel
ix) It is good practice to keep a record of the daily condition in case of computer failure
x) The peripheral devices, such as printers and mouse should be regularly serviced
xi) The floppy disks used for installation of programs and backups should be kept safely in disk
banks, and kept away from sun light and magnetic media.
xii) Floppy diskettes have to write protected all the time especially for installation
diskettes(using protection tabs) and remove the write protect when writing on the diskettes if
they are used for backup
xiii) In areas where the power fluctuates, it is important to use either a stabilizer or UPS to
ensure a steady input of power to the computer system
SOFTWARE
The vital part of a computer system is the data. In fact data is expected to a number of risks and
great care can be adopted to protect against them. The risks to data are:
i) Accidental loss
ii) Accidental damage or corruption
iii) Theft
iv) Deliberate damage or corruption
v) Authorized disclosure
To guard against these risks, the operator must make sure that:
a) Makes back up copies of the data regularly. Before backing up, make sure that the data is
error free otherwise you might take up a back copy of corrupted data
b) Minimize the number of visitors to your computer installations and do not allow ant one to
your server except the network administrator
c) Avoid diskettes coming from different installations as your system might contract viruses
d) If you have unwanted printouts, please destroy them because data is not supposed to fall in
unauthorized hands
e) Save data regularly as an abrupt power cut off may corrupt your data, if you have no UPS
FILE AND DISK MAINTAINANCE

80
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
i) To minimize data corruption, the file and disk maintenance should be performed regularly. A
lot of file deletion for instance causes file fragmentation that may lead to reduced access time
, file cross linking etc
ii) These are some of the operations to be performed for file and disk management.
iii) Have proper subdirectory structure and avoid keeping a lot of files in the root directory.
iv) Use CHKDSK command regularly to check on the lost clusters and convert them to files.
v) U se of utilities like optimizer (scan disk, defragmenter, pc –tools NDD, speed disk ) should
be utilized to remover fragmentation and system tools in windows operating system.
vi) A number of programs have written to enhance the use of personal computer utilities
b) Define the following terms as used in computer
i) Directory
Directory is a collection of files on given storage media/given drive
ii) Modem is a commutation device that converts between analog and digital signals
OR
Modem-device that converts signals from computer into telephone and vice versa to
enhance computer communication
c) Name any five peripheral devices of a computer
 Keyboard  Bar code reader magnetic ink character
 mouse recognition reader
 trackball  Magnetic strips reader
 touchpad  Micro phone
 joystick  Voice recognition device
 touch screen  MIDI Device
 light p en  Digital Video camera
 Stylus and graphics tablet  PC camera
 Digital camera  Web cam
 Optical character recognition reader  Sensor and remote sensor
 Optical mark recognition reader  Terminal
 scanner
Four common types of storage media are
 Floppy disk
 Hard disk
 Compact disk
 Tape
 Zip drive
Other types of storage media include
 MO disk
 PC card
 Smart card
 Microfilm and microfiche
 On line storage
81
 FINAL PAPER 2006

Examples of output devices are.

 Display device
 Printer
 Audio Output device
 Data projector
 Facsimile machine
 Multi function machine
 Terminal
Common types of storage device include
 Floppy disk drive-read/write storage media
 Hard disk drive-read/write storage media/storage devices
 Compact disk drive read only storage media
 Tape drive read/write storage media
 Zip drive read/write storage media
Other types of storage media include
 MO disk-MO has the high storage capacity of an optical disk can be written over like a
magnetic disk
 PC card a memory card has only storage capabilities
 Smart card a smart card which is similar in size to a credit card or ATM card , stores data on
a thin microprocessor embedded in the card
 Microfilm and microfiche –Microfilm and microfiche are used to store microscopic images of
documents on roll of sheet film
 Online storage –online storage , sometimes called an internet hard drive , is a service on the
web that provides storage to computer users for free or for a minimal monthly fee
ii) Give the function of each device named in © (i) above
Output devices
 Display device-is an output devices that conveys text graphics, and video information to a
user.
 Printer – printing/ pricing hard copies
 Audio output devices – are the components of a computer that produce music, speech, or
other sounds
 Data projector – takes the image that displays on a computer screen and projects it into a
larger screen so that people can see the image clearly
 Facsimile machine –is a device that machine transmits and receives documents over
telephone lines
 Multifunction machine –is a single piece of equipment that provides the functionality of a
printer, scanner , copy machine, and a facsimile machine
 terminal- is a device with a monitor and a keyboard
Input devices
i) key board-input data/information/instructions
ii) Mouse-input data /information/instructions

82
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
iii) Track ball-input data/information pointing device
iv) Touch pad-input data /information device sensitive to pressure and motion
v) Joy stick-pointing device with vertical level for playing game ultrasounds scanners
vi) Touch screen- is a touch –sensitive display used for information kiosk located in
departments and ATM
vii) Light pen –pointing devices that can detect the presence of light
viii) Stylus and graphics table –is a pen like pointing device which uses pressure to write text
and draw lines
ix) Digital camera- takes pictures and stores the images digitally and cannot work separately
x) Scanner – capturing is a light input device that converts printed text and graphics into digital
form that can be further be processed by the computer
xi) Optical character recognition reader - these include a small optical scanner for reading
characters and sophisticated OCR software for analyzing what is read
xii) Optical mark recognition reader – used to sense handwritten marks such as small circles or
rectangles made on pre-printed forms in certain places
xiii) Bar code reader magnetic ink character recognition reader – can input (read) text printed
with magnetized ink
xiv) Magnetic strips reader – are used to input ( read) information contained in the magnetic
strips on card ( e.g. credit cards)
xv) Micro phone – is an input device that allows a user to speak to the computer
to enter data and instructions into the computer
xvi) Voice recognition device – is the computers capability to distinguish spoken words
xvii) MIDI device – is the electronic music industry’s standard that defines how
sounds are presented electronically by digital musical devices.
xviii) Digital video camera – records video a s digital signals rather than analog
signals
xix) PC camera – is a kind of DV camera that allows home user to record, edit and capture
video and still images and to make phone calls on the internet
xx) Web cam – is a video camera whose output displays on a web page
xxi) Sensor and remote sensor – is an input device that can detect external changes in an
environment
xxii) Terminal – is a device with a monitor and a keyboard
a)Explain the following terms as used in computer studies
i) System software
System software consists of programs that control the operations of the computer and its
devices
System software also serves as the interface between the user, the application software and
hardware
Underlying software that is used by the computer to manage its own internal activities and run
applications software
ii) Application software
Application software refers to programs that perform specific tasks for users.

83
 FINAL PAPER 2006

Most application software is available as packaged software that can be purchased in retail
stores or on the Web
Software used to perform general purpose tasks e.g. word-processing, spreadsheet
iii) Utility programs
A utility program is a type of system software that performs a specific task, usually related to
managing a computer, its devices, or its programs
Programs used to support, enhance, or expand existing programs in a computer
b) Outline four functions of operating system software
Functions of an operating system include
 Memory management
 Spooling print job
 Configuring devices
 Monitoring system performance
 Administering security
 Managing storage media
 File management
 User interface
 Booting
 Managing tasks e. g. processing
c) List any 5 operating system that you know
Popular operating systems for microcomputers include;
Operating system
 DOS  Windows CE
 Windows 3.x  Palm OC
 Windows 95  Pocket PC 2002
 Windows NT workstation
 Windows 98
 Windows 2000 professional
 Windows ME
 Windows XP home
 Windows XP profession
 Mac Os
 Os/2 Wrap
 Novell net ware
 Windows NT server
 Windows 2000 server
 Windows NET server
 OS/2 wrap server for E- business
 Unix
 Linux
 Solaris
84
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

23.(a)Write the following in full in relation to computer

i) RAM – Random Access Memory
ii) ROM – Read Only Memory
iii) EPROM - Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
b) Distinguish between primary storage and secondary storage
devices, giving an example of each.
Primary storage
 Memory is fast because it is accessed electronically and no
mechanically components is involved
 Most memory is volatile and contents must be transferred to backing
storage before the computer is turned off
 Memory is expensive and it’s storage size on a computer system is
usually limited when compared with backing storage
Secondary storage
 Secondary storage or backing storage is nonvolatile and contents stored
is relatively more permanent when compared with memory
 Backing storage provides a cheap and almost an unlimited amount of
storage
 Backing storage is slow because of the mechanical components involved
Primary storage Secondary storage
1 Internal storage 1 External storage (may still be
inside the system unit)
2 Holds data and programs for 2 Storage data permanently
immediate processing
On the motherboard 3 Not on the motherboard
c)i)Name three major parts of the CPU.
 Memory
 ALU
 Control Unit
ii) Explain the function of each part in © (i) above
Main memory – also called memory, primary storage, internal memory, or
random access memory (RAM) refers to working storage
Main memory:
 Holds data for processing
 Holds instructions for processing the data
 Holds data after it is processed
 The contents of main memory are temporary meaning that if you turn off
your computer before saving your work , you will lose your latest edits
 It is characterized by fast access to information , low capacity and high
costs

85
 FINAL PAPER 2006

 The arithmetic and logic unit(ALU) performs the execution part of a

machine cycle
 ALU performs arithmetic operations and logic and control the speed of
the operations
 Arithmetic operations include addition, subtraction, multiplication and
division
 Comparison operations involves comparing one data item to or less than
the other item
 Logic operation works with conditions and logic operators such as AND,
OR and NOT
 The control unit directs and co-ordinates most of the operations in the
computer
 For every instruction, the control unit repeats a set of four basic
operations called
the machine cycle or instruction cycle
 Tells the rest of the computer how to carry out a program’s instructions
24(a) Explain the following
i) Telnet
A terminal emulation protocol that allows a user to log onto a remote
device
A protocol that enables one computer establishing a connection is a
local computer , and the computer accepting the connection is the
remote computer
ii) FTP
File transfer protocol –is an internet standard to upload and download files
File transfer protocol is a set of rules that enables files to be transferred
from one computer to another
iii) Transmission control protocol/ internet protocol
TCP/IP manages the transmission of data by breaking it up into
packets. The protocol defines how to break the message into packets
,provide routing information for messages deliver and reassemble s the
message at the receiving end
Transmission control protocol is a suite or family protocol that governs
the way data is transmitted across networks
iv) Intranet
Intranet is a an internal network of organization that uses TCP/IP
protocol , supports multimedia web pages and is accessible via a web
browser
Intranet generally makes company information accessible to
employees and facilities working in groups
Intranet –an internal corporate network . It uses the infrastructure and
standards of the internal and world wide

86
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
d) What is a web browser? Give one example of a web browser
A web browser is a software program that allows a user to access and
view web pages
A web browser software program that acts as an interface between the
user and the WWW
It sends requests for information that is available on the internet and
displays the information for the user
Internet explorer
Netscape navigator
Mozilla
conqueror
(d) State four major components of an e-mail message
Subject/title
Address of recipient
Body
Sender’s name and address
Cc: carbon copy
Bcc: blind carbon copy
25. a) Define the following terms in relation to database.
i) File.
Is a collection of many records
A collection of related records
ii) Records
A record is a collection of related data items concerning a person
product, or event
A collection of related fields
A row in a database table
iii) Field
A field contains a specific piece of information within a record
A unit of data consisting of one or more characters
It is a column in a database table
b) Name three functions of databases
Data storage
Data manipulation
Data retrieval
Data sorting
Data summary
c) Outline four steps taken to create a simple database
Planning
Design layout
File structure creation
Defining the field

87
 FINAL PAPER 2006

d) With an illustration, explain how a shop keeper can use

spreadsheet to run the
business.
The shop keeper creates a spreadsheet to show items stocked , cost
price selling pr ice profit earned or expected
Can create an income /expenditure spreadsheet to help calculate
profits / loss of the business

Item Stock Cost Selling Total Total profits

price price cost sales
Sugar
Salt
Oil
beans

26.(a) Distinguish between the following as used in computers

Data and information
Data consists of raw facts and figures that are processed into information
While
Information is summarized data or otherwise manipulated data
Procedures are description of how thing are done steps for accomplishing a
result
Information is processed data
data Information
Letters( e.g. a b c d) Words(e.g. apple boy cat)
Words and symbols A report, a letter an essay
Numbers A mathematical formulae
Examination scores Comments, grades
Musical notes A piece of music a song
ii) Domain name and IP address.
It is the text version of an IP address
Always to identify and locate computers connected to the4 internet uniquely
for each organization
IP address consists of four groups of numbers. Each separated by a
period which uniquely identifies each computer or device connected to
the internet
(b) State two undesirable behaviors involving internet
Spam
Pirating
Watching immoral web sites before your of age
Illicit material
Abusive and threatening messages
88
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Hacking and cracking
Impersonation
c) i) How does the use of the mouse make Windows easier compared
to the use of the
keyboard alone
Advantages of using a mouse include
A mouse is user friendly for computer beginners
A mouse is easy and convenient to use with a graphical user interface
 Can move easier in any direction
 Convenient to use
 Save time
 Can be operated by one hand
ii) State any two major problems that often affect the proper
functioning of the mouse
Disadvantages of using a mouse include
 It is not easy and convenient to input text with a mouse
 Issuing commands by using a mouse is slower than by using a key board
 It needs some practical in order to control a mouse properly
 A mouse usually requires a flat surface to operate
 A mouse needs more desk space to operate when compared with a
trackball or a touchpad
 Dir disruption motion of ball
 Nature of surface need for mouse – must be suitable
 Should not be too rough and too smooth
 Disconnection of chords in case the mouse falls on humps
 Connecting the mouse to the system unit one must be very careful o
follow the direction of the pins
iii) Suggest any two ways the mouse can be protected from the
problems in
©(ii)above
 Clean the ball and rollers regularly
 Providing the correct roll surface or mouse pad
 Avoid mouse falling or hanging on the chord by tying twists on both the
mouse and keyboard cables
SECTION C: (20 marks)
27) The Head teacher of your school wishes to buy computers for the
school. As a student of computer studies, what type of computers
would you advice the Head teacher to buy and for what benefits are
they to your school?
o Speed
o Brands

89
 FINAL PAPER 2006

o Storage capacity
o A mount of RAM
o Network card (NIC)
o CD-ROM,DVD Combo
o Multimedia
o Type of Monitor
o Warrant
o Pre-=loaded software
o Other extras e.g. printer, cameras, UPS
o Computer skills handling
BENEFITS
Computerization of the school will bring the following advantages
Using computers for information processing (computerized information
systems)
 Computers with communicating capacity can share data and information
with other computers
 Tasks can be completed faster because computers work at amazing
speed
 Computer can process large amounts of data and generating error free
results provided that the data is entered correctly
 Computers can store enormous amounts of data for future use
 The high reliability of components inside modern computers enable
computers to produce consistent results
 Running cost become lower in the long term
 Tasks can be completed with little human intervention
 Overall security can be raised due to less human intervention
 The management can observe new information and new trends more
quickly
 Customer services can be improved due to more efficiently management
and operations
LAN will bring the following advantages:
Advantages of using a network
 Facilitates communications because people can communicate efficiently
and easily via e-mail, instant messaging chartrooms, telephone, and
video conferencing.
 Reduce costs by sharing hardware and software
 Sharing data and information stored on other computers on the network
 Allow tight control over who has access to what data.
If the school is connected to the internet the school will benefit from
the following:
People have different reasons for connecting to the internet, which
include the following:
90
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 Access a wealth of information, such as news, weather reports and airline
schedules
 Shop for goods and services
 Use online banking services and manage investments
 Do research and take online training courses
 Download files, listen to music and watch movies
 Send and receive messages to and from other connected users
 Communicate with others around the world
 Access sources of entertainment and leisure, such as online games,
magazines and vacation planning guides
 Globalization
 Education online
 Enhance communication
 Publication
 Exchange knowledge
 Advertising
28) Suggest reasons why there is an increase in the use of computers
in most
organizations in Uganda today
Introduction
An increase of computers in Uganda means that Uganda is in the right
direction because it is reducing the digital divides meaning that more ICT
devices per person or the of increase of ICT devices used by every
Ugandan is increasing. This has been bought about by the following
 The government policy of introducing the ministry of ICT has boosted the
increase of computers in the country, because this is were the
technocrats who advice the government sit.
 Taxes on imports of computers and computers related devices have
been reduced
 Makerere university since 1995 has increased the rate of admission of
students doing computer related courses thus more Ugandans are
computer literates
 Uganda being a liberals economy many institutions have come up with
computer related international courses and local courses thus more
students or people are now able to use computers
 The computer business is booming in Uganda and the forces of
demand and supply are taking their course thus computers have
become cheap meaning that they are affordable
 Government policy of introducing computer studies at O-level and
probably later in A- level has led to more Ugandans using computers

91
 FINAL PAPER 2006

 People in the entertainment industry with technological changes dictating

have switched drastically to using computers for presenting their shows
and producing and storing music e.g. on CDs, DVDs, Projector shows
and clip making, recording using computers to mention but a few in the
music industry
Other fields which have caused increase of computers include areas
where computers are applied in fields
 Health
 Education
 Research
 Entertainment
 Communication
 Police
 Industries
Advantages of using computers for information processing include
 Computers with communicating capacity can share data and information
with other computers
 Tasks can be completed faster because computers work at amazing
speed
 Computer can process large amounts of data and generating error free
results provided that the data is entered correctly
 Computers can store enormous amounts of data for future use
 The high reliability of components inside modern computers enable
computers to produce consistent results
 Running cost become lower in the long term
 Tasks can be completed with little human intervention
 Overall security can be raised due to less human intervention
 The management can observe new information and new trends more
quickly
 Customer services can be improved due to more efficiently management
and operations
Advantages of using a network
 Facilitates communications because people can communicate efficiently
and easily via e-mail, instant messaging chartrooms, telephone, and
video conferencing.
 Reduce costs by sharing hardware and software
 Sharing data and information stored on other computers on the network
 Allow tight control over who has access to what data .
 I therefore conclude that the good direction the government has played in
putting Uganda afloat the ICT boat or ship and also be one of the crew

92
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
members is one of the recognizable efforts thanks to the government of
Uganda
29) “Total data security is not possible today”. Outline the areas
where this has been
achieved and challenged
 Threats of data privacy
 Theft of hardware
 Theft of software; copying use of diskettes etc
 Hackers
 Crackers
 Outside users
 Employers
 Ways of securing the system; to ensure privacy
 Physical security against theft
 Identification and access controls
 Use of cards, keys signatures
 Passwords, PINS
 Encryptions
 Audit controls

ESSAY
Data consists of raw facts and figures that are processed into information
Information is summarized data or otherwise manipulated (processed) data
Procedures are description of how things are done, steps for accomplishing
a result.
Cyber crime refers to online or internet based illegal acts. Some of the more
common computer security risks include:
 Computer viruses
 Unauthorized access and use of computer systems
 Hardware theft and software theft
 Information theft and information privacy
 System failure
 Threats of data privacy
 Theft of hardware
 Theft of software, copying, use of diskettes
 Hackers
 Crackers
 Outside users
 Employers
 Viruses are often designed to affect or infect, a computer negatively by
altering the
93
 FINAL PAPER 2006

way it normally works without the knowledge or permission of the owner

A boot sector virus executes when a computer starts up because it resides
in the boot sector of a floppy disk or the master boot record of the hard
disk.
A file virus attaches itself to program files, and is loaded into memory when
the infected program is run.
A macro virus uses the macro language of an application e.g. word
processor or spreadsheet to hide the virus code.
A logic bomb is a virus that activates when it detects a certain condition
A worm copies itself repeatedly in memory or on a disk until no memory or
disk space remains, which makes the computer stops working
A Trojan horse is a program that hides within or looks like a legitimate
program, but executes when a certain condition or action is triggered
A polymorphic virus modifies its program code each time it attaches itself to
another program or file, so that even an antivirus utility has difficulty in
detecting it.

Type of destruction symptoms

Massive destruction Attacks and the formats of disks whereby any
program or damage will be unrecoverable
Partial destruction Erase and modification of a specific portion of
disk affecting any files stored in that location
Selective destruction Erase and modification of specific files or file
groups
Random havoc Randomly changing data or in memory during
normal program execution or changing key
stroke values or data from other input/ output
Network saturation Systematically using up memory or space to
impede performance or cause the system to
crash
Viruses are activated in three basic ways
a) Opening an infected file
b) Running an infected program
c)Starting up the computer with an infected floppy disk
Precautions to prevent virus infection include
a) Ensure that the e-mail is from a trusted source before opening or
executing any e-mail attachment
b) Install an anti virus utility and up date its virus definitions frequently for
detecting and removing viruses
c)Never start up a computer with a floppy disk in the floppy drive
d) Set the security level for macros in an application so that the user can
choose whether or not to run potentially unsafe macros

94
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
e) Write protect the recovery disk before using it
f) Back up important files regularly
An anti virus utility is a program that prevents, detects and removes viruses
from computer’s memory or storage devices
A popular anti virus program is Norton Anti virus
Unauthorized access is the use of a computer or network without
permission
A cracker or hacker is someone who tries to access a computer or network
illegally.
Unauthorized use of a computer or its data for unapproved or possibly
illegal activities
Examples of unauthorized use of computers include
An employee using a company computer to send personal e-mail
Someone gaining access to a bank computer and performing an
unauthorized transfer
One way to prevent unauthorized access and unauthorized use of
computers is to utilize access controls
An access control is a security measure that defines
 Who can access the computer
 When the users can access the computer
 What actions the users can take while accessing the computer
Access control is normally implemented using a two phase process:
 Identification verifies whether the user is a valid one
 Authentication verifies that the user is really the one he or she claims to
be
Four methods of identification and authentication exist, which include
 User names and passwords
 Possessed objects
 Biometric devices
 Call back system
 User names and passwords
A password is a combination of characters associated with a user name
that allow a user to access a computer or a net work
A possessed object is any item that a user must carry to gain access to a
computer or computer facility
A personal object is any item that a user must carry to gain access to a
computer or computer facility
A personal identification number (PIN) is a numeric password, either
assigned by a company or selected by a user
A biometric device authenticates a person’s identity by verifying personal
characteristics e.g. finger prints

95
 FINAL PAPER 2006

It translates a personal characteristic into a digital code that is compared

with a digital code stored in the computer
Examples of biometric devices include:
i. A finger print scanner which captures curves and identifications of a finger
print
ii. a hand geometry system which can measure the shape and size of a
person’s hand
A call back system connects a user to a computer only after the computer
calls the user back at a previously established telephone number to
initiate the call back system
a.The user calls the computer and then enter the correct user name and
password
b.The computer instructs the user to hang up and then calls the user back
Hardware theft is the act of stealing computer equipment
The act of defacing or destroying computer equipment is known as
hardware vandalism.
a.Use physical access controls, such as locked doors and windows
b.Use cables to lock the equipment to desk, cabinet or floor
c. Install alarm systems for additional security
d.Never leave a note book computer or hand held computer unattended in
a public place
e.Use passwords, possessed objects and biometrics as a method of
security
f. Back up all the files stored on the computer regularly
Software theft
Two common forms of software theft are
a.Physically stealing media e.g. floppy disk or CD-ROM that contains
software
b.software piracy which is the most common form of software theft
Information theft refers to someone steals personal or confidential
information from others
Reasons for information theft include
c. a company wants to learn about a competitor
d.an individual steals credit card numbers to make fraudulent purchases
Preventions for information theft include
a.Implement access control to computers and networks
b.Use encryption techniques
Information privacy refers to the right of individuals or organizations to deny
or restrict the collection and use of information about them
A system failure is a prolonged malfunction of a computer that can also
cause hardware, software, data or information loss
a.Aging hardware
b.Natural disaster e.g. fire, floods, storms or earth quakes
96
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
c. Electrical power variation
Electrical power variations can cause loss of data or equipment.
A single power disturbance can damage multiple systems in a computer
network
Files should be backed up regularly to prevent against data loss caused by
a system failure
A backup is a duplicate of a file, program or disk that can be used if the
original is lost, damaged or destroyed
END

FINAL PAPER 2007

SECTION A (20 MARKS)
1.The scientific milestone of using integrated circuit (IC) was a
characteristic of the:
A. First generation
B. Second generation
C. Third generation
D. Fourth generation
2.What major invention defined the second generation of computers
A. Magnetic cores
B. Machine language
C. Micro processor
D. Transistors
3.A device that interprets and executes the instructions in the computer and
also called the brain of the computer is the:
A. System unit
B. Base unit
C. CPU
D. ALU
4.In which computer classification is a mainframe computer categorized?
A. Process
B. Size
C. Processor power
D. Purpose
5.Which of these factors does not affect internet speeds?
A. Band width
B. Type of media
C. Traffic
D. World wide web
6.Which one of the following is a set of impact printers?
A. Ink jet printers

97
 FINAL PAPER 2007

B. Bubble jet printers

C. Line printers
D. Thermal printers
7.One way of protecting the information on a computer is………………..
A. Defragmenting the disk
B. Formatting the disk
C. Sorting the data on the disk
D. Backing up the data onto different media
8.Computer programs used in tasks such as removal of viruses or data
compression can be categorized as………………..
A. Word processors
B. Desktop publishing
C. Utility programs
D. Communication programs
9.Which one of the following is not a word processor?
A. Microsoft word
B. Word wrap
C. Word perfect
D. Lotus word pro
10. The contents of an entire text file can be referred to as a …
A. Document
B. Word processor
C. Paragraph
D. Page
11. A mega byte is equivalent to…………………kilobytes
A.1024
B.1048576
C.11534336
D.104857600
12. ………………………………..are programs
A. Word processors
B. Databases
C. Spreadsheets
D. Presentation
13. this networking protocol does not relay information out of a LAN
A. HTTP
B.TCP/IP
C.TELNET
D.NETBEUI
14. ……………………..is a local area network of computers whose users
use web pages and transmission protocols to communicate with each
other on the network
A. Intranet
98
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
B. Extranet
C. Client server
D. Internet
15. The basic use of a primary key in a database is to
A. uniquely identifies a record
B. act as an alternative identifier
C. sort records
D. modify a file structure
16. In…………………..software, a field is the entire column that contains
similar data
A. word processor
B. Database
C. Spreadsheet
D. Presentation
17. The primary purpose of presentation software is to……………………….
A. creates awareness, documents, letters and reports
B. design, create and edit slides for overheads
C. creates and edits graphics
D. creates news letters, brochures and booklets
18. The process of comparing data entered in a data base with a set of
predefined rules or values to check if the data is acceptable is known as
A. Browsing
B. Validating
C. Sorting
D. Querying
19. Rights enforceable by the law accorded to a developer of software is
called
A. Copy right
B. Patent right
C. Trade secret right
D. Trade mark
20. The future generation of computers will be characterized by advanced
robotics, computer vision based mobile robots and
A. low processing systems
B. expensive computer systems
C. expert systems
D. mechanical systems

99
 FINAL PAPER 2007

ANSWERS SECTION A
1.C 5.D 9.B 13. D 17. B
2.D 6.C 10. A 14. A 18. B
3.C 7.D 11. A 15. A 19. A
4.B 8.C 12. C 16. B 20. C
SECTION B (60 MARKS)
21. a) State any three advantages of dot matrix printers over jet
printers.
Advantages
 They can withstand dusty environment, vibrations and extreme
temperatures
 They can print on continuous paper or multi part documents
 They are the only printers which can use stencils
 They can print on a triplicate document because of the striking
mechanism
 They are relatively cheaper compared to other printers
Disadvantages
 They are generally noisy because of the striking mechanism
 They give relatively poor quality print
 They are not readily available on the market
 They are not easily serviced because they are based on old technology
 Their colour print is limited to two ( black and white)
b) Identify any three advantages of display devices such as monitors
over printers.
Advantages
 They are generally quiet
 No need of paper
 Output can be modified or changed easily
 Scrolling enables focus on a particular or part of document
 Transmission to another device is faster e.g. on a LAN
 The display devices are the user’s workplace, there making it easier to
use
 The time taken to display the images is fast
 Screen displays can include text, graphics and colours
c) (i)Distinguish between primary and secondary storage devices.
Primary storage refers to temporary storage of information the computer is
currently working on
OR
Primary storage can refer to basic storage when used to refer to RAM and
ROM
WHILE

100
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Secondary storage is permanently storage of information for future retrieval
or refers to backup storage facilities supplementing RAM
(ii) Give an example of each type of storage in c above.
Primary: RAM
Secondary: hard disk, floppy disk, CD ROM, flash disk, zip disk
(ii)Identify one disadvantages of a hard disk over a floppy disk.
Disadvantages
 Hard disks are not portable ( except removable hard disks which are
usually more expensive)
 Data becomes less secure if left on the hard disk
 Head crash may occur due to extreme shock or contaminants
 Since hard disks are metallic they expand and contract depending on
changes in temperatures this may cause data loss. This is one of the
factors that led to air conditioning of computer rooms
 Disks may fail due to violet shaking (vibrations)
 Disks are affected by magnetic fields since their storage media is made of
the same material
 Hard disks are susceptical to virus attacks
d) State the device that should be acquired along with a computer to
help a user save work when electricity is switched off.
UPS (UNINTERRUPTED POWER SUPPLY)
22 a (i)What do you understand by terms below in reference to word
processing?
Formatting
Is making changes to the appearance of the document
Editing
Is making changes to an existing document
Saving
Is transferring of information / data in memory to secondary storage e.g.
floppy, hard disk, tapes etc
(ii)Give two advantages of hard copy over a softcopy
Advantages
 It can not be easily changed without a computer
 It can be read offline mainly without a computer
 It is cheaper compared to softcopy which requires computer devices to be
able to read the information/ data
 Hard copies last longer if stored in a safe place compared to soft copy
which must be all the time changed with the technological developments
taking place
 Hard copies are universal as both the rich and poor readers read them

101
 FINAL PAPER 2007

b) Identify four advantages of using a word processing soft ware

instead of ordinary typewriter.
Advantages
 Easy and fast to make changes to a document
 Documents can be previewed before printing
 Documents can be saved for future use
 Convenient to create form letters and mailing labels
 Possible to create a new document from an existing one
 They offer addition features like
-Word wrap
- Find and replace
- Spelling checker
-Grammar checker
- Automatic page numbering
- Multi columns
- Clip art gallery
- Mathematical formulae type setting
- Templates
- Printing one, any page, whole documents and many documents
d) Name the labeled bars of word processing screen below.
X- Menu bar
Y- Scroll bar
Z- Status bar
23. The worksheet below shows company bills in dollars paid for
months of July August and
September

A B C D E F
1 July Aug Sept Total( Average (
$) )
2 Rent 72 72 106 250 83.33
3 Electricity 24 0 66 90 30.00
4 Telephone 96 00 114 300 100.00
5 Stationary 48 38 64 150 50.00
6 Total 240 200 350 790

a) Write down the formulas to calculate

(i) Totals for the months of July, August & September.
Rent @ or = SUM(B2:D2) OR =B2 +C2 + D2

102
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Electricity @ or = SUM(B3:D3) OR =B3 +C3 + D3
Telephone @ or = SUM(B4:D4) OR =B4 +C4 + D4
Stationary @ or = SUM(B5:D5) OR =B5 +C5 + D5
(ii)Averages for the months of July, August and September
Rent @ or = AVERAGE(B2:D2) OR = AVG (B2 +C2 + D2)
Electricity @ or = AVERAGE(B3:D3) OR =AVG( B3 +C3 + D3)
Telephone @ or = AVERAGE(B4:D4) OR =AVG (B4 +C4 + D4)
Stationary @ or = AVERAGE(B5:D5) OR =AVG (B5 +C5 + D5)
(b)It was error to enter (0) in cell C3. State the cells in which the
values would change automatically when the correct amount is put.
C6, E3, F3
C List the values in the rangeB3:D4 in the above table.
24, 0, 66
96, 90 and 114
(d) Shade on the worksheet above the cells that must be used to
create the pie chart below.
Telephone 40% Rent 30%

Stationary
20%
Electricity 10%

A B C D E F
1 July Aug Sept Total( Average (
$) )
2 Rent 72 72 106 250 83.33
3 Electricity 24 0 66 90 30.00
4 Telephone 96 00 114 300 100.00
5 Stationary 48 38 64 150 50.00

103
 FINAL PAPER 2007

6 Total 240 200 350 790

24 i) Explain the following terms

(i)Hyperlink
Is an object in a web page that you can click to jump to another page or
links within web documents that can take you to almost any resource on
the net
(ii)Web browser (Give examples)
A web browser is a software application for retrieving, presenting, and
traversing information resources on the World Wide Web.
A web browser can also be defined as an application software or program
designed to enable users to access, retrieve and view web pages.
Examples
 Internet Explorer,
 Firefox
 Google Chrome
 Safari
 Opera.
(iii)Web master
A webmaster (from web and master), also called a website administrator
is a person responsible for maintaining one or many websites.
The duties of the webmaster may include ensuring that the web servers,
hardware and software are operating accurately, designing the website,
generating and revising web pages, replying to user comments, and
examining traffic through the site. Webmasters "must also be well-versed
in Web transaction software, payment-processing software, and security
software
(iv)Website
A website, also written Web site, web site, or simply site, is a collection of
related web pages containing images, videos or other digital assets.
A website is hosted on at least one web server, accessible via a network
such as the Internet or a private local area network through an Internet
address known as a Uniform Resource Locator. All publicly accessible
websites collectively constitute the World Wide Web.
(b) i Write URL in full and state its use
Uniform Resource Locator
URLs are used to `locate' resources, by providing an abstract
identification of the resource location. Having located a resource,
a system may perform a variety of operations on the resource, as
might be characterized by such words as `access', `update',

104
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
`replace', `find attributes'. In general, only the `access' method
needs to be specified for any URL scheme.
(C)What is an ISP in full in relation to Internet
Internet Service Provider
(iii) State the use of an ISP.
An Internet service provider (ISP) is a company that provides access to
the Internet.
(iv) State any three factors that should be considered in choosing an
ISP.
 Price and billing;
 Performance;
 Help and installation;
 Communication; and
 Security of service
25.a Describe briefly the function of the following views as used in
presentation software.
(i) Outline view.
The Outline View shows the text of your presentation for easy editing

(ii) Slide sorter view.

Slide Sorter View lets you see small versions of all the slides you
have created. You can delete, copy, and move slides in this view
(iii)Notes page view
Notes Page View allows users to create speaker's notes for a
presentation. This view provides a miniature version of the slide and
space for creating and editing
Notes View shows a smaller version of a slide with an area below for
notes. Each slide is created on its own notes page. The speaker can
print these pages out
(b) What is Auto context Wizard in presentation?
The AutoContent Wizard, which you can open from the New
Presentation task pane, is designed to make it easy for you to create
your presentation by providing ideas and suggestions for presentation
type, delivery format, and slide options
C (i) what is a slide show as used in present ion.
Slide Show lets you see your presentation electronically as it will
appear to an audience
(ii) Explain the following terms as used in a slide show.
Transitional effect.

105
 FINAL PAPER 2007

Transitions determine the effects applied when you move from one slide to
another during an on-screen presentation
Timing
Is the setting of PowerPoint presentation slides to advance at specified
intervals of time
26 a (i) What is a Data base Mgt system (D B M S)
A Database Management System (DBMS) is a. software package
designed to store and. manage databases
(ii) Give any three examples of (i) above.
 My SQL
 Postgre SQL
 Microsoft Access
 SQL Server
 FileMaker
 Oracle
 RDBMS
 Dbase
 Clipper
 FoxPro
(b Various DBMS use different data types, specify any five data types
used in DBMS.
 Text
 Memo
 Number
 Date/time
 Currency
 Auto number
 Yes/No
 OLE objects
 Hyperlink
 Lookup wizard
(C) State any five disadvantages of using Data base Mgt systems
instead of manual databases.
Advantages
Reduced data redundancy
Reduced updating errors and increased consistency
Greater data integrity and independence from applications programs
Improved data access to users through use of host and query
languages
Improved data security

106
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Reduced data entry, storage, and retrieval costs
Facilitated development of new applications program

Disadvantages
Database systems are complex, difficult, and time-consuming to design
Substantial hardware and software start-up costs
Damage to database affects virtually all applications programs
Extensive conversion costs in moving form a file-based system to a
database system
Initial training required for all programmers and users
SECTION C (20 MARKS)
27. Describe the various categories of computer application software
available today.
Application software, also known as an application or an "app", is
computer software designed to help the user to perform specific tasks.
Examples include;
1. Word processors.
2. Spread sheets
3. Data management soft ware.
4. Desk top publishing software.
5. Commutation software
6. Graphics soft ware.
7. Draw programs.
Integrated package: a suite of applications programs with their associated
data and documentation. Typically, it is usually much cheaper to buy an
integrated package than individual applications programs, it is easier to
copy data from one application in a suite to another (eg import a table of
data or a chart from a spreadsheet into a word-processing document) and
the user interface is similar for the programs in the suite.
 Word-processor: allows you to create, edit, store and print a range of
different text documents; from letters and faxes to books and essays.
 Spreadsheet: enables you to use formulas to perform a large number of
calculations on data stored in cells arranged in rows and columns. You
can investigate a mathematical problem, create a budget plan to forecast
how much you can save in a year or model the results of a science
experiment and draw a chart of your results.
 Database management : uses forms to store data in tables made up of
records and fields. The data can be searched using queries in order to
find out useful information. It can be used to create anything from an
address book to a complex application that produces end of year reports.

107
 FINAL PAPER 2007

 Graphics program: can be used to create posters, perform image

processing in order to improve or alter photographs or create original
artwork.
 DTP software: Desk Top Publishing software allows you to manipulate
text and graphics in frames on a page in order to create magazines,
brochures and other complex documents.
 Presentation Software: allows you to create a slideshow to illustrate a
talk, or a presentation for other people to investigate as a kiosk
application.
 Communications software: could include a web browser or email client
software as well as other programs that allow you to communicate with
28. Reasonably predict the future in computing from the perspective
of the past and the present
developments in technology and use of computers
 Cloud computing and emerging IT platforms: Vision, hype, and reality for
delivering computing as the 5th utility
 Over dependency on the internet e.g. shopping
 Computer tools becoming more user friendly
 Increase use of hybrid and neuron logic systems
 Computer use and programming are expected to be more and purely
interactive or conversational
 More invasion of privacy of individuals
 Unemployment as more and more skilled people get retrenched and their
roles taken over by more efficient IT experts
 Increased crime through IT related forgeries, piracy, internet, scams,
plagiarism
 Continued isolation of man and erosion of the socio aspect of work
 Moral problems through access of pornographic materials or networked
computers
 Increased instability in man being all the time insecure for her future and
is compelled to learn new things every now and then
 Isolation of old people being hard for them to cope with the many IT
changes
 The widening gap between the rich and the poor as the rich can now
produce faster using IT technology e.g. robots and flood the markets
 IT related health problems e.g. eye sight, repetitive strain injury etc
 Computer addiction by young people e.g playing games and over surfing
 Virus threats making data storage on computers very insecure
 Installation and maintence costs

108
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 The impact of data replication on job scheduling performance in the Data
Grid
 Seamless live migration of virtual machines over the MAN/WAN
29. Describe the merits and demerits of using internet.
Advantages
Communication:
The foremost target of internet has always been the communication. And
internet has excelled beyond the expectations .Still; innovations are going
on to make it faster, more reliable. By the advent of computer’s Internet,
our earth has reduced and has attained the form of a global village.
Now we can communicate in a fraction of second with a person who is
sitting in the other part of the world. Today for better communication, we
can avail the facilities of e-mail; we can chat for hours with our loved
ones. There are plenty messenger services in offering. With help of such
services, it has become very easy to establish a kind of global friendship
where you can share your thoughts, can explore other cultures of different
ethnicity.

Information
Information is probably the biggest advantage internet is offering. The
Internet is a virtual treasure trove of information. Any kind of information
on any topic under the sun is available on the Internet. The search
engines like Google, yahoo is at your service on the Internet. You can
almost find any type of data on almost any kind of subject that you are
looking for. There is a huge amount of information available on the
internet for just about every subject known to man, ranging from
government law and services, trade fairs and conferences, market
information, new ideas and technical support, the list is end less.
Students and children are among the top users who surf the Internet for
research. Today, it is almost required that students should use the
Internet for research for the purpose of gathering resources. Teachers
have started giving assignments that require research on the Internet.
Almost every coming day, researches on medical issues become much
easier to locate. Numerous web sites available on the net are offering
loads of information for people to research diseases and talk to doctors
online at sites such as, America’s Doctor. During 1998 over 20 million
people reported going online to retrieve health information.
Access Information: The Internet is a virtual treasure trove of information.
Any kind of information on any topic under the sun is available on the
Internet. The ‘search engines’ on the Internet can help you to find data on

109
 FINAL PAPER 2007

any subject that you need

Entertainment
Entertainment is another popular raison d'être why many people prefer to
surf the Internet. In fact, media of internet has become quite successful in
trapping multifaceted entertainment factor. Downloading games, visiting
chat rooms or just surfing the Web are some of the uses people have
discovered. There are numerous games that may be downloaded from
the Internet for free. The industry of online gaming has tasted dramatic
and phenomenal attention by game lovers. Chat rooms are popular
because users can meet new and interesting people. In fact, the Internet
has been successfully used by people to find life long partners. When
people surf the Web, there are numerous things that can be found. Music,
hobbies, news and more can be found and shared on the Internet.
Services
Many services are now provided on the internet such as online banking,
job seeking, purchasing tickets for your favorite movies, guidance
services on array of topics engulfing the every aspect of life, and hotel
reservations. Often these services are not available off-line and can cost
you more.
E-Commerce
Ecommerce is the concept used for any type of commercial maneuvering,
or business deals that involves the transfer of information across the
globe via Internet. It has become a phenomenon associated with any kind
of shopping, almost anything. You name it and Ecommerce with its giant
tentacles engulfing every single product and service will make you
available at your door steps. It has got a real amazing and wide range of
products from household needs, technology to entertainment.
Shopping: Along with getting information on the Internet, you can also
shop online. There are many online stores and sites that can be used to
look for products as well as buy them using your credit card. You do not
need to leave your house and can do all your shopping from the
convenience of your home
E-mail: E-mail is an online correspondence system. With e-mail you can
send and receive instant electronic messages, which works like writing
letters. Your messages are delivered instantly to people anywhere in the
world, unlike traditional mail that takes a lot of time.
Online Chat: There are many ‘chat rooms’ on the web that can be
accessed to meet new people, make new friends, as well as to stay in
touch with old friends.
Downloading Software: This is one of the most happening and fun things
to do via the Internet. You can download innumerable, games, music,

110
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
videos, movies, and a host of other entertainment software from the
Internet, most of which are free.
Disadvantages
Theft of Personal information
If you use the Internet, you may be facing grave danger as your personal
information such as name, address, credit card number etc. can be
accessed by other culprits to make your problems worse.
Spamming:
Spamming refers to sending unwanted e-mails in bulk, which provide no
purpose and needlessly obstruct the entire system. Such illegal activities
can be very frustrating for you, and so instead of just ignoring it, you
should make an effort to try and stop these activities so that using the
Internet can become that much safer.
Virus threat
Virus is nothing but a program which disrupts the normal functioning of
your computer systems. Computers attached to internet are more prone
to virus attacks and they can end up into crashing your whole hard disk,
causing you considerable headache.
Pornography:
This is perhaps the biggest threat related to your children’s healthy
mental life. A very serious issue concerning the Internet. There are
thousands of pornographic sites on the Internet that can be easily found
and can be a detrimental factor to letting children use the Internet.
Though, internet can also create havoc, destruction and its misuse can be
very fatal, the advantages of it outweigh its disadvantages.

FINAL PAPER 2009

NB: You can find the UNEB 2009 Computer Studies Question Paper in the official
UNEB question bank which can be bought from UNEB. Below is just a draft answer
guide:

DRAFT OF MARKING SCHEME FOR COMPUTER STUDIES 840/1 2009

SECTION A:

1 A 6 D 11 D 16 D
2 C 7 B 12 B 17 A
3 B 8 D 13 A 18 A
4 A 9 C 14 A* 19 B

111
 FINAL PAPER 2009

5 C 10 B 15 C 20 C

SECTION B:
21. (a) Describe the following terms below:
(i) Line spacing
Line spacing - refers to the vertical distance between lines of text. The
default line spacing is single spacing. This type accommodates the
characters in a text leaving a small extra space between lines.
Character spacing on the other hand refers to the space between the
characters in the text.
(02 marks)
(ii) Changing Case
Is when you type a text, there are a number of cases the user may intend to
apply in order to create contrast within the text. These are:
(1.) Sentence case: All the first characters in a sentence are in uppercase
(capitalized)
(2.) Lowercase: All characters appear in lowercase.
(3.) Uppercase: All characters appear in uppercase.
(4.) Title case: All the first characters of each word in a sentence appear in
uppercase.
(5.) Toggle case: It changes upper case to lowercases and vice versa,
(02 marks)
(b) Explain the following terms in presentation software:
Transitional looping – Is a facility which sets up the presentation to run
continuously until it is stopped by the presenter. Got through slide show –
setup show – then loop continuously until Esc. under show options. (02
marks)
Slide Master – This is a single slide that controls all other slides in a given
presentation. Any changes made to it affects the rest, respectively. (02
marks)
Slide Layout – This is the given design of a slide showing divisions/areas
or sections of a slide where work can be done. E.g. title only and blank
slide layouts. (02 marks)
22.(a) State any two functions of a central processing unit (CPU)
The central processing unit (CPU) is the electronic device that
interprets/decodes, and carries out the instructions that tell the computer
how to work.
Processing data
Fetching and sending of commands and instructions
Performs arithmetic and logic operations

112
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Temporary Storage/holding of data, instructions and results during
processing. ( 02 marks)
(b) Define the following memory storage terms:
(i) Bit
o Bit: In binary system, each 0 or 1 is called a bit, which is short for binary
digit. (I.e. a bit is the smallest unit of measurement of information).
(01 mark)
(ii) Byte
o Byte: A group of 8 bits is called a byte, and a byte represents one
character, digit, or unique shape, according to ABCDIC coding system.
(01 mark)
(c ) State two categories of computer memory giving an example in each
case:
Primary memory
Memory unit that stores the program that is being executed holds date data
that the program is using and storage of OS programs that manage the
computer.
(01 mark)
Examples;
RAM - Dynamic RAM, Rambus DRAM, Synchronous DRAM, Static RAM
Registers
ROM
(Any 01 x 01=01 mark)
Secondary memory
Relatively long-term and non-volatile storage outside the CPU and primary
storage.
(01 mark)
Examples;
HARD DISC
Floppy disks • CD-ROM
Magnetic tapes
Digital video disks
Etc.
(Any 01 x 01=01 mark)
(d) Describe the major difference between the two categories of computer
memory in (c).
Primary storage Secondary storage
1 Data can be processed 1 Data cannot be processed directly but
from directly from must be moved into main memory
storage

113
 FINAL PAPER 2009

2 Located within CPU 2 Located outside the CPU

3 More expensive 3 Less expensive
4 Lower capacity 4 Higher capacity
5 Faster access time 5 Slow access time
6. Volatile 6. Non volatile
(Any 02 x 01 = 2 marks)
23. (a) Describe a ‘relative address’.
Relative address is a cell reference which change accordingly as the
formula is pasted to other cells in spread sheets. (e.g., in the formulae
=B1*$C$1, B1 is a relative cell reference).
(02 marks)
(b) Give four advantages of electronic spreadsheets over manual
spreadsheets
Advantages of spreadsheet software over manual worksheet include;
Easy to make changes and corrections (ease of edit and format) to data on
the worksheet.
Electronic spreadsheets can perform mathematical, statistical, and financial
calculations quickly and accurately. The primary use of a spreadsheet is
to calculate formulas, such as 200+350, that are entered into its cells.
The rest of the worksheet is recalculated whenever data on a worksheet
changes.
Operation is fast with the help of built-in functions and macros.
Calculation is always accurate, provided that data and formulae entered are
correct.
Easy to create different kinds of charts, or to change chart types.ie they
offer different options of data presentation.
Information on charts is updated automatically whenever related data on
the different worksheet changes.
They are very useful for applications that require filtering, sorting, modeling
and what-if analysis. (Any 04 x 01 = 4 marks)
(c ) A teacher keeps a class list containing the following data for each
student: Name,
Student index number, Text scores.
State the data type for each of these fields:

Field name Data type

1 Name Text

114
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

2 Student index number Text

3 Test scores number
(03x 01 = 03 marks)
Primary key field for the record is;
Student index number (01 mark)
24.(a) What is a microprocessor?
Very large-scale integrated circuit technology that integrates the computer
memory, logic and control circuits on a single chip.
A microprocessor usually contains the control unit, the arithmetic and logic
unit, registers, and system clock.
On a personal computer, the CPU is usually contained on a single chip and
is often called a microprocessor. (Any 01x02=02 marks)
(b) Difference between a digital computer and an analog computer.
Digital computers are so classified because they process data that is
represented in form of discrete values, (Discrete values are numbers that
can be defined like 1, 2, 3, etc). Digital watches are an example.
(01 mark)
Computer Examples
1 Digital Digital watch
2 Digital Digital calculator
(Any 01 x 01 = 01 mark for analog)
Analog computers process data in a continuous form or measurable
quantities/ units e.g. thickness of steel plates. From strength of electricity
currents. They can only be measured by comparing them to other specific
units. Their uses are normally restricted to scientific work and to
engineering functions.
(01 mark for analog)
Examples of analog computers;
1 analog Voltmeter
2 analog Speedometer
(Any 01 x 01 = 01 mark for analog)
(c) What electronic technology characterized each of the generation of
computers?
Generation Technology
1 First Vacuum tubes, valves, diodes

115
 FINAL PAPER 2009

2 Second Transistor
3 Third Integrated circuits
4 Fourth Very large integrated circuits
(Any 04 x 1 = 04 marks)
25. (a) Explain the following terms:
(i) Off-the-shelf software:
Packaged software is commercial software, which is copyrighted and
designed to meet the needs of a wide variety of users. (01 mark).
Examples of off –the-shelf software:
MS-Office suite.
Computer games e.g. chess, cross word puzzle, etc.
Education software e.g. Encarta,
(Any 01 x 1 = 1mark)
Custom software is tailor-made software, which is developed at a user's
request to perform specific functions. (01 mark)
(iii) Example of Custom software:
Locally made school management systems(SMS), • Inventory
management systems.
Payroll management systems
Library management system
(Any 01 x 1 = 1mark)
(b) (i) What is a utility program?
Utility programs are part of system software used to support, enhance or
expand existing programs in a computer system and make it more and
more user friendly. (02 marks)
(ii) Functions of utility programs
Reduction and compression of files a through file compression utilities.
Compilation of technical information about a computer's hardware and
certain system software programs and then prepares a report outlining
any identified problems through diagnostic utilities.
A disk scanner is a utility that detects and corrects both physical and
logical problems on a hard disk or floppy disk, and searches for and
removes unwanted files.
A disk defragmenter is a utility that reorganizes the files and unused
space on a computer's hard disk so data can be accessed more quickly
and programs can run faster. When the contents of a file are scattered
across two or more noncontiguous sectors, the file is fragmented.
An uninstaller is a utility that removes an application, as well as any
associated entries in the system files

116
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
A backup utility allows a user to copy, or backup, selected files or the
entire hard disk onto another disk or tape.
Data recovery utility – recovers accidentally deleted files from your
computer.
An antivirus utility is a program that prevents, detects, and removes
viruses from a computer's memory or storage devices. One popular
antivirus program is Norton Antivirus.
A screen saver is a utility that causes the monitor's screen to display a
moving image or blank screen if no keyboard or mouse activity occurs for
a specified time period.
Screen savers originally were developed to prevent a problem called
ghosting, in which images could be permanently etched on a monitor's
screen.
Screen savers can also be used for reasons of security, business, or
entertainment.
(Any 04 x 1 = 04 marks)
26.(a) (i)Distinguish between Internet and World Wide Web.
The Internet is a worldwide collection of networks linked together.
The Internet is the largest wide area network in the world.
The World Wide Web (WWW), also called the Web, consists of a
worldwide collection of electronic documents.
Each of these documents on the Web is called a Web page.
(02 marks)
(ii) Mention any two services offered by the Internet.
People have different reasons for connecting to the Internet, which include:
Assess a wealth of information, such as news, weather reports, and airline
schedules.
Shop for goods and services.
Use online banking services and manage investments.
Do research and take online training courses.
Download files, listen to music, and watch movies.
Send and receive messages to and from other connected users.
Communicate with others around the world.
Access sources of entertainment and leisure, such as online games,
magazines, and vacation planning guides. (Any 02 x 1 = 2 marks)
(b) Define the following terms
(i) Band width
The width of the communications channel is called the bandwidth.
The higher the bandwidth, the more data and information the channel can
transmit.

117
 FINAL PAPER 2009

Bandwidth: - is the difference between the highest and lowest frequencies

– that is, the range of frequencies.
The rate of speed of data through the channel is expressed in bits per
second (bps).
(01 mark)
(iv) Packet switching
Packet switching is a technique for dividing electronic messages into
packets for transmission over a network to their destination through the
most expedient route. (01 mark)
(c) Name four basic items that are required to gain access to the Internet
(i) Register with an ISP (Internet service provider) (ii) Network Interface
Card (NIC).
Transmission medium (cables or wireless)
Network operating system (NOS)
Browser software. E.g. Internet explorer or Mozilla Fire fox. (Any 04 x 1 = 4
marks)
SECTION C:
27. A computer system comprises of hardware, software, users, data,
procedures and communication. Describe the importance of each
component.
Computer system
A computer system consists of interrelated organs or parts which function
together for the same goal.
i) Hardware iv) Procedures
ii) Software v) User
iii) Data/information vi) Communication
Hardware devices are the physical and tangible of a computer.
Hardware comprises the electronic and the electromechanical parts of the
computer.
(01 mark) Examples;
Monitor, keyboard, mouse, system unit. Etc (Any 01 x 1 = 01 mark)
Hardware – is important because it carries out the
in putting,
processing,
storage,
out putting
Communications of the system.
(Any 02 x 1 = 02 marks)
• Software is a term for electronic instructions that tell the computer how to
perform a task.

118
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
These are a series of programs (instructions) that tell the computer what
and how to work.
(Any 01 x 1 mark)
Examples
System software –
Operating systems - Windows XP, Vista, Windows 95
Programming languages – C+, Java Script, SQL
Utilities – ANTIVIRUS software, disk defrag mentors, data recovery.
Application software;
Off the shelf (packed software) – MSOffice suite
Custom (tailor made) – school management system SMS
(Any 01 x 1 = 01 mark)
• These are a series of programs (instructions) that tell the computer what
and how to work.
System software manages the computer resources • Application software
solves the needs of the end user.
The made the computer more user friendly case for utilities
Production of other programs (programming)
(Any 02 x 1 = 02 marks)
Data consists of raw facts and figures that are processed into information.
Data consists consist of basic facts and figures that are processed into
information.
(Any 01 x 1 = 01 mark)
Data
letters (e.g., a, b, c, ...)
words and symbols
numbers
examination scores
musical notes
Names e.g. Moses
(Any 01 x 1 = 1 mark)
Data is the foundation for information.
( 02 marks)
Information is summarized data or otherwise manipulated (processed)
data.
Is manipulated/ processed data.
(01 mark)

119
 FINAL PAPER 2009

Examples
Information
words (e.g., apple, boy, cat)
a report, a letter, an essay
a mathematical formula
comments, grades
A piece of music, a song
(Any 01 x 1 = 1 mark)
Importance
These are the basis of decision making.
Planning
Analysis
Forecast
Discovering the past, present and future.
(Any 02 x 1 = 02 marks)
User – the most important component of a computer system – used to
design and develop computer systems, operate the computer hardware,
create the software, and establish procedures for carrying out tasks.
Ordinary user - is someone without much technical knowledge of
computers but uses computers to produce information for professional or
personal tasks, enhance learning, or have fun.
A computer professional user -is a person in a profession involving
computers who has had formal education in the technical aspects of
computers; an example is:
(Any 01 x 1 = 1 mark)
Examples of users.
Computer programmer
System analyst
System administrator
Database administrator
Network administrator.
(Any 01 x 1 = 1 mark)
Importance of users – • Data entry
manipulating the computer system
programming the computer
administering the network
analyzing the computer system
(Any 02 x 1 = 02 marks)

120
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
• Communications hardware facilitates connection between computers
and computer systems over phone lines and other channels.
This is the linking of one device of a computer to another.
(Any 01 x 1 = 1 mark)
Examples are:
Modems
Cable
Computer
fax modems
routers
gateways
(Any 01 x 1 = 1 mark)
Importance of communications
Linking up computer devices and computers
Enabling the flow of data
Enabling the flow of information
Enabling the flow of instructions
Networking of computers
(Any 02 x 1 = 02 marks)
28. “The Internet is a harmful tool to man”. What is your opinion?
Positive aspects of internet:
Personal/business connectivity – through E-mail, chatting, video
conferencing, websites, etc
News updates through online news groups and news rooms.
Secure online data storage.
Internet based education and research e.g. online training, publications, .
Tool for entertainment and leisure through online games, music and video
clips, visiting of electronic zoos, etc.
Promotion of business through internet based trade and commerce
(Ebusiness and E-commerce). Business-to-consumer (B2C) e-
commerce
consists of the sale of goods to the general public. Consumer-to-
consumer (C2C) e-commerce occurs when one consumer sells directly
to another, such as in an online auction. Business-to business (B2B)
e-commerce consists of businesses providing goods and services to
other businesses.
Promotion of medicine and health through online medication and health
care.
Promotion of banking and finance through online banking.

121
 FINAL PAPER 2009

Widened business investment opportunities and job opportunities through;

IPS’s, internet service kiosks (café), online jobs, etc.
Etc
(Any 05 x 2 = 10 marks)
Negative aspects of internet:
Very high cost implications for initial capital outlay and maintenance costs.
Display of illicit/dangerous (pornographic) materials on grounds of health
and materials.
Promotion of crime through Hacking, Piracy, and Money laundering.
Internet as a source of viruses through e-mail attachments, free games, etc.
Addiction where people waste a lot of time.
Loss of man-hours as employees waste company time on unproductive
surfing.
Etc
(Any 05 x 2 = 10 marks)
29. Ways in which computers can be used in business and industry in
Uganda include;
Computers in Business:
Document production and processing.
Data storage.
Data and information communication amongst departments and outsiders
using E-mail and chat rooms.
Decision making and planning through decision support systems and
management information systems.
Financial management through financial management systems/programs.
Stock and inventory management.
Security management for business and manufacturing installations through
computer guided cameras.
Quality assurance and control.
Selling and buying of goods and services through networked computers
(online buying and selling of products).
Banking services through online computers.
Etc
Computers use for industry specifically:
Computer aided design in manufacturing firms.
Computer aided manufacture through robotics. A robot is a
computercontrolled device that can move and react to feedback from the
outside world.
Data sensing and logging i.e. for mg’t of temperatures in certain
manufacturing areas
Clocking for employee man-hours through card reading computer systems.

122
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Accident arresting through smoke, fire, poisonous gasses emissions
detecting computer installations.
(Any 10 x 2 = 20 marks)

FINAL PAPER 2010

NB: You can find the UNEB 2010 Computer Studies Question Paper in the official
UNEB question bank which can be bought from UNEB. Below is just a draft answer
guide:

SECTION A
1. C 5. D 9. A 13. B 17. C 2B 6. D 10.D
14. B 18. B
3. C 7. B 11. A 15. D 19. D 4. A 8.C 12. B
16. A 20. A
SECTION B
Qn. 21. Solutions
(a) Characteristics of a computer;
• Speed: i.e. Computer operations are in millions or thousands of
calculations per second.
• Accuracy: i.e. Computers are thorough once the right instructions and
data are entered.
• Storage: i.e. Computer can store huge volumes of data without losing it
through their storage devices like hard disks, flash disks, CDs, etc.
• Versatility: i.e. Computers can handle many various tasks at the same
time or one at a time. Capable of multitasking.
• Diligence/consistency: i.e. Computers can execute tasks repetitively.
• Automation: i.e. Computers work with minimal or no human intervention.
(Any 3 x 2 = 6 marks)
(b) Examples of personal computers
• Hand held PCs; PDA like Palm VII, Sinclair 2481, TRS – 80, etc.
• Portable PCs like; Small laptops, Osborne I, Outran PCs, etc.
• Business PCs like; Apple Lisa, TRS-8011, DRC-300, etc.
• Professional PCs like; TRS-8011, HP 85/6, etc • Consumer PCs like;
ATTARI 1400, TI – 99/41, etc.
(Any 2 x 1 = 2 marks)
(c) Uses of computers in the area of entertainment:
• Audio and video clips
• Playing computer games

123
 FINAL PAPER 2010

• Chatting in cases of networked computers. (Any

2 x 1 = 2 marks)
Qn. 22. Solutions
(a) Explanation of the following terms:
(i) Character map: Is a group of symbols not found on the
keyboard. (1 mark)
(ii) Formatting: Changing the appearance/parameters of a text or
document. (2 mark)
(iii) Footer: Is any text which is placed in the bottom margin of a
page. (1 mark)
(iv) Page break: A parameter that controls the number of lines to a
page after which
additional text will be placed onto the next page.
(2 mark)
(b) Uses of word processors in business include; ⇒ Production
of reports and business proposals.
⇒ Making of adverts and posters (a case for word and clip art application).
⇒ Production of business cards.
⇒ Form letters and mailing label
⇒ Publications
⇒ Payroll where tables can be used for simple calculations.
⇒ In built templates for curriculum vitae. (Any 4 x 1 = 4 marks)
23 (a) Ms Excel Super Calc Coral Quattro pro
Lotus 1-2-3 Visi calc MultiMate
Any 2 x1=2marks
(b) (i) F2 and H2 2 mark
(ii) = or @ or + SUM (G3:G11) or =
(G3+G4+G5+G6+G7+G8+G9+G10+G11) or
= (G3, G4, G5, G6, G7, G8, G9, G10, G11) (01 mk)

(iii) = AVERAGE (B4:F4) or =(B4+C4+D4+E4+F4)/5 or

= (B4, C4, D4, E4, F4)/5 (01 mk)

(iv) = MAX (G3:G11) or =MAX (H3:H11) (02 mks)

(v) = MIN (G3:G11) or =MIN (H3:H11) (02 mks)

24 (a) (i) A browser is a communication software that allows a user
to access and view web pages on the internet while E- mail software

124
 UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
enables a user to create, send, receive, forward, store and print email
messages. (02 marks)
(ii) Examples of browser
- Ms internet explorer
- Netscape navigator
- Mozilla fire fox
- Google chrome
- Conqueror Any 2 x1 = 02
marks)
Examples of E- mail software
- Ms outlook express
- Eudora light
- Web mail Any 2 x1 = 02 marks)
(b) (i) Search engine refers to software program that can used to
locate websites, pages and files on the internet. Or program that enables
one to search for resources on the web (internet).
(01 mark)
(ii) Multimedia refers to using computers to integrate text, graphics
animation,
audio and video into pone application.
(c) Examples of webpage authorizing software. (01 mark)
- Micro media dream weaver
- Nets cape composer
- Front page
- Adobe go live
Ms Publisher 2007.
Any 2 (02 marks)
25 (a) (i) BIOS Basic Input and Out put System
(01 mark)
(ii) CMOS Complementary Metal- Oxide Semi conductor
(01 mark)
(iii)
ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit
(01 mark)
(iv) ICT Information and Communication Technology
(01 mark)
(b) Function of the following

125
 FINAL PAPER 2010

(i) ROM- BIOS Keeps the computer’s basic start up information OR

Contains the sequence of instructions the computer follows to load the
operating systems and other files when computer is turned ON (01 mark)
(ii) CMOS Used to store configuration information about computer.
(01 mark)
(c) (i) Term Cache refers to a high speed memory that a CPU can
access
quickly. (02 marks)
(ii) Buffer is necessary to provide a temporary storage so that the
CPU is set free to carry out other activities instead of waiting for all data
to be entered or information to be output.
(02 mks)
26 (a) Software suite refers to a collection of individual application
software
Sold as a single package e.g. ms office (02 marks)
(b) (i) features of desktop publishing software
- it includes color libraries
- supports color separation
- supports page lay out
- combines word processor and graphics to produce high documents. Any
2 (02 marks)

(ii) Video conferencing refers to the technology in which people in

different geographical locations can exchange text, sound and video clips
over a computer net work in real time as if they are in the same location.
(02 marks)
(c) Use of the following features
(i) Radio button – this a type of graphical user inter face element
used to select or choose only one of a predefined set of options
(02 marks) (ii) Check box - this is graphical user interface used to
select several
choices from the available options . (02 marks)
Qn. 27. Solutions
Positive effects of using computers to society
• Created and widened employment opportunities e.g.; software engineers,
computer teachers, technicians, etc.
• Improved education and research by simplifying teaching and learning.
E.g. abstract content can be made real through cyber science technology

126
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
– others are computer aided teaching and computer aided learning,
presentations software, etc.
• Improved entertainment and leisure through computer games, music, etc
for people to refresh and make-up.
• Improved communication and collaboration through computer networks.
• Improved health services where computers facilitate recording,
monitoring, and diagnosis for patients.
• Improved security through computer managed gates and monitoring of
commercial and domestic premises, detecting and controlling crime by
police.
• Reduced production time and manufacturing processes through computer
aided manufacturing and computer aided designing which have greatly
improved the quantity and quality of life.
• Improved customer services delivery and care eg networked computers
provide 24/7 on-line services like credit cards
• Improved business and investment opportunities.
• Improved data and document production, storage and manipulation.
(Any 5 x 2 = 10 marks)
Negative effects of using computers to society
• Computer related crime e.g. forgeries, computer based illegal funds
transfers, etc
• Moral degeneration through morally dangerous clips, messages, etc
• Increased cost of production as computers are very expensive to buy and
maintain. Computer experts can as well be expensive to hire.
• They are both health and environmental hazards e.g. can cause eye
defects, and their disposal after use has got a lot of environmental
concerns.
• Loss of employment as they take over job assignments for semi and less
skilled job functions.
• Deaths and accidents due to computer malfunctioning or explosion.
• Virus threats which has made data storage and safety very vulnerable.
• Erosion of human integrity and creativity as even the smallest calculation
is assigned to the computer. Other cases are GMFs, test tube children,
etc.
• Loss of man-hours as some workers go for unproductive computer based
leisure at the expense of their work.
• Cyber terrorism

127
 FINAL PAPER 2010

(Any 5 x 2 = 10 marks)
A 28. Hardware devices for information processing
1. Input device
An Input device is any hardware component that allows a user to enter data
and instructions into a computer.
Keyboard
A keyboard is an input device tat contains keys that allow a user to enter
data and instructions into a computer.
Or
A keyboard is an input device tat contains keys which initiate programmed
routines.
Mouse
A mouse is a pointing device that allows the entering of data and
instructions by controlling a pointer on the screen which the user has to
move on a smooth flat surface.
Trackball
A trackball is a stationary pointing device with a ball mechanism on its top.
Joystick
A joystick is a pointing device with a vertical lever mounted on a base to
control the position of the cursor.
Light pen
A light pen is a handheld pen like pointing device that has a light sensitive
point to select options on the screen.
Touch screen
A touch screen is an input device that permits the entering or selecting of
commands and data by touching the surface of a sensitized video display
device with a finger or a pointer.
Touch pad
A touch pad is a small flat rectangular pointing device that is sensitive to
pressure and motion.
digital camera
A digital camera is an input device tha takes pictutre and store the images
digitally rather than traditional films which image can then be transferred to
the computer using a specialized cable or wireledd technology.
Scanner
A scanner is a light sensing input device that converts printed text and
graphics into digital form for computer use.
Others include:
Optical character recognition reader
Optical maek recognition reader
Barcode reader

128
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Magnetic ink character recognition reader
Magnetic strip reader Sensors
Microphone
Microphone is an input device that allows a user to input voice or sound to a
computer.
MIDI
MIDI short for musical instrument digital interface is an input device that
defines how sounds are represented electronically by digital musical
devices and connected to the sound card of the computer.
Digitizer
A Digitizer is an input device with a graphic tablet on which the user writes
with a pen like device called a stylus.
A terminal is nay device that sends data and instructions to a computer.
2. Processing Hardware
This is a hardware component used to manipulate symbols, number and
letters and controls the other parts of the computer system.
Alphanumeric logic unit (ALU)
Alphanumeric logic unit (ALU) is the hardware which performs the
computers principal logical and arithmetic operations or calculations and
logical operations.
Control unit (CU)
The control unit (CU) is the part of the processor which manages the other
parts of the computer system.
Register
Register is the part which holds one piece of data and instruction one a time
during processing by the CPU.
3. Output hardware
An output hardware is any device used to display or remove information
from a computer to a user.
A monitor is an output device that provides a visual image of both the users
input and computer output.
Or
A monitor or a VDU display information on its screen thus helping the user
to monitor operations carried out by the computer.
Printer
A printer is an output device that produces text and graphics on a physical
medium such as a paper.
Speaker
A speaker is an audio output device that produces sound signals.
Data projector

129
 FINAL PAPER 2010

A data projector is an output device that takes the image that displays on
the computer screen and projects it on a lerger screen so that people can
see the image clearly.
Facsimile machine
A Facsimile machine (Fax) is a device that transmits and receives
documents over a telephone line and print it out on paper.
Other include:
Plotter
Terminal
4. Storage hardware
A storage hardware is any device designed to retain data and instructions in
a relatively temporary or permanent form.
Primary memory
Random Access Memory(RAM) is where data and instructions are stored
temporarily during processing.
Read Only Memory(ROM) is where programs are stored permanently.
Secondary storage
Floppy disk(Diskette) is a thin flexible device with magnetic coating
enclosed in a square shaped plastic shell.
A zip disk is like a floppy disk but can store up to 100MB of data.
A compact disk (CD-ROM) is a flat portable storage media that is usually
4.5”(inches) in diameter used to store information using microscopic pits
and lands that are in the middle layer of the disk.
Hard disk is a storage device composed of several inflexible circular disks
called platters.
Magnetic tapes are magnetically coated ribbons of plastic cable of storing
large amounts of data and information.
Flash disk is a storage device that operates as a plug and play device which
is removable and connected using a USB port and usually have fast access
to to data stored in large amounts.
Other include: Memory card, Jazz disk, Magnetic strip cards(ATM), plastic
card Sim card
Sub-Total =5marks x4 Total =20marks
A.29 (a) Advantages of Networking over stand alone
computers
• Facilitate communications e.g. through electronic-mail, chatting in chat
rooms
• Reducing on cost by sharing hardware like printers and software.
• It allows for tight control over who has access to what data.

130
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
• It allows sharing of data and information stored on other computers on the
network.
• It enables online learning and collaborative research
• It allows access to free common databases and databanks like free
software, as in banks like ATM.
• It allows for advertising tools for products and services
• It allows access to more entertainment, leisure, clubs e.g. e-zoos.
• Has enabled improved travel service through e-books and e-reservation.
• News updates can be got on climate, weather, politics, and sports.
• Provides for online employment e.g. telecommuting. Any 8x1=
8marks
(b) Various illustrations of LAN topologies
Bus or linear topology
This is a LAN topology which consists of a single central cable tat connects
all computers and devices together.
Diagram to illustrate a bus or linear topology

Printer

Terminator

Backbone cable Workstation

Mention =1 marks Explanation =1 mark Diagram =1marks
(labeled)
Subtotal =3 marks
Star topology
A star topology is a LAN topology in which all the computers and devices
are connected to a central computer thereby forming a star. Or

A star network topology is a network configuration where all communication

to workstations on a network go through a common hub or switch.
Diagram to illustrate a Star topology

131
 FINAL PAPER 2010

Printer

Workstation
Mention =1 marks Explanation =1 mark Diagram =1marks
(labeled)
Subtotal =3 marks
Ring topology
A ring topology is LAN topology which consists of a cable forming a closed
ring or loop with all the computers and devices in a network.
Diagram to illustrate a ring topology

Workstation
Mention =1 marks Explanation =1 mark Diagram
=1marks (labeled)
Subtotal =3 marks
Mesh or hybrid
A mesh or hybrid LAN topology is a network topology which combines the
bus, star and ring network to form big network.
Diagram to illustrate a mesh or hybrid topology

Workstation

132
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Mention =1 marks Explanation =1 mark Diagram =1marks(labeled)
Subtotal =3 marks)
Total =20 marks

FINAL PAPER 2011

NB: You can find the UNEB 2011 Computer Studies Question Paper in the official
UNEB question bank which can be bought from UNEB. Below is just a draft answer
guide:

DRAFT MARKING GUIDE

840/1 UCE 2011
SECTION A
1.B 6.C 11.A 16.D
2.A 7.C 12.B 17.D
3.A 8.C 13.C 18.C
4.B 9. “None” or 14.A 19.A
Definition of bus (Data transmission
Pathway.)
5.D 10.D 15.C 20.B

SECTION B
21 (A) Characteristics of the 3rd generation
- Integrated circuits
- Introduction of Operating systems e.g Multics
- Simple programming languages e.g Basic
- Low cost compared to 1st and 2nd generation computers
- Increased user friendliness.
- Parallel processing.
- Small size in size as compared to 1st and 2nd generation computers.
- Consumption of low electric power as compared to 1st and 2nd generation
computers.
- Increased memory compared to 1st and 2nd generation computers.
- Introduction of mini computers.
- Generation of less heat compared to 1st and 2nd generation computers.
- Introduction of networking.
Any 3 X 1 = 03 marks
(b) (i) Hacking - Gaining illegal (unauthorized) access into computer
installations. 02 marks

133
 FINAL PAPER 2011

(ii) Computer crime -

Any illegal actions involving the use of computers or against computers.
02 marks
(c) Preventing computer crime
- Physical security e.g bugler proofing, locked key system, security guards,
CCTV Cameras.
- Encryption
- Passwords and usernames.
- Recovery plans/back ups
- Bio-metric devices e.g thumb print readers.
- Networks especially wireless networking and server – based networks.
- Call back systems
- Possessed objects – Items carried to enable the user gain access to the
system e.g a card.
- Anti virus installation.
- Activating firewalls.
Any 3 X 1 = 03 marks
22. (a) (i) Word wrap. – A feature that automatically moves the cursor, or
word/text that doesn’t fit in the space left towards the right margin to
another line. 02 marks
(ii) Word processor applications.
- Ms Word
- Lotus Word processor
- Corel Word perfect
- Word star
- WordPad
- Abi word
- Mac write
- Ami pro
- Magic wand etc
Any 2X1 = 02 marks
b) (i)
Illustration
A B C D E
1 House 1 House 2 House 3 House 4
2 Junior
s
3 Middle
4 Senior
s

134
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
5 Totals =SUM(B2:B =SUM(C2:C =SUM(D2:D =SUM(E2:E
4) 4) 4) 4)

Or
A B C D E
1 Juniors Middle Seniors Totals
2 House 1 =SUM(B2:D2)
3 House 2 =SUM(B3:D3)
4 House 3 =SUM(B4:D4)
5 House 4 =SUM(B5:D5)

Explanation 02 marks
Spreadsheet 02 marks
(ii) By summing up all house scores in their respective teams.
Or Any other appropriate formular. e.g =SUM(B2:B4), =SUM(B2:D2) ,
=B2+B3+B4, =B2+C2+D2
02 marks
TOTAL 10 marks
23 (a)
(i) Backspace Key - To delete a character or space to the left of
the cursor position.
Or Ctrl+ Backspace key removes the whole word to the left of the cursor. 1
mark
(ii) Caps Lock Key - To facilitate continuous typing in upper case when
activated. 01 mark
(iii) Delete Key - To remove the character, space, text or
word to the right of the cursor position. Ctrl+Del removes the whole word
to the right of the cursor position. 01 mark
(iv) Space bar - To create space .
- Alignment
- Moving the cursor to the next line.
- Pausing music in some music programmes e.g Power DVD,
- Playing games e.g in pinball
- Resizing or closing the current window with a modifier key e.g Ctrl Key
+Space bar
- Helps in scrolling in some web browsers when used with Shift Key.

(v) Shift Key - Activates second function of different keys.

- Activates sticky keys
- Selects files and folders in specific order

135
 FINAL PAPER 2011

- Modifies function Keys e.g Shift + F1 = F13 and Shift + F2=F14.

- Anchors the insertion pointer in word processors
- Used in modifying the mouse behavior while using a web browser.
b) (i) Booting Refers to the process of loading an operating system into a
computers main memory to make a computer ready for use.
01 mark
(ii) Cold booting – Cold booting refers to turning on a computer after it has
been off by loading the operating system.
02 marks
Warm booting - Resetting the computer when the Operating System is
already running by using reset button or ctrl + Alt + Del.
02 marks
TOTAL = 10 marks
24. (A) (i) Web page. - It’s a document that uses http on the website
covering a particular topic/related topics.
01 mark
(ii) Website – A collection of related web pages. Or world wide web pages
maintained by an organization or an individual.
01 mark
b) (i) IP Address - It uniquely identifies each computer/device connected
to the network using the internet protocol.
02 marks
(ii) ISP - Internet Service Provider functions:
 A company which gives connectivity to the internet.
 Electronic mail services
 Leasing server space for small businesses.
 Web hosting services.
 Provision of virtual machines e.g storage space etc
Any 1X2 =02 marks
c) (i) Considerations when choosing a network topology.
- Cost of installation
- Number of computers and other devices
- Architecture of the building to be used.
- Purpose of the network.
- Distance of connectivity
- Safety provisions of the network
- Personnel provisions/technicalities involved
- Ease in accessing the network.
Any 2 X 1 = 02 marks
(ii) Advantages of star topology.

136
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
- Breakdown of an individual station does not affect other computers on the
network.
- It is simple to install and maintain if compared to other topologies like
mesh and tree.
- There is less noise (electronic) Any 1
X1 = 01 mark
Disadvantages of star topology.
- Breakdown of the central compute or hub leads to breakdown of the
whole network.
- Leads to a “spaghetti” of cables for a large network since each
workstation has two cables to and from the hub.
Any 1X1 = 01 mark
TOTAL =10 MARKS
25. a) Factors to consider when designing a database.
- Number of tables needed
- Number of fields and field names
- Unique identifiers on fields with unique values.
- Relationships between tables if any
- Practicability of the database. Any 2
X 1 = 02 marks
b) Field - is a name given to a particular/specific piece of data/information
about a record.
01 mark
c)(i) L4323 01 mark
(ii) - Air conditioner 01 mark
- Garden 01 mark
(iii) Text 01 mark
(iv) Two validation checks.
- Data type check
- Number of characters (Length of sentence)
- Presence check/primary key
- Consistency Check/pattern matching
- Validation rule/range validation rule Any 2X1 = 02 marks
(v) Reference number 01 mark
TOTAL =10 MARKS
26. a) System software – Programs that start up the computer and
manage the general functioning of the system devices and activities.
02 marks

137
 FINAL PAPER 2011

Application software – Computer programs designed to satisfy specific

needs of the user. E.g excel, database, word etc.
02 marks
b) Functions of operating system
- Provides basic working environment/interface.
- Controlling the use of peripherals.
- Controlling the loading and running of application programs.
- Organizing the use of memory/Memory management
- Booting
- File management
- Protecting hardware and software
- Configuring devices
- Processor management e.g multitasking and time sharing.
Any 2X1 = 02 marks
(c)(i) A computer virus This is a program which attaches itself to the
system and alters the normal functioning of a computer. 02 Marks
(ii) Examples of anti viruses
- Norton Antivirus
- Panda Antivirus
- Avast Antivirus
- MacAfee Antivirus
- AVG Antivirus
- Eset-Nod 32 Antivirus
- Dr. Solomon’s tool kit
- Avira Antivirus
- Kaspersky Antivirus
- Escan Antivirus
- F-secure Antivirus
- Netqin Antivirus
TOTAL=10 marks

138
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
SECTION C
27. (i) Utility programs are part of system software which are designed to
configure, analyze, optimize and maintain a computer in its working
operations. 02 marks
(ii) Description of Utility programs.
 Anti-virus utilities scan for computer viruses and remove them
 Backup utilities can make a copy of all information stored on a disk, and
restore either the entire disk
 Data compression utilities output a smaller file when provided with a
stream or file.
 Disk checkers can scan the contents of a hard disk to find files or areas
that are
 Disk cleaners can find files that are unnecessary to computer and can
decide to delete.
 Disk compression utilities can transparently compress/uncompress the
contents of a disk, increasing the capacity of the disk.
 Disk defragmenters increase efficiency by moving data to one side of
the disk.
 Disk partitions can divide an individual drive into multiple logical drives
 Disk space analyzers to get the size for each folder/ sub folders & files
in folder or drive. showing the distribution of the used space.
 Disk storage utilities
 Archive utilities output a stream or a single file when provided with a
directory or a set of files. Archive utilities, unlike archive suites, usually do
not include compression or encryption capabilities.
 File managers provide a convenient method of performing routine data
management tasks, such as deleting, renaming, cataloging, uncataloging,
moving, copying, merging etc.
 Cryptographic utilities encrypt and decrypt streams and files.
 Hex editors directly modify the text or data of a file.
 Memory testers check for memory failures.
 Network utilities analyze the computer's network connectivity, configure
network settings, check data transfer or log events.
 Registry cleaners clean and optimize the Windows registry by removing
old registry keys that are no longer in use.
 Screensavers were desired to prevent phosphor burn-in on CRT and
plasma computer monitors Contemporary screensavers are used
primarily for entertainment or security.

139
 FINAL PAPER 2011

 System monitors for monitoring resources and performance in a

computer system.
 System profilers provide detailed information about the software
installed and hardware attached to the computer.
 Sorting utility for organizing files in any choose order
 Merging or combining different files in one.
 Diagnostic utility
Any 6 X 3 = 18
Mentioning 01
Explaining 02
TOTAL = 20 marks
28. Areas in which computers can be applied in society.
- Education and training
- Information and data storage
- Business – e-business where computers are networked
- Entertainment and leisure
- Health and medicine for medical tests, drugs and prescription
- Transport
- Communication
- Accounting and finance
- Banking
- Climate and weather
- Security and military
- Manufacturing – Robotics, CAD and CAM
- Hotel and institutional catering
- General management.
- Government uses computers to manage the government payroll
- Space exploration
- Research
29. Functions of word processors.
- Allow text to be edited easily e.g insert, delete and move text anywhere in
the current document
- Mailing documents
- Mail merge.
- Graphics creating and handling e.g frames, shapes
- Mathematics formulae especially in tables.
- Creation of tables
- Sharing of documents.
- Comparison
- Word count

140
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
- Creating web pages.
- Creation of foot notes and cross references.
- Creation of letters and document, memos etc
- Helps in saving on a storage device
- Helps in formatting and designing of simple office publications.

PREMOCK 2011
SECTION A (20 MARKS)
1.Which of the following is not an example of computer input?
A. OCR.
B. MICR.
C. OMR.
D. LCD.
2.The text you type using a computer is directly stored in ………………….
A. A word processor like Microsoft word
B. Local disk C.
C. A file.
D. RAM.
3.If the computer monitor does not come on when pressing the power
button, it is quite possible that…
A. The keyboard is not connected.
B. The computer is not connected to a UPS.
C. A virus has deleted some of the files.
D. There are some loose or disconnected plugs.
4.…………………………. is an example of a Boolean data type
A. 10001001.
B. $ 200.
C. 26/Apr/2010.
D. On/Off.
5.Which of the following is a database file?
A. Talinamugongo.doc
B. Studentsdata.xls
C. MicrosoftAccess.ppt
D. InvitationLetter.mdb
6.As Juliet was typing a report using MS Word, the power suddenly went off
and luckily enough she had a UPS installed. What will be her most
appropriate action to do now?
A. Turn the lights on.
B. Turn the power switch off.

141
 PREMOCK 2011

C. Save the document.

D. Wait for the power to be back on.
7.To move a block of selected text to a new position, one must use…
A. New position icon on the toolbar.
B. Paste special.
C. Cut and Paste.
D. Copy and Paste.
8.An example of a mixed cell reference in a spreadsheet is …
A. A1.
B. 2$B.
C. $A1.
D. $B$2.
9.The decimal form of 10001001 binary is
A. 7.
B. 128.
C. 137.
D. 10001001.
10. The tracks on a disk are made of…
A. Cylinders.
B. FATs.
C. Sectors.
D. Grooves.
11. To display Help on computer you would press:
A. F5 key
B. F1 key
C. Ctrl+H key combination
D. The help icon on the standard toolbar
12. Which of the following word processing features enable a word that
does not fit on the current line to automatically move to the next line of
text entry?
A. Carriage Return
B. Word wrap.
C. Auto Best Fit
D. Pressing the Enter key
13. Which of the following is not a computer system specification?
A. RAM.
B. Cost.
C. Processor speed.
D. Hard disk capacity.
14. How many binary digits are in the word X-MAS ?
A. 32.

142
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
B. 40.
C. 4.
D. 5.
15. Which of the following best describes a folder on a computer?
A. A yellow icon/graphic on the desktop
B. A directory where files may be kept.
C. A graphical user interface tool where files saved
D. An enclosure that is created to safe guard documents from being
deleted.
16. What is an operating system?
A. A software which provides an interface between hardware and user,
and is responsible for the management and coordination of all computer
system activities.
B. A software for the computer system
C. A formation of people operating the computer system
D. A huge complex computer system software
17. What happens when the “Print Screen” key on the keyboard is
pressed?
A. The image seen on the screen will be copied to the clipboard to be
pasted later.
B. Whatever is on the screen will be printed.
C. The document seen on the screen will be printed.
D. What You See on the screen Is What You Get when printed.
18. One advantage of a LAN is to…
A. Enable sharing of resources such as printers.
B. Enable the sharing of power source.
C. Help in forming a link between users.
D. Increase processor speed of standalone computers.
19. Which of these is a device which coverts analog signals to digital
signals, and vice versa?
A. Modem.
B. Scanner.
C. Signal Converter.
D. Internet – phone line digital device.
20. “Two thousand Uganda shillings” is entered in Cell B2. What is the
entry in Cell B2 known as?
A. A label.
B. A value
C. A formula.
D. Currency.

143
 PREMOCK 2011

TABLE FOR SECTION A ANSWERS

1. D 6. C 11. B 16. A
2. D 7. C 12. B 17. A
3. D 8. C 13. B 18. A
4. D 9. C 14. B 19. A
5. D 10. C 15. B 20. A

SECTION B (60 MARKS)

Answer all questions in this section. All the working must be done in the
spaces provided.
21. The database below contains data about items that have been ordered
from various suppliers
SUPPLIER CODE DELIVERY DATE PRICE

AD12 2146 28/09/07 ¥44.99

CO35 3724 30/09/07 ¥249.50

MO18 5613 05/10/07 ¥8.15

LO47 5613 11/10/07 ¥102.15

PO29 7215 17/10/07 ¥127.75

RO16 4639 19/10/07 ¥22.89

(a) State the data types of the fields in the given table.
(04 marks)
(i) SUPPLIER ……………..Text………………… [01 MARK]
(ii) CODE …………………Number……………… [01 MARK]
(iii) DELIVERY DATE …………Date/T ime………………[01 MARK]
(iv) PRICE ………………………Currency………… [01 MARK]
(b) The following search condition is input
(CODE = 5613) AND (PRICE <100).
Write down the output using only the SUPPLIER field.
(01 mark)
……………………………………MO18………………… [01 MARK]

144
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
(c) Write down a search condition that will search for all items with a price
more than ¥50 that will be delivered in October.
(2 marks)
 (PRICE > 50) AND (DELIVERY DATE = Between #1/10/07# And
#31/10/07#)
 (PRICE > 50) AND (DELIVERY DATE >=#1/10/07#)
 (PRICE > 50) AND (DELIVERY DATE >=#1/10/07# And <=#31/10/07#)
 (PRICE > 50) AND (DELIVERY DATE =Like "**/10/**" )
[ANY 1 x 2 = 02 MARKS]
(d) (i) What is a primary key?
(02 marks)
 A primary key refers to one or more fields whose value(s) uniquely
identify each record in a table.
 A primary key is a column or combination of columns whose values
uniquely identify a row in a database table. The primary key(s) have a
unique value for each record or row in the table.
[ANY 1 x 2 = 02 MARKS]
(ii) Which field in the above database can act as a primary key?
(01 mark)
 SUPPLIER field. [01 MARK]
22. a) (i) What is a browser?
(2 marks)
 A browser is a computer application software for displaying WebPages.
 A computer a program used to view HTML documents
 A program used to view, download, upload, surf or otherwise access
documents (pages) on the World Wide Web.
[ANY 2 x 1 = 02 MARKS]
(ii) Give two examples of browsers.
(2 marks)
 ¶Mozilla Firefox,
 Internet Explorer,
 Safari,
 Opera,
 Google Chrome,
 Netscape Navigator
 Konqueror.
 Etc.
¶[ANY 2 x 1 = 02 MARKS]
(b) Mention three advantages of using email as a means of communication
(3 marks)

145
 PREMOCK 2011

 Easy to use. Emails applications have user friendly tools that help
during composing messages.
 Email supports sending of attachments like documents, zipped files,
e.t.c
 It is very fast in terms of speed: The e-mail is delivered instantly,
anywhere across the globe.
 Easy to prioritize: Since the mails have subject lines, it is easy to
prioritize them and ignore unwanted mails.
 Email messages can be sent to many recipients at the same time
 Emails can also carry hyperlinks that lead to other webpages with just
a click
 One can subscribe to news and other online services through email
 Email software have management features that help users to organize
their messages in folders like inbox, sent, draft, etc.
 Easier for reference: When one needs to reply to a mail, there is a
provision in the mailing system to attach the previous mails as references.
This refreshes the recipient's knowledge, on what he is reading.
 Environment friendly: Postal mails use paper as a medium to send
letters. Electronic mail thus, saves a lot of trees from being axed. It also
saves fuel needed in transportation.
 Email software have address book features that may be sorted in
alphabetical order.
 Email software has a good degree of security features such as
username and password before sign in
 Email applications have inbuilt English dictionary which safeguards the
sender from incorrect spelling and grammar.
 Email is a relatively cheap means of communication since there are no
printing or postage expenses involved.
 There is flexibility in time of opening the e-mail for any time access. At
any time of the day or night, one can communicate with friends, relatives,
professors and business associates.
 Messages remain permanent for future and frequent accessing from
anywhere.
 Use of graphics such as colorful greeting cards and interesting pictures
can be sent through e-mails.
 Advertising tool: many individuals and companies are using e-mails to
advertise their products, services, etc.
[ANY 3 x 1 = 03 MARKS]
(c) Outline three limitations of using Email as means of communication.
(3 marks)

146
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 Emails can carry Viruses: The recipient needs to scan the mails, as
viruses are transmitted through them and have the potential to harm
computer systems.
 Spam and Junk: E-mails when used to send unsolicited messages and
unwanted advertisements create nuisance called Spam. Checking and
deleting these unwanted mails can unnecessarily consume a lot of time,
and it has become necessary to block or filter the unwanted e-mails by
means of spam filters.
 E-mail spoofing is another common practice. Spoofing involves
deceiving the recipient by altering the e-mail headers or the addresses
from which the mail is sent.
 Hacking and email interception: The act of unauthorized attempts to
bypass the security mechanisms of an information system or network is
termed as hacking. After the e-mail is sent and before it is received by the
desired recipient, it "bounces" between servers located in different parts
of the world. Hence, the e-mail can be intercepted by a professional
hacker.
 Misinterpretation: One has to be careful while posting any kind of
content through an e-mail. If typed in a hurry, the matter could be
misinterpreted.
 Since the content posted via e-mails is considered informal, there is a
chance of business documents going unnoticed. Thus, urgent
transactions and especially those requiring signatures are not managed
through e-mails.
 Crowded inbox: Over a period of time, the e-mail inbox may get
crowded with mails. It becomes difficult for the user to manage such a
huge chunk of mails.
 Need to check the inbox regularly: In order to be updated, one has to
check his e-mail account regularly, which may be expensive in the long
run.
 Email cannot be used without computers especially in remote areas
without electricity
 In case one forgets his/her password, signing in is not possible and
this can lead to loss of information.
 Email may violate privacy in case someone else gets to know your
user password since the other may check your mails.
[ANY 3 x 1 = 03 MARKS]
23. a) What is a computer network?
(2 marks)

147
 PREMOCK 2011

 Two or more computers that are connected together to share resources

such as hardware, data, and software.
 A collection of computers and devices connected by communications
channels that facilitates communications among users and allows users to
share resources.
[ANY 1x 2 = 02 MARKS]
b) Mention three network types you know.
(3 marks)
 A Local Area Network (LAN) is a network that connects computers
and devices in a limited geographical area such as home, school,
computer laboratory, office building
 A Personal Area Network (PAN) is a computer network used for
communication among computer and different information technological
devices close to one person. Some examples of devices that are used in
a PAN are personal computers, printers, fax machines, telephones,
PDAs, scanners,
 A Wide Area Network (WAN) is a computer network that covers a large
geographic area such as a city, country
 A Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) is a large computer network that
usually spans a city or a large campus.
 The Internet is a global system of interconnected computer networks.
 Client/Server Network - A client/server network has one or more
computers acting as a server while the other computers (i.e., clients) on
the network can request services from the server.
 Peer to peer - individual computer connect to each other directly,
without need for a central point of management. Each has the same
capabilities and any can initiate a communication session.
[ANY 3x 1 = 03 MARKS]
c) List any two network media.
(2 marks)
 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable
 Shielded Twisted Pair (STP) cable
 Coaxial cable
 Fiber-optic cable
 Wireless Media
[ANY 2x 1 = 02 MARKS]
d) Write the following in full:
(3 marks)
IRC…… Internet Relay Chat ……………[01 MARK]
FTP……. File Transfer Protocol ……… [01 MARK]
NIC…… Network Interface Card …… [01 MARK]

148
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
24. (a) Mention any three characteristics of computer software. (03
marks)
 Computer software is intangible
 Computer software gives instructions/procedures to computers
 Computer software is copyrighted
 Computer software can be installed
 Computer software is executable
 Loads into Memory when running
 All software has a source Code written by a programming Language.
[ANY 3x 1 = 03 MARKS]
(b) Define ‘system software’.
(01 marks)
 System software refers to programs that control the operations of a
computer its self and all its devices.
 System software is computer software designed to operate the
computer hardware and to provide maintain a platform for running
application software.
[ANY 1 x 1 = 01 MARKS]
(c)Name the three categories of system software giving an example in
each case. (06 marks)
(i) Operating systems [01 MARK]
Example:
 DOS,
 Windows,
 Linux,
 Unix,
 Vista
 etc ………
(ii) Utility programs – [01 MARK]
Example:
 Antivirus utility – Prevents, detects and removes viruses.
 Uninstaller utility removes programs.
 Folder management utility - creating, viewing, deleting and rearranging
files and folders Compression utility - reduces the size of files to free disk
space
 Disk Defragmenter – Recognises the files and unused space on a hard
disk so that data more quickly.
 Backup utility – allows a user to copy, or backup files from one
disk/storage device to another.

149
 PREMOCK 2011

 Diagnostic utility – Compiles technical computer information & helps

outline any identified problems.
 Screen saver utility – causes the monitor’s screen to display a graphic
automatically after a period when no input device is in use, for
entertainment, security or business.
[ANY 1 x 1 = 01 MARKS]
(iii) Programming languages (System development software) [01 MARK]
Example:
 BASIC,
 FORTRAN,
 COBOL,
 Java,
 C,
 C++,
 Visual Basic
 Etc.
 [ANY 1 x 1 = 01 MARKS]
25. (a) Describe the computer terms as used in presentation software:
(08 marks)
(i) Transition looping
 Is a facility which sets up the presentation to run continuously until it is
stopped by the presenter. In Ms. PowerPoint 2003, Go to slide show –>
setup show –> then loop continuously until Esc. [02 MARKS]
(i) Slide Master
 Slide Master – This is a single slide that controls all other slides in a
given presentation. Any changes made to it affect the rest, respectively.
[02 MARKS]
(ii) Action Button
 An action button is a graphic button in a presentation with hyperlinks to
other slides, documents, media, programs internet addresses etc. [02
MARKS]
(iii) Thumbnail
 A thumbnail is the term used to describe a minute version of a slide or
picture.
 A graphic that gives you the impression of a slide or page. [ANY 1x 02
MARKS]
(b) Apart from Microsoft PowerPoint, State any two other Presentation
software application programs you know. (02 marks)
 OpenOffice Impress,
 ShowLogic,

150
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 KPresenter,
 Screencast,
 Adobe Persuasion,
 AppleWorks,
[ANY 2 x 1 = 02 MARKS]
26. (a) What is a computer?
(02 marks)
 A computer is an electronic device that accepts user input (data),
processes it under special instructions (programs), to produce the desired
meaningful output (information).
 A computer is a programmable machine that receives input, stores and
manipulates data, and provides output in a useful format.
[ANY 1 x 2 = 02 MARKS]
(b) Mention five areas where computers can be used/applied in our society
today. (05 marks)
 Education, e.g. Use of Interactive whiteboards and projectors during
teaching.
 Research, e.g. searching different literature on the World Wide Web.
 Business, .e.g. new jobs like Programmers, web designers, ICT
teachers.
 Health, e.g. Diagnosis such as Heart rate, blood pressure, etc. is aided
by Computer Expert systems
 Communication, e.g. use of E-mails to send and receive Messages
worldwide.
 Military/security, e.g. monitoring security through computerized camera
systems.
 At home. E.g. for using Internet, for accomplishing school/work
assignments and Managing household finances.
 Entertainment / leisure e.g. Computer games, chats, etc.
[ANY 5 x 1 = 05 MARKS]
c) Mention any three measures that should be taken to ensure safety of
computers. (03 marks)
 Always switch on and off the computer in correct order.
 Keep the Laboratory free of dust.
 Avoid making hardware connections when the computer is on.
 Don’t bring food and water near the computers to avoid accidental
rusting and corrosion
 Computers should be regularly serviced.
 Avoid high temperatures and direct sunlight.
 Use power stabilizers or UPSs to ensure steady power.

151
 PREMOCK 2011

 Handle delicate devices with care.

 Don’t bring magnetic devices near computers.
 Good aeration and ventilation in computer laboratory.
 Use updated antivirus to guard against viruses and malware.
 Avoid dropping and hardware to the ground as this could cause any of
the delicate components to break or be damaged.
 A computer room should have fire extinguishers of carbon dioxide but
not water or powder to protect against fires.
 Cables should be places properly, preferably along walls, avoiding
danger of exposing the use to electric shock and displacement.
 Good Security and Burglar proofing to avoid unauthorized access to
computer room and theft.
 Standard furniture: The table on which a computer is placed must be
strong and wide enough to bear the weight and accommodate all the
peripheral devices.
[ANY 3 x 1 = 03 MARKS]
SECTION C (20 MARKS)
Attempt only ONE question in this section. Answers to the question must
be written on the extra sheet of paper provided.
27. a) Explain any five features of a spreadsheet application.
(10 marks)
 Insert text: Allows you to insert text anywhere in the spreadsheet.
 Delete text: Allows you to erase characters, words, charts, or
worksheets as easily as you can cross them out on paper.
 Cut and Paste: Allows you to remove (cut) a section of text from one
place in a spreadsheet and insert (paste) it somewhere else.
 Copy: Allows you to duplicate a section of text.
 Page layout: Allows you to define various page sizes and margins.
 Search and Replace: Allows you to direct the spreadsheet to search for
a particular word or phrase. You can also direct the spreadsheet
application to replace one group of characters with another everywhere
that the first group appears.
 Headers, Footers, & Page Numbering: Allows you to specify customized
headers and footers that the spreadsheet file will put at the top and
bottom of every worksheet. The spreadsheet automatically keeps track of
page numbers so that the correct number appears on each page.
 Merges: Allows you to merge text from one file into another file. This is
particularly useful for generating many files that have the same format but
different data.
 Spell Checker: A utility that allows you to check the spelling of words in
a spreadsheet file.

152
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 Print: Allows you to send a spreadsheet file to a printer to get a
hardcopy or many hardcopies as you would like.
 Thesaurus: A built-in thesaurus that allows you to search for synonyms
(words with similar meaning) and antonyms (‘opposites”) without leaving
the word processor.
 Graphics: The spreadsheet application permits the addition of various
types of graphics, such as bar charts, line charts, clip art, and
photographs.
 Filter
 Wrap Text, etc.
[ANY 5 x 2 = 10 MARKS]
b) Briefly explain five advantages of using Microsoft Excel.
 Microsoft Excel can perform mathematical, statistical, and financial
calculations quickly and accurately.
 The rest of the worksheet is recalculated whenever data in one place
changes.
 Microsoft Excel has built-in functions and macros which made work
easy.
 Calculation is always accurate, provided that data and formulae entered
are correct.
 Microsoft Excel offers different options of data presentation such as pie
charts, bar graphs, etc.
 Microsoft Excel is very useful for applications that require modeling and
what-if analysis.
 They easily filter, sort, and arrange data in alphabetical order for better
organization.
 Workbooks can be saved in soft copies that can be easily modified and
reused in future.
 The ability to be able to apply different types of fonts and cell formatting
to your spreadsheet
 The ability to spell check the whole spreadsheet
 Easy to make changes and corrections (ease of edit and format) to data
on the worksheet.
[ANY 5 x 2 = 10 MARKS]
28. Why should a school have a website?
(20 marks)
A website is a collection of hyperlinked html documents (web pages) with
related information, meant to creating awareness about something on the
internet. [DEFN 2 MARKS]
Below are the major reasons why a school should have a website:

153
 PREMOCK 2011

1.Making of a website quickens the publishing of information to the

community such as abrupt announcements, circulars, results, etc. Once
uploaded, it will be already accessible to the targeted readers
2.Through a website, the school can get feedbacks from the community
through online user comments and questions.
3.If students are involved in the Website development process, this
enhances skill building such as writing, editing, layout and design.
4.A school website provides motivation and pride of ownership. This can
be evidenced through use of customized email. E.g.
[email protected] instead of username @yahoo.com
5.Information listed on a school website removes doubt. Information such
as school fees, and everything presented at the site appears in a positive
light, as compared to information from other sites about the school which
may be false.
6. If a school has a website, they can use the web mail service to send
parents and other stake holders items such as newsletters, remainders
etc.
7. A website increases ways of contact. Once you have a website you
can list your website address on your business cards, report cards, and
even the school signpost.
8. Internet today is being used 24 / 7 and is accessible from every house.
People are becoming highly dependant on the internet. By having a web
presence, the market of the school expands your significantly.
9. A school website helps students and parents to make a wise academic
choice after using the vast quantities of information about a given college
or university.
[ANY 8 x 2 = 16 MARKS]
Today everything you need is achieved at the click of a button. If a school
has web presence, it can be listed in web search engines and known
worldwide.
[CONCLN 2 MARKS]
28. a) A computer system comprises of hardware, software, user, data and
communication. With examples, describe each of the components.
(20 marks)
Hardware [04 Marks]
Definition  Hardware devices are the
(Any 01 x 1 = 01mark) physical and tangible components of a
computer.
 Hardware comprises the
electronic and the electromechanical parts
of the computer.

154
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Categories Input hardware
(Any 02 x 1 = 02 Processing hardware
marks) Storage hardware
Output hardware
Communications hardware
Examples Monitor keyboard,
(Any 01 x 1 = 01 mark) mouse,
CPU
Printer

Software [04 Marks]

Definition  Software is a term for electronic instructions that
(Any 01 x tell the computer how to perform a task.
1=  These are a series of programs (instructions) that
01mark tell the computer what and how to work.
)

Categorie
s
(Any 02 x
1 = 02
marks)

System software manages the computer resources e

Utility software Utility software is a kind of system
software designed to help analyze, configure, optimize
and maintain the computer.
Application software solves the particular needs of the
end user.
Examples System software – - Windows XP,
(Any 01 x Vista, Windows 95
1 = 01 Programming languages – C+, Java Script, SQL
mark) – Antivirus software, disk defragmenters, data
recovery screensaver, etc.
Application software; Off the shelf (packed software) –
MSOffice suite; Custom (tailor made) – school
management system SMS

155
 PREMOCK 2011

User [04 Marks]

Definition User – the most important component of a
(Any 01 x 1 = 01mark) computer system – used to design and
develop computer systems, operate the
computer hardware, create the software,
and establish procedures for carrying out
tasks.
User/human ware refers to the people who
operate and initialize instructions to the
computer system
Categories Ordinary user - is someone without much
(Any 01 x 1 = 01 mark) technical knowledge of computers but
uses computers to produce information for
professional or personal tasks, enhance
learning, or have fun.
Professional user -is a person in a
profession involving computers who has
had formal education in the technical
aspects of computers; an example is:

Examples  Computer programmer

(Any 02 x 1 = 02 
marks) 

 Network administrator.
 Secretary
 Computer Students

Data [04 Marks]

Definition Data refers to raw facts and figures that are
(Any 01 x 1 = 01mark) processed into
information.
Data data is anything in a form suitable for
input into a computer for processing.
Categories Unprocessed data Like Letters, digits and
(Any 01 x 1 = 01 mark) symbols (e.g., a, b, c, &, ...)
Information (Processed data)
Like a document, a mathematical formula,
grades

156
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
a piece of music, a song etc.
Examples Letters and symbols (e.g., a, b, c, &, ...)
(Any 02 x 1 = 02 mark) words
Numbers/digits
Dates
Musical notes
Audio (sound),
graphics,
Video, etc.

Communication [04 Marks]

Definition
(Any 02 x 1 = 02mark) between computer systems or devices.
Linking up computer devices and
computers
Enabling the flow of data
Enabling the flow of information

Networking of computers

Categories Communication through computer

(Any 01 x 1 = 01 marks) networks:
Internet
Intranets
LAN
WAN
MAN
PAN, etc.
Examples (communication media)
(Any 01 x 1 = 01 mark) Modems
Cables
Computer
fax modems
routers
gateways

157
 RESOURCEFUL MOCK 2011

RESOURCEFUL MOCK 2011

SECTION A: 20 MARKS
1.A computer is said to be a stupid machine mainly because it:
A. Works without getting tire.
B. Thinks all the time.
C. Does what it is instructed.
D. Spoils man’s sight.
2.____________ keys are a set of keys that when pressed, operations of
certain keys on the keyboard changes.
A. Functional
B. Capslock
C. Special
D. Modifier
3.…………. is the best type of printer recommended for high quality
printouts.
A. Dotmatrix
B. Braille
C. Inkjet
D. LaserJet
4.The largest key on the keyboard is the
A. return key
B. space key
C. Caps Lock
D. Backspace key
5.P2P network functional relationship works well where computers share:
A. Similar characteristics
B. Different instructions
C. Same server
D. Different computer nodes
6.Magnetic tapes, Floppy diskettes and ………….. use magnetic technology
to save data.
A. Smart cards
B. Hard drives
C. Compact discs
D. Flash drives
7.Computer …………. travels from computer to computer with an aim of
destroying files.
A. instruction
B. malware
C. software

158
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
D. procedure
8.121 is expressed in base:
A. Binary
B. Octa
C. Hexa
D. Penta
9.………………….. is the one-word term used to refer to the setup
procedure of putting new programs into our computer?
A. Copying
B. Encrypting
C. Installation
D. Compressing
10. The Internet offers different services. Which one listed below is
incorrect?
A. Chat room
B. Electronic mail
C. Off line shopping
D. World Wide Web
11. A software package obtained without license is said to be:
A. pirated
B. duplicated
C. original software
D. shared
12. The CPU consists of:
A. ALU and CU
B. The CU only
C. The ALU only
D. Programs only
13. The device used in a data communication network to perform the
conversion between analogue and digital signals, is called a …
A. front end processor.
B. modem.
C. decoder.
D. multiplexer.
14. If you look carefully at the motherboard, you will notice that some chips
are soldered to the board whilst others are plugged into the board. The
removable chips allow you to ...
A. add extra power sources to your computer.
B. integrate the ALU and the system clock unit.
C. re-arrange the layout of your motherboard.

159
 RESOURCEFUL MOCK 2011

D. upgrade your computer components.

15. The communication bus which is used to fetch the address of an
instruction from memory is called the …
A. address bus.
B. control bus.
C. data bus.
D. fetch bus.
16. Read Only Memory (ROM)
i. Is volatile
ii. Is programmable
iii. Is mounted on the mother board
iv. Contains the bootstrap loader
A. i and iii
B. i, ii and iv
C. ii, iii and iv
D. iii and iv
17. An online meeting allows users to ...
A. determine the receiver's geographic location.
B. leave voice messages for one or two people.
C. print to a web address that is associated to a particular printer.
D. share documents with others in real time.
18. An advantage to a touch screen is that _____.
A. it is natural to touch things
B. it is not as tiring as keyboard input
C. it uses little screen space for each choice
D. it is both an input and output device
19. On a system case, a set of low power lights are examples of _______
devices.
A. input
B. communication
C. processing
D. output
20. A combination of a row and a column in spreadsheets gives rise to a
_______
A. workbook
B. worksheet
C. cell name
D. cell
SECTION A
1. C 5. A 9. C 13. B 17. D
2. A 6. B 10. C 14. D 18. D

160
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
3. D 7. B 11. A 15. A 19. B
4. B 8. D 12. A 16. D 20. D

SECTION B
21 (a) (i) What is the main reason for using BIOS by the computer?
It performs a hardware check and makes sure that certain crucial
pieces of hardware are present and functioning properly.
For example, it makes sure there is a video card, a CPU, memory, and
a power supply providing proper voltages.
 It performs memory check
 Configure devices as needed,
 Identify the boot drive, and controls the boot sector on the boot
drive, which launches the operating system.
(ii) I saved my documents on the hard drive 5 minutes ago. I have
continued to work. Where is the latest copy of my
 RAM (Random Access memory)
(b) Mention two types of buses that affect the speed of computer?
Buses are the set of wires that carry special information to or from the CPU.
There are three types of buses
They are:
 Address buses: these buses carry address given by the CPU from one
unit to another in the computer.

 Data buses: These buses carry data from one unit to other; it is a bi-
directional bus i.e. the data can be carried in both directions.
 Control signal: These buses carry control signal from ALU to memory and
from memory to ALU and then to the output unit
The buses that affect the speed of a computer are those ones connected to
the CPU
- Address bus; the address bus determines the number of individual
memory locations the micro processor is capable of addressing.

Fast in processing information

161
 RESOURCEFUL MOCK 2011

Slow in processing
information
- Control signal: These buses carry control signal from ALU to memory and
from memory to ALU and then to the output unit
(c) List four instances where a computer will require a warm boot
 Installation of new hardware
 Installation of new software
 When a computer freezes
 Some components where not connected like the keyboard, mouse
etc
(d) What reason would you give for buying a new video card?
 Outdated and it is no longer capable of running the latest video games
 Worn out cards
22. (a) State two ways of keeping data secure for an organization
 Using passwords
 Data encryption
 Bio metric
 Using screen savers
 Call back systems
 Installation of the antivirus
 Firewalls
 Copy rights and licensing agreement
(b) Mention three features that make up a font
 Weight
 Slope
 Optical size
 Metrics
 Letter Case
 Color
(c) Outline four causes of fire accidents in a computer lab
 Carrying of water and food in the laboratory
 Short circuits due to poor wiring in the laboratory
 Unstable power supply
 Poor quality power cables
 Unnecessary moving of equipment in the laboratory
(d) State one function of Light Emitting Diode on a computer’s system
Unit
Light emitting Diode (LED) are lights on the system unit that;
 Show that the computer is on

162
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 Show that storage devices like CDROM Drive, Hard disk Floppy disks are
installed
 Show that the computer is processing data
23. (a) Define the following terms as used in spreadsheets applications
(i) a cell
A cell .is the intersection of a row and column
(ii) Work book
A work book is a collection of work sheets
(iii) Auto fill handle
This a feature in spreadsheet that helps to automatically fill cells by copying
the function or formula to the other cells
(c) Mention two practical uses of a screen saver to a computer user
 Entertainment - The most common reason we use screensavers is for
the fun of it.
 Security - By setting up a screensaver with password protection
 Uniform look - Many companies require all employees to use a particular
screensaver.
 Advertisement - Companies, particularly retail businesses, that have
computer in areas accessible to customers will often have a screensaver
that promotes their business or product.
 Information - A lot of screensavers provide either static or real-time
information.
(d) State any two examples of desktop publishing software programmes.
 Microsoft office Publisher
 Adobe page maker
 Adobe InDesign
 Adobe PageMaker
 QuarkXPress
 FrameMaker, now owned by Adobe
 Greenstreet
 InPage -
 Interleaf
 iStudio Publisher -
 Microsoft Word 2008
 Ovation
 Pages
 PageStream
 Prefis BookMachine
(ii) What is the meaning of cell merging as used in spreadsheets?

163
 RESOURCEFUL MOCK 2011

This is the combination of many cells to make one large cell

24. (a) Distinguish between a webpage and a website
A web page is one single page of information designed in HTML language,
while a website is made up of a number of different web pages connected
by links.
(b) Write the following in full:
(i) BCC: Blind Carbon Copy
(ii) HTTPS: Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure
(iii) DNS: Domain Name System
(c) List any two ways the internet can be used to improve education
Easy Contact: students can contact their friends or teachers via email
School / College Projects
The Internet can be most useful for completing projects in schools and
colleges. As the Internet is an ocean of information, covering nearly all
subjects known to man
Encyclopedia
Sometimes, encyclopedia may not always be available to students and
they may have difficulty in gaining access to the books in the library.
News
All the latest news are constantly updated on the Internet on different
news sites which is one of the major advantages of the Internet in
education.
Online Learning
Another positive effects of Internet in education is the onset of distance
education or online learning.
(d) Sate any three examples of web authorizing software programs
 Microsoft front page
 Macromedia Dream weaver
 Note pad
 Netscape composer
25. (a) Mention any three ways data can be entered into the computer
 Scanning
 Typing using the keyboard
 Using the mouse
 Using stylus pen to draw maps
 Using microphones
(b) (i) What is a computer peripheral?
This a device that can be attached to the systems units’ mother board e.g.
printer, mouse, keyboard
(ii) Give two examples of computer peripheral devices

164
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Printers, mice, printers. Scanners, speakers, external hard disks, flash disks
etc
(c) Distinguish between plug and play and hotspot as used in connecting
computer peripherals
Plug and play is where a device is connected to the motherboard and
immediately starts working; it does not require drivers to install. While a
hotspot is where a devices is connected to the computer through other
devices or networks e.g. wireless speakers and printers using Bluetooth
etc
(d) Mention any two tasks carried out by a network administrator
 Installation of new hardware and software on the network
 Managing network traffic
 Testing new network hardware and software
 Advises the organization on items to buy for the network
 Configures the network and provides network usernames and passwords
26. (a) Statement why an adult should use internet banking
 It is fast
 It is reliable
 Prevents security risks
 Withdraw can be done any time any where
 Money can easily be converted in to any currency
 There are interests given to members
(b) I downloaded MP3s of my favourite pop group from the internet. What
software is used to play it on my Pc?
 Windows media player
 Power DVD
 VCL player
 GOM player
(c) Suppose someone sends you an email when your computer is switched
off and disconnected. Will the email be lost?
No, Email is an electronic message that is stored in the email inbox of your
account in space.
(d) State any two factors that influence the speed access to the network
 Bandwidth
 Number of computers connected to the network
 Type of net work media used
 Topology
 Location of your computers on the network
SECTION C: 20 MARKS

165
 RESOURCEFUL MOCK 2011

Attempt only one question in this section.

21. (a). Define a computer virus.
(b). (i) State any four ways a computer virus can be transmitted from one
computer to another in a computer lab.
(ii). Outline measures a user can undertake to safeguard his
computers form viruses.
22. ((a). State four functions of the operating system.
(b). Explain why the peripheral drivers are also needed.
(c). State three advantages of using an integrated package rather
than separate applications packages

166
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

JJEB 2011

167
 JJEB 2011

168
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

169
 JJEB 2011

170
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

171
 JJEB 2011

172
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

173
 FINAL PAPER 2013

FINAL PAPER 2013

NB: You can find the UNEB 2013 Computer Studies Question Paper in the official
UNEB question bank which can be bought from UNEB. Below is just a draft answer
guide:

174
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

175
 FINAL PAPER 2013

176
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

177
 FINAL PAPER 2013

178
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

179
 FINAL PAPER 2013

180
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

181
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2014

EXTERNAL MOCK 2014

SECTION A
1. The following can be set to control the screen pointer arrow expect
A. The mouse
B. The trackball
C. The keyboard
D. The barcode reader
2. …………………. computers process data in as flow of 1s and 0s.
A. Digital
B. Analog
C. Special purpose
D. General purpose
3. Which of the following is not representation of a type a network topology
A. Net
B. Ring
C. Bus
D. Star

182
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
4. A set of low power light that keeps blinking to show the status of the
hard drive is
A. Input device
B. Processing device
C. Storage device
D. Output device
5. A feature in word processors that automatically takes a word to the next
line when
typing is called
A. Word wrap
B. Wrap ring
C. Wrap round
D. Wrap siding
6. What is the work of a slide master?
A. It controls transition effects
B. It controls animation effects
C. It controls certain text characteristics and background
D. It can control all the above.
7. To login your e-mail account you should enter a
A. Username and access control
B. Password and username
C. Access control and password
D. Phone number and password
8.…………………….. refers to the number of computers controlled by a
central host computer.
A. Servers
B. Stand alone
C. Clients
D. Switches
9. Which of the following types of disks allows writing once and no
further editing can be
done.
A. CD-ROM
B. CD-R
C. CD+RW
D. CD-RW
10. Ability of a computer to run without supervision means that it is
A. Programmable
B. Diligent
C. Versatile

183
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2014

D. Automatic
11. In word processor, a ruler is commonly used to.
A. Measure distance of a workspace
B. Show distance of indents position
C. Distance of text
D. Length of footer
12. The operating system is involved in all of these tasks except
A. Uninstalling programs
B. Administering security
C. Spooling
D. Saving word documents
13. This is an e-mail feature which allows one to send a similar copy of mail
message to two or more different people.
A. To.
B. Bcc
C. Reply
D. Bc
14. The ………………. stores data temporary in a central processing unit.
A. ALU
B. CU
C. Register
D. Accumulator
15. Which of the following are related to database programs?
A. Procedures, slide view and records.
B. File Records, fields and data type.
C. Record and answer.
D. Slide and data structure.
16. Un authorized access through a computer’s firewall is termed as
A. Script kidding
B. Cracking
C. Hacking
D. Piracy
17. A e-mail travels in small envelopes called
A. packets
B. Switches
C. Strings
D. Headers
18. The best way of controlling spread of a computer malware is by
installing
A. Virus Firewall.
B. Malware Server

184
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
C. Computer games.
D. Anti-virus software.
19. Twisted pair, coaxial cable and microwave are types of
transmission……..
A. Chains
B. Media
C. Data
D. Information
20. A computer program used to display information on the internet is called
A. Gopher
B. Browser
C. Website
D. Home page
ANSWERS SECTION A
1. D, 2. A, 3. A, 4.D, 5.A, 6.D, 7. B 8. C,
9, B.10, D.11, A, 12. D, 13. B, 14. C, 15. B,
16. C, 17. C, 18. D, 19. B, 20,B
SECTION B
21. A sports shop owner uses a spreadsheet to calculate his profits. This is
part of the spreadsheet:
A B C D E F

1 ITEM SELLIN COST PROFI NUMBE OVERAL

G PRIC T R IN L
PRICE E PER STOC PROFI
(Shs) (Shs) ITEM K T
(Shs)
2 Flask 4500 4000 500 126

3 Golillos 4400 3800 600 145

4 Milk 7800 6500 1300 104

5 Ice 5100 4200 900 56

Crea
m
6 Blue 4000 3200 800 101
Band
7 TOTAL PROFIT

185
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2014

(a) Give the reference of the cell that contains Shs. 4200.
(1 mark)
……………………………………C5…………………………………………
(b) How many columns are shown in this part of the spreadsheet?
……………………………6 columns……………………………………………
(1 mark)
(c) Write down the formula which was entered in cell D2.
(1 mark)
…………………………………=B2-C2……………………………………………
(d) When the spreadsheet was created a similar formula to cell D2 had to
go in cells D3 to D6. Describe how to enter these formulae without typing
them. (2 marks)
…………To copy the required formular from C2 to other cells, activate Cell
D2, click and drag its fill handle (black square dot at bottom right corner of
cell) over the cells D3 to D6…………
………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
(e) Write down the formula which should be entered in cell F2 to calculate
the overall profit got after selling all the 126 flasks in stock.
(1 mark)
………………………=D2*E2………………………………………………………
………
(f) Write down a function that can be entered in cell F6 to calculate the total
profit for the shop owner.
(1 mark)
…………………=SUM(F2:F6)…………………………………………
(g) Which spreadsheets feature was used to join the cells F1 to F5 into one
combined cell?
(1 mark)
……………Merge cells………………………………
(h) Apart from performing calculations, mention any other two other tasks
that spreadsheet software can perform for the shop owner.
 Performing What-if Analysis on data
 Creating charts and graphs.
 Sorting text (Alphabetically or otherwise)
 Acting as a small database, etc.
22. (a) With examples, distinguish between Custom-made applications
and Off-shelf applications
(04 marks)

186
 UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Off the shelf software; it is a form of application programs that are sold by
software vendors ready for use.e.g Microsoft office application programs.
Customized software; this is a form of software that is created by
programmers on user’s request to perform specific function.e.g school
fees management software or supermarket sales management
application.

(c) Define a keyboard shortcut as used in word processing program

(02 Marks)
A shortcut is a combination of keys on the keyboard pressed together or in
succession in order to issue a command to the computer.
(d) What is the function of the following shortcuts? (03
Marks)
i. Ctrl+p
Displays print dialog box for you to select the desired option before printing.
ii. Ctrl+Z
Undo the recently effected command.
iii. Ctrl+V
Paste copy of information from the clipboard.
Iv Ctr+]
Increase font size by 1 pt.
23. (a) Give two examples of presentation software
(02 Marks)
 King soft presentation
 Ms Power point
 Apple keynote
 Harvard graphics
 Open office.org Impress
 Corel presentation
(b) Define the following terms as applied to presentation software
(03 Marks)
i. Slide
Is a single page in a presentation.
ii. Place holder
It is an attribute that specifies and describes the expected value of n input
field.
or description of the expected format
iii. Action button
It is feature under presentation software that links you to various slides in a
presentation with a lot of ease.

187
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2014

(c) State any two factors considered to create a good presentation. (02
Marks)
 Simplicity in design
 Consistency in design
 Font size clarity
 Suitable Background
 Font color (good color contrast)
 Relevant images
 Suitable animations
 Suitable transitions
(d) (i) Define the term multimedia as related to presentations(01 Mar ks)
Refers to use of computer program to integrate text, graphics, audio, sound
and video into a single file or medium of communication.
(ii) Give the difference between slide and handout mode of Printing.
(02 Marks)
Slide option enables the use to print each page of the presentation
independently while handout option enables you to print multiple pages of
a presentation on a single page.
24. (a) (i) Define booting of a computer
(01 Marks)
Refers to starting or restating of a computer system.
Or Loading of an operating system into memory or resetting it.
(ii) List and explain two types of booting (02
Marks)
(i) Cold booting refers to stating of a computer from power off status
(ii) Warm booting refers to restating of a computer when it has been on.
(b) Differentiate between system configuration and trouble shooting
(02 Marks)
System configuration is a tool that can help to identify problems that might
prevent operating system from loading while trouble shooting is a process
of fixing technical problem that has failed the computer to operate
normally.
(c) (i) What is software installation? (01 Marks)
It is the act of making a computer program ready for execution.
(ii) Mention two devices on which software can be installed (2 Marks)
Phones
I Pads
Laptops
Tablets
(iii) Explain two factors you would consider before installing software on
a computer. (02 Marks)

188
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

o Hard disk free space

o Amount of RAM
o Compatibility with the computer basic design
o Processor speed
o Compatibility with the OS
(d) Why are device drivers too important during operating system software
installation? (02 marks)
It facilitates detection of attached hardware devices.
It activates wireless network.
It provides an interface between hardware and software
It controls the use of the attached device on the computer.
25. (a) Define a printer?
(01 Marks)
Is an out put device that transforms a soft copy of information into a hard
copy on a physical media like a paper.
(b) State two advantages of LaserJet printers over dot matrix printers
(02 Marks)
They produce better quality output
They are faster in printing
Some can print colored output.
They are relatively quite when printing
(c) (i) What is a Central processing unit (CPU)
(01 Marks)
Is the brain of the computer where data is processed into meaningful
information
(ii) Describe any three components of the CPU (03 Marks)
ALU:
It is a component of the processor that performs arithmetic and logical
operations including calculations
Control Unit:
This is part of the processor that coordinates and manages other parts of
the computer system.
Registers
Is the part of the processor that hold piece of data and instruction one at a
time during processing.
(c) (i) What are pointing devices? (01 mark)
…Pointing devices are input computer hardware used to control the
cursor on the the computer display screen. Or: devices that input spacial
data into the computer.

189
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2014

(ii) State any three pointing devices you know. (03 marks)
 Mouse
 Track ball
 Touch pad
 Track Point
 Joystick
 Digitizing tables and Stylus pen,
 Touch screen etc.
26. Babirye owns a company which has a small LAN of computers.
(a) Give two advantages of having computers networked. (2 marks)
 Only one printer is needed, Only one scanner is needed (Sharing of
hardware)
 Data can be shared between computers/data can be accessed by one
computer from another more easily
 Software can be shared/updated more easily
 All computers can access the internet through one connection
(b) She wants to connect the LAN to the internet. Name the device he
would need to be able to do this. (2 marks)
 Router / Modem
(c) Give two benefits and two drawbacks of connecting to the internet. (4)
Benefits:
 Can communicate with other companies by email
 Can use the internet to place orders
 Can use the internet to buy materials
 Can hold video conferences
 Can create own website to publicise company
Drawbacks:
 Workers may access undesirable sites
 Workers may waste time playing games/going on social network
sites/updating their blog/
 online shopping/banking
 Viruses/malware could be downloaded
 Could make the company susceptible to hackers
(c) (i) Different between a website and webpage (01 Marks)
A website is a collection of related web pages while a we page is an
electronic document about a particular subject stored on the world wide
web.
(ii)Explain two benefits Babirye will realize if she creates a website for her
company. (02 marks)

190
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
It provides an online presence for her company
It advertises services and goods offered.
It facilitates communication
It facilitates online registration
It facilitates on line assessment in case of a school
It facilitates collaborative research
SECTION C
27. (a) Differentiate between a computer virus and a bug
Is a computer program which attaches its self to the system and alters the
normal functioning of the computer while a bug is an error in a computer
program.Or
A malicious program that replicates files and result into loss of data or
malfunction of the computer while a bug is an error in a computer
program.
(b) Discuss the various ways which can be adopted to protect
computers from virus infection.
28. Explain ten ways how the internet is used to commit illegal activities.
Writing malicious codes to infect computers i.e. viruses
Accessing of computer resources illegally (hacking)
Using software without license (piracy)
Phishing
Spamming (sending unsolicited messages)
Cyber terrorism.
Cyber bullying
internet fraud
Broadcasting immoral material /literature (pornography and slander)
Forgery
Changing the source code
Plagiarism
Cracking
Eavesdropping
Tapping
Vandalism
29.(a) Define the term network topology.
Is an arrangement of computers or other communicating devices to
facilitate communication in a network.
(b) With illustrations explain four network topologies.

<Check solution in Section C UNEB 2010 Page 130 >

191
 WAKISSHA 2014

WAKISSHA 2014

192
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

193
 WAKISSHA 2014

194
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

195
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2015

EXTERNAL MOCK 2015

SECTION A: (20 MARKS)
Answer all questions in this section.
1.Which of the following contains a list of commands from which a
user makes selections?
A. Dialog box
B. Icon
C. Window
D. Menu
2.When computer users ………… a document, they change its appearance.
A. edit
B. create
C. save
D. format
3.You interact with a program through its …... which controls how you enter
data and instructions and how information is displayed on the screen.
A. operating system
B. storage
C. user interface
D. icon
4.An e-mail program allows
A. users to access and view Web pages on the Internet.
B. geographically separated people to transfer audio and video.
C. real-time exchange of messages or files with another online user.
D. transmission of messages and files via a network such as the
Internet.
5.The taskbar tabs/button area contains buttons to indicate
A. what tasks should be done.
B. what tasks are possible to do.
C. which tasks have been completed.
D. which windows are open on the desktop.
6.The difference between copying a file and moving a file is
A. nothing; they are exactly the same.
B. when you copy a file, you end up with two identical copies.
C. when you move a file, you end up with two identical copies.
D. copying a file destroys the original; moving does not destroy anything.
7.If you decide you need a better name to identify a file, you can ………..
the file.
A. copy
B. rename

196
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
C. move
D. delete and recreate
8.The ………. , or typeface, defines the appearance and shape of letters,
numbers, and special characters.
A. font
B. font size
C. point
D. paragraph formatting
9.The paragraph mark (¶) is a formatting mark that indicates where
the ……. was pressed.
A. TAB key
B. SPACEBAR
C. ENTER key
D. SHIFT key
10. Press the ENTER key in all of the following circumstances except
A. to begin a new paragraph.
B. to insert a blank line into a document.
C. in response to certain Word commands.
D. when the insertion point reaches the end of the current line.
11. Chief component of third generation computer was
A Transistors
B Vacuum Tubes and Valves
C Integrated Circuits
D Microprocessors
12. To erase a character to the right of the insertion point, press the
……….. key.
A. CANCEL
B. BACKSPACE
C. DELETE
D. either B or C
13. The easiest way to select a cell (make it active) is to
A. type the cell reference in the status bar.
B. type the cell reference in the formula bar.
C. use the mouse to move the block plus sign to the cell and then click.
D. use the function keys located at the top of the typewriter keys on the
keyboard.
14. The ………… is the small black square located in the lower-right
corner of the heavy border around the active cell.
A. sizing handle
B. fill handle

197
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2015

C. move handle
D. marquee
15. All of the following are valid Excel arithmetic operators except
A. ^.
B. * .
C. %.
D. >.
16. In an Excel spreadsheet the formula: =IF(B4<=$B$24, $B$19, 0) is
assigned to cell B9.
If the value in cell B4 is 15, value in cell B19 is 10 and the value in cell B24
is 5. Which of the following will be displayed in cell B9?
A. 0
B. 5
C. 10
D. 15
17. In Microsoft Access, a database consists of a collection of
A. tables.
B. worksheets.
C. documents.
D. linked lists.
18. A field with a(n) ……… data type can store a unique sequential
number that a DBMS assigns to a record and increments by 1 as each
new record is added.
A. Sequential
B. AutoIncrement
C. AutoNumber
D. Automatic
19. Identify the odd man out:
A. Plotter
B. Monitor
C. Scanner
D. Speaker
20. A computer program that operates or controls a particular type of
device that is attached to a computer is known as:
A. a driver
B. an operator
C. an application software
D. the operating system

ANSWERS – SECTION A

198
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
1. D, 2. D, 3. C, 4. D, 5. D, 6. B, 7. B, 8. A, 9. C, 10. D, 11. C, 12. C, 13. B,
14. B, 15. C, 16. A, 17. A, 18. B, 19. C, 20. A

SECTION B (60 MARKS)

Answer all questions in this section. All the working must be done in the
spaces provided.
21. A spreadsheet has been set up to record employees’ hotel expenses for
one year. The data for one employee is shown below.
A B C D E F G

Tariff Sunday Tariff Friday No of nights No of

1 Hotel to to (Sunday to nights Total cost Maximum
Thursday Saturday Thursday) (Friday to ($) allowanc
2 Grand ($)
150 90($) 3 Saturday)
2 630 e ($)
600
3 Station 200 120 2 1 520 800
4 Northern 90 60 5 0 450 360
5 Western 120 80 4 1 560 480
6 George 180 100 2 2 560 720
7 Quality 100 70 3 1 370 400
8 AVERAGE
(a) What formula is in F2 to calculate the employee’s costs at the Grand
Hotel? (2 marks)
……= (D2 * B2) + (E2 * C2)…………………………………………
(b) The maximum allowance is four times the Sunday to Thursday tariff.
What formula is in G2? (1 mark)
………= B2 * 4………………………………………………………………………
(c) A manager wants to know whether an employee exceeded their
maximum allowance at each hotel. Describe how the spreadsheet could
be used to do this. (2 marks)
Any two from:
– use (=) IF(F2 > G2, “exceeded”, “within range”)
– replicate formula down to row 7
OR
– F2-G2
– if result is positive …
OR
– draw graph of data in columns F and G
– compare values on graph to determine if exceeded
OR

199
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2015

– drawing line of unit gradient (on a scatter graph of total cost versus
maximum allowance)
– compare values on graph to determine if exceeded
(d) Write down a function that can be entered in cell B8 to calculate the
average Tariff Sunday to Thursday and describe the spreadsheets
feature that can be used to apply this function to automatically generate
averages for column C to G.
(3 marks)
=AVERAGE(B2:B7). The fill handle can be used to copy the formula to
other cells. This can be done by clicking the bottom right corner of cell B8
across cells C8 to G8
(e) A macro was written to convert the tariff rate into different currencies.
The exchange rate was taken directly from a website. What is the
advantage of using a macro to do this? (2 marks)
– automatic calculation
– no need to create formula (etc.) every time on the spreadsheet
– can be assigned to a keyboard shortcut and launched
22. Andrew is sending a large document to a printer.

(a) State the name for the area of memory used to store temporarily the
data being sent to the printer.
(01 mark)
…………………Any one from: – buffer or – RAM……………
(b) State a keyboard shortcut for printing used in word processing.
(01 mark)
…………………Ctrl + P………………………………………………………
(c) The printer runs out of paper during the printing job. A signal is sent
back to the computer to temporarily stop its current task. Name this type
of signal. (01 mark)
………………………interrupt………………………………………………
(d) When trying to save this document after it was printed, the computer
stops responding.
Give two reasons why the computer might stop responding.
(02 marks)
Any two from:
– hardware problem (e.g. head crash on disk drive)
– software “glitch”
– viruses
– disconnected printer cable
– automatic update in progress
– too many applications open

200
 UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
(e) Andrew ended up losing his electronic document. How could that have
been prevented?
(01 mark)
Any one from:
– backup the document
– enable automatic saving of work
– manually save document every 10 minutes
– save before printing
(f) With an example in each case, explain the difference between impact
printers and non-impact printers. (04 marks)
Impact printers operate by having an element strike the paper. For example
a dot-matrix impact printer.
Whereas
The print heads of non-impact printers do not strike the page. In an inkjet
printer, a print head sits a small distance above the page and either
sprays ink or pops a bubble of ink onto the paper.
23. (a) What do you understand by the term slide presentation? (01 mark)
A collection of pages arranged in sequence that contain text and images for
presenting to an audience.
(b) Define the following terms as applied to presentation software.
(04 marks)
iv. Slide Sorter View
Slide sorter view is window that displays thumbnail versions of all slides in a
presentation, arranged in horizontal rows. This view is useful for
rearranging or deleting slides.
v. Transition
transitions are the effects that occur in Slide Show view when you move
from one slide to the next during an on-screen presentation.
vi. Hotspot
An invisible hyperlink, transparent hyperlink, or invisible action button that is
used as a hyperlink to another action. Actions can include moving to
another slide in the presentation, starting another program, playing a
sound or opening a Web page on the internet.
vii. Master Slide
A slide master is the slide that stores information about the theme and slide
layouts of a presentation, including the background, color, fonts, effects,
placeholder sizes, and positioning. The main purpose of a master slide is
to ensure a consistent look and feel to a set of slides that are based upon
it. So a master slide is a kind of template.
(c) State any two factors considered to create a good presentation. (02)

201
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2015

 Choose a font size that your audience can read from a distance.
 Make labels for charts and graphs understandable.
 Use high contrast between background color and text color.
 Check the spelling and grammar.
 Use art and graphics to help convey your message.
 Use the slide master feature to create a consistent and simple design
template. It is fine to vary the content presentation (i.e., bulleted list, 2-
column text, text & image), but be consistent with other elements such as
font, colors, and background.
 Simplify and limit the number of words on each screen. Use key phrases
and include only essential information.
 Limit punctuation and avoid putting words in all capital letters.
 Use contrasting colors for text and background. Light text on a dark
background is best. Patterned backgrounds can reduce readability of text.
 Avoid the use of flashy transitions such as text fly-ins. These features
may seem impressive at first, but are distracting and get old quickly.
 Overuse of special effects such as animation and sounds may make your
presentation “cutesy” and could negatively impact your credibility.
 Use good quality images that reinforce and complement your message.
Ensure that your image maintains its impact and resolution when
projected on a larger screen.
(d) State the use of the following keyboard shortcuts when using
PowerPoint presentation software: (5 marks)
i. F5
…………………Launch Slide Show from the first slide…………………
ii. Shift + F5
………………Launch Slide Show from current slide……
iii. Ctrl + M
…………Insert new blank page…………………
iv. Ctrl + Home
……………Jump to beginning of presentation or placeholder.…
v. Esc
…………………… End slide show………………
24. A database was set up to show the properties of certain chemical
elements.
Part of the database is shown below.
Name of Element Atomic Atomic Melting Boiling State at
element Symbol Number Weight Point (C) Point (C) room
temp

202
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
oxygen O 8 16 - 218 - 183 gas
Iron Fe 26 56 1538 2861 solid
mercury Hg 80 201 - 38 356 liquid
bromine Br 35 80 -7 59 liquid
osmium Os 76 190 3033 5012 solid
caesium Cs 55 133 28 671 solid
gallium Ga 31 70 30 2204 solid
Argon Ar 18 40 - 189 - 186 gas
Silver Ag 47 108 961 2162 solid

(a) How many fields are in each record? (01 mark)

……… 7 ……………………………………………………………
(e) The following search condition was entered:
(Melting Point (C) < 40) AND (Atomic Weight > 100)
Using Element Symbols only, which records would be output?(02 marks)
Hg, Cs
(f) We need to know which elements have an atomic number greater than
50 and are solid at room temperature. Write down the search query
condition to find out these elements.
(02 marks)
(Atomic Number > 50) AND (State at room temp = “solid”)
Must use exact spelling
(g) The data are to be sorted in descending order of Boiling Point (C).
Write down the new order of records using the Element Symbols only.
(02 marks)
Os, Fe, Ga, Ag, Cs, Hg, Br, O, Ar
(h) Apart from Microsoft Access, give any other two database management
software.
(02 marks)
MySQL
Microsoft Access
Oracle
dBase
OpenOffice.org Base
Corel Paradox

203
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2015

25. (a) (i) What is a hard disk interface? (1 mark)

The hard disk interface is the physical means by which the hard disk
connects to the rest of the computer.
(ii) Mention two examples of hard disk interfaces commonly used
today. (2 marks)
USB (Universal Serial Bus)
FireWire
SATA, (Serial Advanced Technology Attachment)
EIDE, (Enhanced Integrated Drive Electronics)
SCSI, (Small Computer System Interface) and
SAS (Serial-attached SCSI)
(b) (i) What a head crash is as applied to magnetic hard disks?
A head crash is a hard-disk failure that occurs when a read–write head of a
hard disk drive comes in contact with its rotating platter, resulting in
permanent and usually irreparable damage to the magnetic media on the
platter surface.
(ii) How can a hard disk head crash be avoided? (01 mark)
Can be avoided by avoiding sudden severe motion of the disk, for example
the jolt caused by dropping a laptop to the ground while it is operating.
(c) Define the following terms as associated with hard disks and storage:
(i) Hard disk backup. (01 mark)
The process for making extra copies of data on a hard disk in case the
original is lost or damaged.
(ii) 1 Tera Byte Hard disk. (01 mark)
A hard disk with a multiple of the unit byte for digital information of 1 TB =
1000000000000bytes = 1012bytes = 1000gigabytes.
(iii) Hard Disk Cache. (01 mark)
Disk cache, sometimes called a buffer, consists of a memory chips on a
hard disk that stores frequently accessed items such as data, instructions,
and information. It is similar to Memory Cache
(iv) Internet hard disk. (01 mark)
An Internet hard disk, also called online storage, is a service on the Web
that provides storage to computer users, usually for a minimal monthly
fee.
26. A high school student wants to buy a new laptop or a notebook
and likes the configuration of the laptop in the figure below. Use figure
1.1 to answer the questions that follow.

204
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

a.Name the processor used in this laptop. (1 mark)

……………Intel Core i7………………………………………………………
b.How fast is this processor? (1 mark)
…………2.3GHz………………………………………………………
c. What is the capacity or size of the laptop’s main memory?(1 mark)
…………4 GB…………………………………
d.What is the capacity or size of the laptop’s hard disk? (1 mark)
………500 GB……………………………………
e.Name the operating system in this laptop. (1 mark)
…………Windows 7 Professional………………………………………………
f. Identify the feature of this laptop that will allow the student to access the
Internet. (1 mark)
………………WiFi bgn…………………………………………………
g.Explain why the student can use this laptop to make a one-to-one
live communication over the Internet. (2 marks)

205
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2015

Laptop has a Webcam which he can use to do live video conferencing over
the internet
h.Explain why this laptop may not be suitable for a high school student.
According to the ad, laptop may be too powerful as it was designed for
business users, gamers and graphic designers.

SECTION C: (20 MARKS)

Answer only one question from this section.
Answers are to be done in the answer booklet provided.
27. Mention and explain any 10 professions and career paths in the field of
computing and Information Technology.
COMPUTER PROFESSIONS
CAREERS
A. SYSTEM ADMINISTRATORS
A system administrator is a person employed to maintain and operate a computer
system or computer network system/ multi-user computing environment, such
as a local area network, Wide Area Network, Virtual Area networks, etc. System
administrators may therefore be members from the technology department that
is to say, information technology (IT) or Electronics and Communication
Engineering department.
B. WEBMASTERS
Webmasters develop and maintain Web sites and web resources. The job may
include backup of the company Web site, updating resources, or developing of
new resources. Webmasters are involved in the design and development of
website. Part of their job may also include monitoring and updating the interface
design. Some webmasters monitor traffic on site. Webmasters may also work
with marketing personnel to increase the site traffic and may be involved in
development of Web promotions.
C. NETWORK ADMINISTRATORS
Network administrator manages a company’s LAN and WAN networks. They may
be responsible for the design, implementation and maintenance of networks.
Responsibilities usually include the maintenance of both hardware and software
relating to a company’s intranet and internet networks. Some are responsible
for planning and implementing the security measures as well.
Certification - Microsoft Certified Systems Engineer (MCSE), Certified
Novell Administrator (CNA), and Certified Novell Engineer (CNE).
D. CRYPTOGRAPHER
Cryptography is the science of disguising and revealing encrypted information. In
ICT
Cryptography means keeping any intercepted information private. For example
information like financial data, banking and credit card information used in

206
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
online shopping or private e- mail and correspondence. Cryptographers design
systems, break systems, and do research on encryption.
E. INFORMATION SYSTEM MANAGER
Information system managers oversee the work of programmers, computer
specialists, system analysts, and other computer professionals. They create
and implement corporate computer policy and systems. These professionals
consult with management, staff and customers to achieve goals.
F. DATABASE ADMINISTRATORS
Database administrators use database management software to determine the
most efficient ways to organize and access a company’s data. They are
responsible for maintaining database security and backing up systems.
Certifications – MySQL Server, Oracle, and Sybase.
G. SYSTEMS ANALYST
A Systems analyst follows the steps described in the systems development
life cycle.
Analysts plan and design new systems or reorganize a company’s computer
resources to best utilize them.
H. COMPUTER PROGRAMMERS
Computer programmers create, test, and troubleshoot programs used by
computers. Programmers may also update and repair existing programs.
Certifications – Java, C++, Visual Basic and knowledge of SQL.
I. COMPUTER TRAINERS / TUTORS
Computer trainers instruct new user on the latest software or hardware. They are
usually expected to prepare new materials for instruction and may be asked to
write and maintain course manual. A position may also include design and
development of a website for the course. Computer trainers typically teach new
users how to use the latest software and hardware. Experience with the most
popular business software is an advantage.
J. DESKTOP PUBLISHERS
Desktop publishers use computers to format and create publication-ready
material. They may create books, magazines newsletter, and newspapers on
computers using special applications software’s large part of the job is
designing page layout, importing text, and manipulating graphics. Most desktop
publishers work for companies that handle commercial printing accounts.
K. COMPUTER SUPPORT SPECIALIST
Computer support specialists provide technical support to customers and other
users. They may also be called technical support specialist or help desk
technicians. They manage the everyday problems faced by computer users.
They resolve common networking problems and may use troubleshooting
programs to diagnose problems.

207
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2015

L. COMPUTER TECHNICIAN
Computer technicians may repair and install computer components and systems.
They may
work on everything from personal computers to mainframe servers or printers.
Some Computer technicians are responsible for setting up and maintaining
computer networks. Experience computer technicians may work with computer
engineers to diagnose problems and run routine maintenance on complex
systems.
Certification – CompTIA’s A+ hardware examination and Network+
M. DATA ENTRANTS
Data entry workers input customer information, lists, and other type of data. Input
devices are typically limited to keyboards, mice, and scanners. Because the
accuracy of recorded data is so important, data entry workers are often required
to verify the accuracy of data they and others have entered.
N. TECHNICAL WRITERS
Technical writers prepare instructional manuals, technical reports, and other
scientific or technical documents. Most Technical writers work for software
firms, government agencies, and research institutions.
O. SOFTWARE ENGINEERS
Most Software engineers analyze user need and create application software.
Software engineers usually have experience in programming, but focus on the
design and development of programs using the principles of mathematics and
engineering. They rarely write codes themselves.
29. (a) Give any four duties / roles of a system analyst.
1.Investigate how information is used, handled and manipulated in an
organization.
2. Identify inefficiencies and ineffectiveness in the current system used by the
organization e.g. delays, high operating costs, huge clerical effort and health
hazards.
3.Analyze the results of the investigation that will lead to designing the new
system.
4. Design a specification of a new system which overcomes the inefficiencies and
meets the organization objectives.
5. Oversees the process of testing during the testing of the system.
6. The analyst acts as a facilitator.
 He/She interfaces among many different types of people and facilitates the
development of computer applications through these people.

(b) Which qualities does a system analyst need to possess in order to

perform his/her duties effectively?
1.Working knowledge of IS Techniques and Technology.

208
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
2.Computer Programming Knowledge
3.Problem-solving skills (creativity)
4.Interpersonal Relations skills (confidence, persistent, patience)
5.Interpersonal communication skills
6.Ongoing interest in updating one’s knowledge in IT.

Diplomacy Being able to say "no" without being " blunt; displaying tact in dealing with
others.
Interviewing Asking the right questions in order to obtain the information needed.
Directing Giving instructions and communicating user requirements to
programming and support staff.
Patience Continually refining user requirements by requesting - feedback;
tolerating lack of computer literacy and specificity.
Assertivenes Insisting on a course of action or what one believes in, even though it
s may be unpopular.
Leadership Getting work done while keeping the team satisfied, effectively giving
rewards and punishment.
Programmin Converting system specifications into effective and efficient computer
g code.
Speaking Presenting your ideas in a manner easily understood by your audience,
both in group meetings and person to person.
Writing Preparing written documents that accurately communicate ideas in a
manner that is easily understood by intended readers.
Listening Paying attention to and concentrating on what is being said, and asking
questions that refine points about which one is uncertain.
Empathy Being able to understand how others feel; accurately determining what
someone else thinks about an issue.
Sales Promoting the system you advocate; persuading others to accept your
viewpoint.
Politics Understanding what motivates individuals; determining sources of power
and influence in an organisation.
Management Planning, organising and controlling projects so that they get done on
schedule and within budget.
Training Educating users and other non-technical groups on the capabilities of
computers and systems.
Cooperation Working with others productively; resolving conflict in an effective
manner.

30. (a) What is the difference between pseudo code and source code in
programming? (4 marks)
 Pseudo code refers to structured English-like phrases that indicate the
program steps to be followed to solve a given problem, but are not

209
 EXTERNAL MOCK 2015

executable by a computer.
While
Source code refers to program statements written by a programmer using a
particular programming language, which can be compiled into a working
executable program.

(b) A teacher designed a program with the following pseudo code:

START
DISPLAY “Enter the mark”
INPUT mark
IF mark > 60 THEN
DISPLAY “Pass”
ELSE
DISPLAY “Fail”
STOP
(i) Using C or Visual basic syntax, help the teacher to
convert the above pseudo code to source code which can
be compiled into an executable program. (14 marks)
#include <stdio.h> //Directive for including
standard io library
int main(){ //starting main function
printf("Enter the mark ");
//Prompting user to enter mark
int mark; //Declaring mark variable
scanf( "%d", &mark);
//Read mark from keyboard and input
if(mark > 60){
//Decision with condition [mark greater than 60]
printf(" Pass "); //Display ‘Pass’ if
condition is true
}
else {
printf(" Fail ");
//Display 'Fail' if condition is false
}
return 0; //End program
} //close main function
Marking Guide: Bold statements x2 marks, other commented statements 1
mark each

210
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

FOR TEACHERS: SAMPLE UCE EXAM BLUE PRINT (UNEB

2015) AND BLOOMS TAXONOMY

What is Bloom’s Taxonomy?

Bloom's taxonomy is a set of hierarchical models used to classify

educational learning objectives into levels of complexity and specificity.
The cognitive domain list has been the primary focus of most traditional
education and is frequently used to structure curriculum learning objectives,
assessments and activities. The models were named after Benjamin Bloom,
who chaired the committee of educators that devised the taxonomy.
Although named after Bloom, the publication of Taxonomy of Educational
Objectives followed a series of conferences from 1949 to 1953, which were
designed to improve communication between educators on the design of
curricula and examinations.

Teachers usually ask questions to students every day. Not all questions are
on the same level. Some questions are easy to answer where other
questions may require a great deal of thinking.

Blooms taxonomy assist examiners to compose questions on different

levels of thinking. This taxonomy ranges from lower to higher levels of
cognitive thinking. These levels illustrated below:

How Bloom’s can aid in course design

Before you can understand a concept, you must remember it.

211
FOR TEACHERS: SAMPLE UCE EXAM BLUE PRINT (UNEB 2015)
AND BLOOMS TAXONOMY

To apply a concept you must first understand it.

In order to evaluate a process, you must have analyzed it.
To create an accurate conclusion, you must have completed a thorough
evaluation.
The table below lists key verbs usually used in questions at levels different.
Just keep in mind that it is the skill, action or activity you will teach using
that verb that determines the Bloom’s Taxonomy level.
Bloom’s Key Verbs (keywords)
Level
Create design, formulate, build, invent, create, compose, generate,
derive, modify, develop.
Evaluate choose, support, relate, determine, defend, judge, grade,
compare, contrast, argue, justify, support, convince, select,
evaluate.
Analyze classify, break down, categorize, analyze, diagram, illustrate,
criticize, simplify, associate.
Apply calculate, predict, apply, solve, illustrate, use, demonstrate,
determine, model, perform, present.
Understand describe, explain, paraphrase, restate, give original examples of,
summarize, contrast, interpret, discuss.
Remember list, recite, outline, define, name, match, quote, recall, identify,
label, recognize.

Blue Print and Question Paper UNEB 2015

An examination blue print is an exam plan drawn by an examiner when setting an
exam. It shows a breakdown of all questions set per topic of the syllabus, also set in
consideration of blooms taxonomy learning ability levels. Teachers are encouraged
to use blue prints when setting in order to ensure a balanced paper.
THE BLUE PRINT FOR SECTION A MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS UNEB 2015
TOPIC NAME KNOWLE COMPREHEN APPLICA TOTAL
DGE SION TION
1 Introduction To 1 1 1 3
Computers
2 Computer Hardware 1 1 2
3 Computer Software 1 1 2
4 Word Processing 1 1
5 Computer Presentation 1 1

212
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
6 System Start-Up and 1 1 2
Configuration
7 Computer 1 1 2
Communication and
Net Working
8 Spreadsheets 1 1
9 Web Designing 1 1 2
10 Data Bases 1 1
11 Elementary Computer 1 1
Programming
12 Trends In Computing 1 1 2
TOTAL 7 7 6 20
NB:
1.The learning abilities were derived from the general objectives in the
teaching syllabus.
2.The questions comprise of cross cutting levels of abilities.
3.The learning ability levels are indicated in percentages as follows.
KNOWLEDGE 35%
COMPREHENSION 35%
APPLICATION 30%
1.Creating ability level is not provided for in section B since it is the
dominant ability level in Section C.
2.Consideration was made for the revised Blooms taxonomy for HOTs and
LOTs.
BLUE PRINT FOR SECTION B
ABILITY LEVELS TESTED PER QUESTION
Q.21 Q.22 Q.23 Q.24 Q.25 Q.26
TOPIC
1 Introduction To Remembe
Computer ring
2 Computer Underst
Hardware andin
g
3 Computer Software Rememb
ering
4 Word Processing Rememb
ering
5 Computer Applying
Presentation

213
FOR TEACHERS: SAMPLE UCE EXAM BLUE PRINT (UNEB 2015)
AND BLOOMS TAXONOMY

6 System Start-Up Applyin

and configuration g

7 Communication Understa
and Net Working nding

8 Spreadsheets Applyi
ng
9 Web Designing Evaluatio
n
10 Data Base Under
sta
ndi
ng
11 Elementary Understa
Computer nding
Programming
12 Trends In Applying
Computing
Summary of 1 & 12 2&6 8& 7&9 4&5 3 & 11
Topics 10

214
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

Question Paper UNEB 2015

NB: The questions for UNEB 2015 Computer Studies have been reproduced
below for reference with blooms taxonomy and the blueprint above.

215
FOR TEACHERS: SAMPLE UCE EXAM BLUE PRINT (UNEB 2015)
AND BLOOMS TAXONOMY

216
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

217
FOR TEACHERS: SAMPLE UCE EXAM BLUE PRINT (UNEB 2015)
AND BLOOMS TAXONOMY

218
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

219
FOR TEACHERS: SAMPLE UCE EXAM BLUE PRINT (UNEB 2015)
AND BLOOMS TAXONOMY

220
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

221
 FINAL PAPER 2016

FINAL PAPER 2016

NB: You can find the UNEB 2013 Computer Studies Question Paper in the official
UNEB question bank which can be bought from UNEB. Below is just a draft answer
guide:

UCE 840/1 2016

SECTION A:
1.D 7. C 13. C
18. C
2.A 8. C 14. B
19. D
3.D 9. D 15. B
20. A
4.A 10. C 16. A
5.B 11. B 17. B
6.B 12. A
20x1mark@=20 marks
SECTION B:
21. (a) Pascaline machine or
Pascaline Arithmetic calculator
Pascaline calculator/Machine
Pascaline mechanical calculator
Any1x1= 1 mark
(b) Stating reasons for each of the following characteristics given

(i) – Not wide spread or not common

- Rare or scarce
- Consumed a lot of electrical energy/power
- Many frequently replaceable parts e.g. vacuum tubes
- based on real natural materials
- Constant break down
- Had maintenance problems
- Based on real natural materials
- Very bulky parts
Any1x2= 2marks
(ii) - Consumed alot of electrical energy/power
- Underdeveloped cooling systems like heat sinks
- Based natural raw materials
- They were bulky

222
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
- Had many vacuum tubes
Any1x2= 2marks
(c) Characteristic features of modern computers
-Upgradable
-Multiprocessing
-Multitasking
-They are cheaper
-They are communicative/collaborative/interactive
-They need electrical power
-They are generally portable
-They are cheaper
-They are generally portable
-They are collaborative/interactive/communicative
- speed-means they are very fast and do work in negligible time. E.g.
perform a million
instructions in one microsecond
- Accurate- means they are accurate and errors are due to human error or
program error.
-versatile –means they are capable of performing different tasks in many
different ways.
-Diligence –means that are capable of handling repetitive and boring tasks
over and over again.
-Storage-capable of storing data in large amounts temporarily and
permanently
-They Are Automatic
-Have Artificial intelligence
Any3x1= 3marks
(d) Virtual reality is a technology/system that simulates real world
happenings on a computer e.g. flying a plane, cyber school’s technology.
OR
One can perform a task as if he or she is in the real world using a
computerised system. E.g. Cyber Science Solution, Games
Any 1x2= 2marks
TOTAL=10 MARKS
22. (a) A peripheral device is a device which is connected externally
through ports or by wireless connectivity to the motherboard and can be
removed and lives the computer working.
Or

223
 FINAL PAPER 2016

A peripheral device is a device which is connected externally through ports

or by wireless connectivity to the motherboard and can be removed and
are outside the basic computer devices.
Or
Any device that can be added to the system to increase/enhance its
functionality.
Any1x2= 2marks
(b) Categories of computer hardware
-Input hardware
-Output hardware
-Processing hardware
-Storage hardware
-Communication hardware
Any4x1= 4marks
(c) Why carry out warm booting
 After/during installing new software
 After installing new hardware
 When switching from one operating system to another
 When a computer application hangs/freezes or a deadlock state
 After uninstalling a software
 After uninstalling a hardware
 After updating a hardware or software
 After scanning for viruses
 Computer system slows down
 Application fails to load
 When a device is not ready
 When there is a possible attack on a system
 After configuring server or changing CMOS settings
Any4x1= 4marks
TOTAL=10 MARKS
23. (a) (i) Sort
(ii) Filter
(b) =IF(C2>=200,”PROMOTION”,”REPEAT”)
Or
=IF(C2<200,”REPEAT”,IF(C2>=200,”PROMOTION”))
Any1x2=2marks
(c) =Max(C2:C8) or =Max(C2,C3,C4,C5,C5,C6,C7,C8)
Or
=MAXA(C2:C8)
Or

224
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
=LARGE(C2:C8,1)
Any1x1= 1mark
(d) A database management system is a specialised program/software that
permits easy creation of data, access, retrieval and make use of data.
Or
A software used to create a database
Or
A software used to manage a database
Or
A software used to manipulate information in a database

Any1x2 2marks
(e) Activities where database management system can be used
 Cataloguing books in a library
 Making telephone directory
 Making inventories
 Capturing patient’s biodata in health units
 Capturing student’s biodata in schools
 Hotel reservation systems
 Employee payroll system
 Supermarket goods/stock updating
 Accounting/financial system
 School management system
 Registration system
 Report making system
Any1x1= 1mark
(e) (i) Form
(ii) Query

TOTAL=10 MARKS
24. (a) (i) Simplex transmission is a mechanism/mode of data
transmission where
data is transmitted in one direction only.
2marks
Example: - Radio transmission
- Tv Transmission/telecast
- Buzzer alrms
Any1x1= 1mark

225
 FINAL PAPER 2016

(ii) Full duplex transmission is a mechanism/mode of data transmission

where data is transmitted back and forth (both directions) at the same
time(simultaneously). 2marks
Example: Telephone transmission
Cellophone Transmission
Any1x1= 1mark
(b) Advantages of the method
-Transactions and business updates can occur instantaneously and
globally,
thereby saving time
-Transactions can occur 24/7(24hours per week)
-Businesses have the ability to gather customer’s information, analyse it
and react if appropriate.
-Gives businesses a competitive edge
-The costs of promotion are reduced
-Businesses have access to millions of customers
-Feedback is immediate
-manufacturers can sell directly to customers avoiding the cost of middle
men.
-Distribution costs for information is reduced or eliminated.
-Consumers have got an opportunity to view products before buying
-Provides for online tracking of products in transit
-Allows for electronic transfer of money
-Businesses can share resources
Any3x1= 3marks
Disadvantages of the method
-Fraud by hackers
-Frequent servicing reduces the profit margin
-Frequent break downs in network affects transactions
-Non-existing online companies may cone people
-Online advertised items may not be of the expected quality
-Caters for the urban person who has access to the internet and a
computer.
-Limits face-to-face interaction between sellers and buyers
-Credit card predators
-Faster spread of negative feedback
Any1x1= 1mark
TOTAL=10 MARKS
25. (a) Wrapt text is a feature in a word processor that enables a user to
surround an image/picture with text.

226
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Or A wrap text is a word processing feature/facility that allows/enables a
user to automatically align and place text in relation to an image.
While
Word wrap is a feature in word processor that allows text/cursor or word to
automatically move to the next line when it gets to the right margin.
Or
Wrap text word with objects while word wrap works with the cursor.
Any1x1= 1mark
(for both parts correct)
(b) Advantages of using word processor over typewriter
 Errors can easily be identified and corrected
 The work can be saved and got later
 The work can electronically be edited which is not the case with a
typewriter
 Produces neat work
 The work can be displayed in different formats like font face, size
 Spell checks/gramma can be done to improve accuracy
 Data can be imported/exported to another application
 Security of document is assured through passwords
 Very silent during working
 Allows for automatic generation of figures, indices, groceries etc,
 Offer easy and readymade templates e.g. macros, CV formats
 Letters/documents can be produced and sent to many people at ago
saving time
Any3x1= 3marks
(c) Why sound may be added to a presentation
 Make impact and grab attention of the audience
 To cater for people who cannot see
 Play a sound to reflect corporate image-like a melody
 To indicate the start and end of a presentation
 Appealing to emotions
Any1x2= 2marks
(d) A slide master is a slide that holds all the formatting features for the
title, text and any other background items that appear on all slides in the
presentation.
Or
A slide master is a slide that controls or manages effects or appearance of
a particular slide in a presentation
2marks

227
 FINAL PAPER 2016

(e) Example of presentation software

 Microsoft PowerPoint
 Harvard Graphics
 Adobe Persuasion
 Corel presentation
 Freelance Graphics
Any1x1= 1mark
TOTAL=10 MARKS
26. (a) A utility program is a system software program that helps in
servicing other programs or devices for purposes of enhancing the
performance of computer system.
2marks
(b) Examples of utility programs
 Screen saver
 Debugger
 Data compressor
 Anti-virus
 Diagnostic tool
 File viewer
 Disc degragmentor
 Disk cleaner
 Backup utility
 Uninstaller
Any3x1= 3marks
(c) Advantages of off-shelf software
 They are cheap
 Few cases of errors
 They have documentation and help provided/tutorials/user manuals
 They can easily be got online
 User friendly since they made to serve/benefit a bigger market
 Flexible
 Can be customised to suit user needs
 Can do several tasks
 Can be acquired for free
 There is online software support
 No need for specialised skills
 Less time consuming in acquiring the software.
Any2x1= 2marks
(d) Consideration to be made for developing a program

228
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 Cost of the software
 Nature of business/needs
 Available skills or personnel available
 Compatibility/flexibility
 Platform/portability
 Time
 Number of users/capacity of the program
 Hardware e.g. hard disk capacity, RAM size
 Future needs/scalability or expandability
 Legal framework off the country
 Security level
 Portability
 Copyright
 Quality of the software
 Availability of software or software integration
Any3x1= 3marks
TOTAL=10 MARKS
SECTION C
27(a) the help of a laboratory technician can give when the following
error messages appear.
(i) Non-system disk error when the computer system is switched on
 He would eject the disk from the drive press any key on the keyboard to
enable the boot process to continue
 Restart the computer
 Check hardware connection
 Reformat the hard disk
Any 1x2 = 02 marks
(ii) Low disk space and computer is slow
 He can fix this by deleting some files using disk cleaner utility
 He can close some files which are open and would occupy the Ram
 Back up and delete from computer
 Use of cloud computing
 Increase the Ram
 Defragmenting the hard disk
 File compression
 Run anti-virus to scan the device
 Increase/slave/add new HDD
Any 1x2 = 02 marks
(iii) Access denied when a user wants to access a particular file

229
 FINAL PAPER 2016

 Exit or stop programs that are running and could be blocking the users’
tasks from running
 Install and run the anti-virus
 Adjust users setting to allow access
 Provide password
 Adjust windows firewall and allow access
Any 1x2 = 02 marks
(iv) Our of memory
 Exit or stop programs that are running and could be blocking the user’s
tasks from running
 Install or upgrade the Ram by buying another Ram chip and fixing it on
the memory slot of the mother board and restarting the computer to
implement the upgrade
 Run a virus scan
 Restart the system
Any 1x2 = 02 marks
(v) Device not ready
 Disable particular disk drive from the device manager
 Give it time to activate
 Re-install drivers
 Check and change power connection points e.g. USB
 Restart the device
 Re-install the Operating system
 Scan for viruses/malware
 Uninstall and or deactivate software blocking the hardware by Deep
freeze
 Changes ports where applicable
 Disable and enable the device
Any 1x2 = 02 marks
(b) Reasons why Adania’s laptop started to slow down
 Not enough Ram
 Virus attack or malware infection because of connection to the internet
 Low disk space due to many programs stored
 Some system files being corrupted
 When there is any scanning program runs in the background eg anti-
virus
 When files on the disk are fragmented and access time is reduced
 Automatic updates
 Wear and tear

230
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Any 5 points x 2 = 10 marks
28 (a) Possible observable symptoms that a computer has a malware
 Freezing is very often
 Unfamiliar graphics /images on the screen
 Pop up of scary /warning messages
 Posts which you did not post appears on your pages
 Denial of access to some system tools
 Files disappear mysteriously
 Disks change volume e.g. volume name
 System speed reduces
 Alteration of files
 The computer shut down and restarts without any command from user.
 Un expected anti-virus disabling
 Un precedent loss of memory
 Change of keyboard stroke
 Corrupting of files
 Duplication of files
 Creation of shortcuts
Any 5 points x 2 = 10 marks
(b) Explain five measures to put in place to safeguard computers
against malware.
 Install anti-virus and regular updating
 Activate firewalls
 Enforce strict policies on malware
 Block unwanted file types at the email gateway
 Password computers to stop unauthorised users
 Downloading attachments whose source you know
 Educate or train users on what to be done in case of misuse
 Minimise foreign storage media
 Join/connect to secure networks
 Buy software from genuine sources
 Regulate automatic updates
Any 5 points x 2 = 10 marks
TOTAL=20 MARKS
29(a) Benefits of networking computers in school
 It lowers expenses on hardware and software eg printer, anti-virus
 Software is easily upgraded via the server
 Allow multiple access to the school database or internet
 Easy sharing of files and file transfer

231
 ACIETEKA 2017

 Allow flexible access to the as students and teachers can logon and
access their work from any work station
 Collaborative learning is made possible
 It enables easy and faster communication
 It enables easy access to the internet resources by many students at
the same time
 Improved security through centralized administration via the server
Any 5 points x 2 = 10 marks

ACIETEKA 2017
1. _______ computers are also called personal computers
A) Mainframe
B) Mini
C) Micro
D) Super
2. Which of the following is not input unit device?
A) scanner
B) camera
C) plotter
D) digitizer
3. Communication channel is shared by all the machines on the
network in
A) unicast network
B) multicast network
C) Anycast network
D) broadcast network
4. The first machine to successfully perform a long series of
arithmetic and logical operations was:
A) ENIAC
B) Mark-I
C) Analytic Engine
D) UNIVAC-
5. Which one is the largest space?
A) megabyte
B) petabyte
C) terabyte
D) gigabyte
6. Analog computer works on the supply of
A) Continuous electrical pulses
B) Electrical pulses but not continuous

232
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
C) Magnetic strength
D) Binary digits only
7. Which printer is very commonly used for desktop publishing?
A) Laser printer
B) Inkjet printer
C) Daisywheel printer
D) Dot matrix printer
8. Most of the first generation computers were
A) Special purpose computers
B) General purpose computers
C) Both General and Special purpose computers
D) Military purpose computers

9. Operating system, editors, and debuggers comes under?

A) System Software
B) Application Software
C) Utilities
D) Programming tools
10. A computer has very low failure rate because it uses electronic
components. It produces very consistent results. This is
highlighted by which of the feature of computer?
A) Accuracy
B) Reliability
C) Versatility
D) Automatic
11. What is the first stage in software development?
A) Specification and design
B) Testing
C) System Analysis
D) Maintenance
12. Which of the following is a read only memory storage device?
A) Floppy Disk
B) CD-ROM
C) Hard Disk
D) CD –RW
13. Symbolic logic was discovered by
A) George Boole
B) Herman Hollerith
C) Van Neumann
D) Basic Pascal

233
 ACIETEKA 2017

14. Which of the following have the fastest access time?

A) Compact Disks
B) Magnetic Disks
C) Magnetic Tapes
D) Semiconductor Memories
15. One of the main feature that distinguish microprocessors from
micro-computer is
A) Words are usually large in microprocessors
B) Words are shorter in microprocessors
C) Microprocessor does not contain I/O device
D) Exactly the same as the machine cycle time
16. Which of the following database object hold data?

A) Forms
B) Reports
C) Queries
D) Tables

17. Which field type can store photos in Microsoft Access

Application?

A) Hyperlink
B) Access tables can’t store photos
C) Both of these can be used
D) OLE

18. A _____ is a device that forwards packets between networks by

processing the routing information included in the packet.

A) Bridge
B) Firewall
C) Router
D) Switch

19. Which one of the following extends a private network across

public networks?

A) local area network

B) enterprise private network
C) storage area network

234
 UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
D) virtual private network

20. Bluetooth is an example of

A) local area network
B) virtual private network
C) Wide Area Network
D) personal area network

1 C 6. A 11. C 16. D
2. C 7. A 12. B 17. D
3. D 8. A 13. A 18. C
4. B 9. A 14. B 19. D
5. B 10. B 15. C 20. D

Section B (60 marks)

Answer all questions from this section.
1. (a) Explain why Analytic Engine designed by Charles Babbage
made him the father of modern computers?
 Analytic engine had components such as memory, input, output and
store whose technology is use in modern computers. (02 marks)
(b) Give one good reason for the following innovations:
i. Vacuum tubes were replaced by transistors in the second generation of
computer.
 Transistors were used in the second generation to reduce great heat
generated by the vacuum tube technology causing many problems in
temperature regulation and climate control.
 The tubes also burnt out frequently in the second generation of
computer. (02 marks)
ii. Computers in the second generation consumed great deal of heat than in
third generation.
 Computers in the third generation were made smaller with smaller
components such Integrated circuits (ICs) which required less
power than that of second generation (the Transistors) ..(02 marks)
(c). Suggest any one main innovation which describes feature of:
i. Fourth Generation Computers
 Use of Silicon Chips which involved Large Scale Integrated Circuits.
(02 marks)
ii. Fifth Generation Computers
 Use of Silicon Chips which involved Very Large Scale Integrated
Circuits. (02 marks)

235
 ACIETEKA 2017

2. (a) Explain any three main areas in sports where computer

systems are used.
 By using ICT, athletes and sporting goods companies can take advantage
of innovative technologies to improve their performance or enhance their
product line.
 For example, sports fans subscribe to RSS feeds to keep up with the
latest information about their favorite teams while stadiums use computer
applications for goal line technology.
 CAD is used to design sail boats, kayaks, tennis racquets and Formula
One race cars as well.
 The use of ICT makes the results more accurate and well-organized.
 Also, ICT provides evidence for the officials so they will not receive
complaints or abuse from the opposition - i.e. a tennis ball being shown
as out.
 Some sporting organizations may use a computer to assess sports
injuries.
 In Athletics, technology is used to detect false starts.
 Use of websites for the advertisement of sporting events.
 In sailing races, navigation software is used, connected to the Internet
and GPS for tracking location.
(b)State the use of VGA Port in a computer system. (02 marks)
 Users employ Video Graphics Array (VGA) ports to transfer analog video
signals from one machine to another using VGA cables.
 Used to connect VGA and Super VGA monitors to the computer.
(c). Identify the colors typically used for the following ports:
i. PS/2 Mouse:…Green
(01 mark)
ii. Microphone (input):……………Pink (01 mark)
i. List and describe any five factors in choosing the computer case: Model
type: Desktop (lays flat) versus tower (stands up).
ii. Size: Case should have enough space for installed components.
iii. Available space: Desktop cases allow space conservation in tight spaces
whereas tower can be located under desk.
iv. Amount of devices: More devices need more power, which also requires
a larger power supply.
v. Power supply: Must match the power rating and connection type.
vi. Environment conditions: If you work in a dusty environment, you need to
choose a case that reduces the amount of dust that enters the system.
3. Match the definition on the left with each of these terms: Active
partition, Formatting, Partitioning, Registry, and Windows Explorer.

236
 UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
a) The process of assigning part or all of the drive for use by the
computer is Partitioning
(02 marks)
b) Registry is a central information database for Windows 2000 and
Windows XP organized into a structured hierarchical database to hold
hardware, operating system, and application settings and configuration.
(02 marks)
c)Windows Explorer: allows a user to manage files and directories from a
single graphical interface. (02 marks)
d) The partition used by the operating system to boot the computer is
Active partition. (02 marks)
e) Formatting. Prepares a file system in a partition for files to be
stored. (02 marks)
4. (a) Describe the best method to keep the laptop computer cool.
By placing on a flat surface where vents are unobstructed. Also keep
the vents clean. .(02 marks)
(b)Describe the best method to clean the following components:
i. Laptop keyboard:
 Blow compressed air between the keys. Wipe laptop and keyboard
with a soft, lint-free cloth lightly moistened with water or computer-
screen cleaner. (02 marks)
ii. LCD:
Wipe display with a soft, lint-free cloth lightly moistened with water or
LCD cleaner. … (02 marks)
iii. Touch pad:
 Wipe surface of touch pad gently with a soft, lint-free cloth
moistened with an approved cleaner.
 Never use a wet cloth. . (02 marks)
iv. CD:
 Hold the disk by the outer edge of the disc or by the inside edge of
the center hole.
 Gently wipe the disc with a lint-free cotton cloth.
 Never use paper or any material that may scratch the disc or leave
streaks.
 Wipe from the center of the disc outward. Never use a circular
motion.
 Apply a commercial CD or DVD cleaning solution to the lint-free
cotton cloth and wipe again if any contaminates remain on the disc.
Allow the disc to dry before it is inserted into the drive. ..(02 marks)

237
 ACIETEKA 2017

5. (a) Explain the term authentication as applied to computer

systems.
The ability to verify the identity of a user, system, or system element
Outline any four common methods of computer authentication today.
i. Passwords (02 marks)
ii. Smart Cards (02 marks)
iii. Biometrics (02 marks)
iv. Digital Certificates (02 marks)

Section C (20 marks)

Answer one question from this section
27. Given a quadratic equation in the form: ax  bx  c  0 ,
2

where a, b, and c are constant.

(a) Use a flowchart to design a program algorithm for calculating of
the roots of quadratic equation. (07 marks)

Start

Enter a,b,c

DISPLAY x1, x2

Stop

238
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
(b) Write the Pseudo code for the algorithm in (a) above. (4 marks)
START
PRINT “Enter the coefficients a, b and c of the quadratic
equation”
READ a, b, c

DISPLAY x1, x2
STOP
(c) Using C or Visual Basic, write source code for a program that can
solve the quadratic equations. (9 marks)

//Simple Quadratic Equation Program using C

#include<stdio.h> // Including Standard input Output C program library header file
#include<math.h> // Including math library to enable special functions like sqrt
int a,b,c,x1,x2; // Declaring variables to hold data during program execution
main(){
printf("QUADRATIC EQUATION SOLVER FOR ax^2 + bx + c = 0\n");
printf("Enter the values of a,b and c, separated by spaces:\n");
scanf("%d%d%d",&a,&b,&c); // captures three values entered by a user
x1=(-b+sqrt(b*b-4*a*c))/(2*a); // calculates 1st root using the quadratic formula
x2=(-b-sqrt(b*b-4*a*c))/(2*a); // calculates 2nd root using the quadratic formula
printf("\nThe roots are are %d and %d",x1,x2); // Displays x1 and x2
return 0; // Ends program by returning 0 (OFF) to the executor.
}

'Simple Quadratic Equation Program using Visual Basic

Private Sub CommandButton1_Click() 'CommandButton1 is name of clicked element
Dim a, b, c As Integer
Dim x1, x2 As Double
a = Val(InputBox("Enter value for a"))
b = Val(InputBox("Enter value for b"))
c = Val(InputBox("Enter value for c"))
x1 = (b + Math.Sqr(b * b - (4 * a * c))) / (2 * a)
x2 = (-b + Math.Sqr(b * b - (4 * a * c))) / (2 * a)
MsgBox ("The roots are " & x1 & " and " & x2 & ".")

239
 ACIETEKA 2017

End Sub

28. (a) Why is it important to perform periodic maintenance of a

computer system? (04 marks)
Preventive maintenance helps to prevent parts, materials, and
systems failure by ensuring that parts, materials, and systems are in
good working order. When you have a good preventive maintenance
program in place, you will have less troubleshooting to do in the
future, thus saving an organization time and money.
(b) Why is it important to follow a troubleshooting model? (04 marks)
A troubleshooting model outlines a systematic approach to locating
the cause of a fault in an electronic circuit or system in a timely
manner. If you don’t follow a systematic approach, you will often
overlook the problem and find yourself going around in circles
(c). What are the six main steps in troubleshooting a Personal Computer
(PC) System? (12 marks)
Step 1. Gather data from the customer. (02 marks)
Step 2. Verify the obvious issues. (02 marks)
Step 3. Try quick solutions first. (02 marks)
Step 4. Gather data from the computer. (02 marks)
Step 5. Evaluate the problem and implement the solution. (02 marks)
Step 6. Close with the customer. (02 marks)
29. (a) Outline any five benefits of Networking computers and
telecommunication devices. (10 marks)
i. Speed: Networks provide a very rapid method for sharing and transferring
files.
ii. Cost: The network version of most software programs are available at
considerable savings when compared to buying individually licensed
copies. Besides monetary savings, sharing a program on a network allows
for easier upgrading of the program. The changes have to be done only
once, on the file server, instead of on all the individual workstations.
iii. Centralized Software Management. One of the greatest benefits of
installing a network at a school is the fact that all of the software can be
loaded on one computer (the file server). This eliminates that need to spend
time and energy installing updates and tracking files on independent
computers throughout the building.
iv. Resource Sharing. Sharing resources is another area in which a network
exceeds stand-alone computers. Most students cannot afford enough laser
printers, fax machines, modems, scanners, and CD-ROM players for each
computer. However, if these or similar peripherals are added to a network,
they can be shared by many users.

240
 UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
v. Flexible Access. School networks allow students to access their files from
computers throughout the school. Students can begin an assignment in
their classroom, save part of it on a public access area of the network, then
go to the media center after school to finish their work. Students can also
work cooperatively through the network.
(b) With a well labeled diagram, describe how you can design a computer
network in a room.
(05 marks)

 Connect Network switch, Router, Personal computers, laptops and

Network printers using Ethernet cables as shown in the topology above.
(01 mark)
 Configure the network and end users devices with Internet Protocol (IP)
addresses so as to interconnect them in one Local Area Network (LAN).
(01 mark)
 Check the connectivity if these personal computers can communicate with
each others. (01 mark)
(c). Explain any five methods of protecting computers and networks against
social engineering. (05 marks)
i. Educate your users and staff to never give out user IDs or passwords over
the phone or e-mail to anyone who is not positively verified as being who
they say they are.
ii. In addition, you should have procedures established for destroying
confidential documents such as organizational charts, phone numbers, and
addresses so that they cannot be retrieved by dumpster diving.
iii. Be aware of the information you are releasing.
iv. Write a policy and back it up with training.

241
 JJEB MOCK 2017

v. Keep your software (Operating system and applications) up to date.

vi. Employ Phishing and Pharming defense.
vii. Constantly monitor critical systems.
Alternatively
 To protect against social engineering:
• Never give out a password.
• Always ask for the ID of the unknown person.
• Restrict access of visitors.
• Escort all visitors.
• Never post your password.
• Lock your computer when you leave your desk.
• Do not let anyone follow you through a door that requires an access card.
THE END

JJEB MOCK 2017

MARKING GUIDE FOR COMPUTER STUDIES PAPER 1 2017
SECTION A
Attempt all questions in this section
1.Which one of the following tools would be the best for cleaning the outer
surface of a monitor?
A. Dust blower
B. Form cleaner
C. Pliers
D. Screw driver.
2.At what stage of the following stages would flow chats be used in the
programming process?
A. Testing stage
B. Design stage
C. Program coding stage.
D. Implementation stage.
3.Computer errors reporting to the user is a preserved function
of…………………………….
A. Application software platforms
B. Operating system software
C. System utilities
D. Network administrator.
4.Which one of the following memory units is usually provided in system
peripheral units?
A. Buffer memory

242
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
B. Cache memory
C. BIOS
D. Virtual memory.
5.Which one of the following roles is the main function of a software
interface?
A. Storage of information
B. Enable the user to interact well with the software
C. Warning the user in cases of danger
D. Outputting data
6.The computer system maintains it configurations like date and time right
even when the system is switched off from the main power source because
of its?
A. CMOS
B. RAM
C. Automation
D. CMOS battery
7.A single structure representing a set of related data in a database table is
referred to as…..
A. Field
B. Report
C. Record
D. Query
8.The standard protocol for Internet related electronic mails is…………….
A. TCP/IP
B. OSI
C. SMTP
D. NOS
9.Which one of the following data transmission media would offer a user the
least data through-put?
A. Twisted pair
B. Optical fiber
C. Coaxial
D. Microwave
10. An active cell of a spreadsheet can easily be identified by?
A. Name box
B. Formulae bar
C. Worksheet tab
D. Worksheet charts
11. Which one of the following document processors is a word processor
engine?

243
 JJEB MOCK 2017

A. Note pad
B. Word wrap
C. WordPad
D. Lotus
12. The power-on self-test (POST) is run by…
A. BIOS.
B. Operating system
C. Log-on
D. Boot strap loader.
13. ……………………is a web page that allows users to make
adjustments in the content previously uploaded.
A. Blog
B. Wiki
C. Aggregator
D. News group
14. Which one of the following statements is true about data values when
they appear in a spreadsheet cell?
A. They are dressed in inverted quotation marks in logical functions
B. They usually left aligned by default
C. They are usually followed by a comma
D. They are usually right aligned in a cell by default
15. Which one of the following is not a navigation tool of slides during a
presentation
A. Hyperlink
B. Action button
C. Remote sensor
D. Slide master.
16. Which one of the following word processor proof reading tools would
enable a user to quickly replace some words in a document with other
words?
A. Autocorrect
B. Autocomplete
C. Spelling and grammar checker
D. Thesaurus.
17. Which one of the following measures would ensure that changes
made on the parent’s table are reflected on the child table?
A. Entity integrity
B. Referential integrity
C. Validity integrity
D. Primary key

244
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
18. When computers are classified as digital or analog it means that they
are being classified basing on…….
A. Physical size
B. Specialty
C. Process
D. Processor power
19. In the mechanical era computers used
………………………………….. for their internal operations.
A. Integrated circuits
B. Diodes
C. Vacuum tubes
D. Gears
20. Which one of the following utilities would one use to prepare a storage
media for data storage?
A. Formatting
B. Debugging
C. Anti-virus
D. Backup
ANSWERS – SECTION A
1. B, 2. B, 3. B, 4. A, 5. B, 6. D, 7. C, 8. C, 9. A, 10. A, 11. C, 12. A, 13. B,
14. D, 15. D, 16. D, 17. C, 18. C, 19. C, 20. A
SECTION B
Attempt all questions in this section
21. (a) (i) state one difference between a micro-computer and a mini-
computer.
 Micro-computers offer limited processor power than mini-computers
 Micro-computers like hand held computers are more portable than mini-
computers
 Micro-computers are generally cheaper than mini-computers
(ii) List two characteristics of personal computers.
 Generally offer the computing functions by themselves
 They are generally the cheapest
 Offer limited processor power
 They are more portable than any other category of computers
(b) Give two examples of Hybrid Computers
 Hycomp 250
 HYDAC 2400
 VLSI hybrid computer
Can also give;

245
 JJEB MOCK 2017

 Computing devices used in petrol pump

 Hybrid computing machines used in scientific applications and control of
industrial processes.
 Hybrid computers used in hospitals to measure the heartbeat of the patient.
(c) State four challenges facing computer related jobs in Uganda
 Limited computer technical skills
 High costs of computer tools
 Limited market for computers and their services
 High levels of ignorance and illiteracy
 Lack of adequate computer laws
 High levels of informal sectors
 Expensive energy sources.
 High costs internet services
 Limited market for computer
professionals

22 (a) State three classifications of computer hardware

 Input hardware
 Processing hardware
 Storage hardware
 Output hardware
(b) Give one difference between solid state and optical storage media
 Optical storage media usually spins or rotates during the data reading and
writing process while solid state media doesn’t
 Optical storage media uses laser light technology for data reading and
writing while solid state is optical-magneto.

(c) State two circumstances that can lead to re-installation of the operating
system.
 When the hard disk has been formatted
 When the operating system blows
 When the current O.S is no longer effective in coordinating system
activities. For instance when some basic components are no longer
detected or system takes too long to respond to O.S based instructions
 After some thorough virus scan

(d) Give three situations that can necessitate one to warm boot a computer
• When the operating system has frozen or hanged
• When an application program hangs or refuses to run

246
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
• When changing from one operating system (like windows 7) to another (like
Linux), in cases of computers with double or multiple O.Ss.
• When the operating system fails to detect or interact with some peripheral
devices like keyboard, mouse, or modem.
• After installation of some software or programs.
• After installation of some device or peripheral drivers.
• When cleaning a malware (like a virus, Worm or Trojan)
• After configuring or setting up a network
23 Terminating a suspected data tap or hack
(a) Name two situations where electronic spreadsheet application
software can be used in a shop.

 They can be used to automate sales or product lists by the trader.

 Can be used in the preparation of payrolls for shop attendants.
 Can also be used in the preparation of budget report by a trader.
 Used in compilation and analysis of sales and purchases data over time.
 Used to record sales, produce invoices and compile
statements.
(b) Give two situations that can necessitate one to use equal signs in an
electronic spreadsheet cell.
 When initiating a formula or calculation
 When initiating a function (c) Give two tools used for ensuring
data integrity in electronic databases applications.
 Data types
 Field properties like Caption, validation rule, input mask and field size.
 Primary keys
(d) Explain the following electronic database concepts.

(i) Field properties

 Characteristics or features that define a single item of data within
a database like size, format,
etc.

 They are properties that describe field contents and how the data in it
should be displayed.
(ii) Data types
It is a feature that determines major field qualities, like;
 Which formats can be used with the field.
 The maximum size of a field value.
 How the field can be used in expressions.

247
 JJEB MOCK 2017

 Whether the field can be indexed.

24. (a) With the help of an example briefly explain the concept of noise in
electronic data transmission.
Explanation
Any unwanted form of energy that tries to interfere with proper reproduction
and reception of wanted signals.
OR
Random undesirable electrical energy that enters into a communication
system and interferes with the transmitted message.

(1 Mark)
Example:
 Atmospheric noise or static caused by lightning discharges in
thunderstorms
 Short noise
 Transit time noise
 Partition noise that occurs where current is to be divided between two or
more paths.
(b) Briefly describe the meaning of the following terms as used in electronic
data communication
(i) Wi-Fi

 Refers to any network environment that allows devices to exchange

and share data and other resources wirelessly conforming to the
standards of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE) –802.11. (2 Marks)
(ii) Bluetooth technology
 It is a technology that allows short-range radio waves transmission
of data between paired Bluetooth devices. Device pairing establishes
a relationship for the devices to communicate.
(c ) State two features of an electronic web page
 Hyperlinks
 Navigation buttons
 Banner (d ) Explain the following tags as
used in web designing.
(i ) The <title> tag
 It is used in all HTML documents to define the title of the document.
(1 Mark)

248
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
( ii ) The <body> tag
 It is an element that contains the entire contents of a webpage.

25 (a) (ii) Briefly describe the concept of document referencing as

applied in electronic word processors.
 They are tools used to navigate the various sections of a document
like foot notes, end notes,
tables of contents, citations, bibliography, table of figures, etc.

(ii) Give two examples of document referencing features found in electronic

word processors.
 Foot notes
 End notes
 Tables of contents
 Citations
 Bibliography
 Table of figures, etc.

(b) Name two electronic presentation features used to navigate slides during
a presentation
 Hyperlinks
 Action buttons
(2 Marks)
(c) Give two publications that can be created using presentation software
 Webpage
 Labels
 Resume
 Invitations
 Calendars
 Brochure, through templates (Any 2x1
= 2 Marks)
(d) State two end product documents of a mail merge.
Main document or primary file
 Mailing list or secondary file or data source
 Merged document (Any 2x1 = 2 Marks)
26. (a) With the help of an example define a computer utility software.

These are system programs used to maintain or services other

programs and devices (02 marks)

249
 JJEB MOCK 2017

(b) State two characteristics of computer software.

 They are electronic instructions
 It is artificial intelligence
 It determines what a computer can be used for
 Different softwares perform different functions
 All software has cost or consideration whether direct or indirect (Any
2x1 = 02 marks)
(c) State two categories of programming language translators
 Interpreters
 Compilers
 Assemblers (Any
2x1 = 02 marks)
(d) Re-arrange the following programming stages in their ascending
order.
Coding & code review/documentation/Planning/analysis and design.
 Planning
 Analysis and design
 Coding & code review
 Documentation (04 marks for
only correct order)
SECTION C (Attempt only one Question from this section)
27. (a) Assuming that you have been provided with the following tools; anti-
virus utility tools kit, five CCTv cameras, cable seals, Alarm alert devices,
device engraving tool, burglar proof set, ten automatic security lights, G7
model Firewalls kit, and a security guard.
Demonstrate how you would use five of the above mentioned tools to
enhance computer systems security.
1. Anti-virus utility tools kit:
Used to search, detect, prevent and remove system malwares like
viruses, worms and Trojans.
2. Five CCTv cameras:
Used to take video proceedings of surroundings for security purposes
3. Cable seals:
Used to attach data and electrical cables together to avoid unnecessary
removal and movements.
4. Alarm alert devices:
Used to make alarm notifications or alerts once activated for security
purposes
5. Device engraving tool:

250
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Used to make special marks of identity characters onto hardware
devices for attachment or belonging.
6. Burglar proof set:
Used to keeping door-ways, vents and windows re-enforced with
metallic or wooden barriers to inconvenience burglars.
7. Ten automatic security lights:
Used to put off wrong doers by keeping places of computer
installations lit in case they attack.
8. G7 model Firewalls kit:
A combination of hardware and software used to filter information
coming through a network. It can be for digital content, devices or
moral protection of system users.
9. Security guard:
This can be in form of live objects used to keep security or scare off
would be burglars and thieves. Can be humans or specialized dogs.
(Any 5x2 = 10 marks)
(b) State five challenges facing computer software in your school.
 Piracy
 Uninstallation by users
 Virus attacks
 Interference with source code
 Cracking
 Loss of product keys
 Theft of software product CDs (Any 5x2 = 10
marks)
28. a) Explain five problems that affect normal operations of a computer
system. (10marks)
Physical problems:
• Burglars – Intentionally steal ICT based equipment.
• Terrorists. Maliciously cause damage to computer installations.
• Earthquakes/rainfall/tornadoes/lightning/floods
• Users – employees/visitors/learners. Typical of system cannibalism,
corporate data, hardware and software pilferage.
• Dust: Dust builds thick coatings in slots, ports, internal chips, etc. Dust
coating can also cause unnecessary heat, data and electric insulation.
• Electricity – electric power variations (excessively low or high voltage
causing Circuit/bus cracks, Connection breaks and Chip crapes small
movement or dislocation)
• Electrical Noise – like Electronic static discharge, and Electromagnetic
interferences causing short circuits of devices

251
 JJEB MOCK 2017

• Playing and fighting around computer installations

• Excessively low/high temperature: Their expansion and contraction can
easily cause bus cracks.
• Fire
• Effects of water and leaking roofs
• Magnetic fields – cause magnetic inductions, which disturb computer data
movements and processing on magnetic storage media
• Electrostatic electricity – short-circuit devices like RAM or CPUs
• Effects of corrosion: Acts of rodents and other living organisms like
cockroaches causing rusting of devices.
• Vandalism: Involves acts of defacing or destroying ICT equipment.
Some people can Intentionally damage ICTs out of malice or sabotage.
• Substandard equipment. Like; poor furniture
• Poor electrical installations and device connection. For instance poor
earthling and, connecting devices into wrong ports leading to bent pins.
Digital content and network based problems;
i) Trespass
This is the act of gaining access into ones information/computer system
without “legal permission”. It applies to both hardware and digital content.
ii) Cracking
This is permanent tampering with ICT systems security codes/policies, and
network tracking and profiling systems for personal gains.
iii) Hacking
This refers to internationally braking of codes and password to gain
unauthorized entry to computer system data and information files.
iv) Piracy
This refers to illegal copying or duplication of copyrighted software, music
or videos, information or data.
v) Sabotage.
This is illegal distraction of data and information with the aim of crippling
service delivery or causing great loss to an organization.
vi) Alteration.
This is illegal changing of data and information for personal gains or
misinforming the authorized users.
vii) Fraud
It refers to the use of ICT installations to cheat people or to gain an advantage
over others. For instance, use of ICTs to dehumanize or erode peoples
dignity, forge documents, evidence or solicit money falsely. Other
forms of fraud include;
o Posing as someone from the official organisation

252
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
o Stealing peoples identity like creating face book or whatsup accounts
with their initials
o Phishing: Where people are tricked to provide personal information only
to be used for wrong reasons
o Promising Get-rich-quick schemes – World Ventures.
o Spoofing: Creation of fake websites or networks to defraud others
o Pharming: A network fraud where criminal redirect network traffic/data to
unintended destinations for selfish gains
viii) Plagiarism.
This involves copying other peoples E-materials and one presents it as
his/her personal work. It is a growing concern in academic cycles where
take-home assignments are given.
ix) Back doors.
They are malwares that allow hidden access to a computer system or ICT
installation.
Other problems include;
• Viruses, worms and Trojans
• Denial of service attack
• Eavesdropping/Tapping:
• Surveillance.
• Industrial Espionage
• Users – employees/visitors/learners. Typical of system cannibalism,
corporate data, hardware and software pilferage.
• Dust
• Magnetic fields – disorganise data on magnetic storage media
• Electrostatic electricity – short-circuit devices like RAM or CPUs
• Acts of rodents and other living organisms like cockroaches.
• Effects of Viruses, Worms and Trojan Horses.
• Spyware: programs placed on computer without user’s knowledge.
Secretly collects information about user.
• Spam: unsolicited e-mail message sent to many recipients
(Any5x2 = 10 marks)
b) Suggest five solutions to the problems identified in question 28 (a) above.
(10 Marks)
• Regular servicing and repair (troubleshooting) by qualified technical
personnel.
• Use of video Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) cameras
• Use of lock and key approach
• Bolting computers and other ICTs to the desks, floor or wall.
• Use of swipe cards or keypads to activate locks

253
 JJEB MOCK 2017

• Use of special pens to mark, or engrave ICTs with personal/organizational

initials.
• Burglar proofing: Keeping door ways and windows re-enforced with
metallic or wooden barriers.
• Use of live security guards
• Use of electric power surge regulators – like Uninterruptible Power
Supply units (UPSs)
• Effective computer laboratory Rules and regulations highlighting Dos and
Don’ts.
• Insurance and assurance policy measures.
• Effective computer equipment and software procurement and disposal
policy.
• Sensitization – education and training on physical safety best practices
• Authentication of system users through; Biometric devices and
Identification systems like possessed objects – e-cards, etc.
• Use of temperature regulator like Air Conditioners (ACs)
• Use of woolen carpets to; absorb dust, reduce damage when light objects
fall, reduce effects of electric shocks, and regulate room temperature
because wool is a bad conductor of heat.
• Use of plastic covers
• Use of alarm systems like smoke detectors, metal and burglar detectors.
• Making or subsidizing software cheap, enough to increase affordability
• Enhancing the free software movement.
• Use of license and certificate to identify originals.
• Setting installation Product Keys (pass codes) to deter illegal installation
of software.
• Enhanced Firewalls
• User IDs and passwords
• Encryption: This involves scrambling data in such a way that people can
not ordinarily understand it. The data would need an encryption key to be
read.
• Audit log: Involves enabling the system to keep a record of every activity
done on the system in an “audit file”
• Buying software from authentic producers, vendors or suppliers.
• Legislation: This involves setting up working rules and regulations to
regulate acquisition, storage, usage and retirement of digital content
• Anti-spy software.
• License agreement: Allows user to install software on one computer,
make backup copy, and sell software after removing from computer
• +Data Encryption. This renders data unreadable by third parties apart
from users with an encryption key.

254
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
• Use of Anti-virus approach
• Legislation - An effective Software and data safety policy
• Doing periodic software and data audits.
• Regular software updating and upgrading. Most of the newer software
versions and releases come with better to use and secure features.
• Software customisation or personalisation.
• Sensitization – education and training of users on ICTs and network best
practices and policies – e.g., virus alert policies.
• Effective data backup and recovery policy.
• Creating different user accounts and/with passwords for different users.
• Joining secure network/internet service providers.
• Creating backups in locations away from main computing center.
• Use of GPS for online tracking of software and hardware. (Any5x2 = 10
marks)
29. (a) Demonstrate any three methods of error detection in a program code.
Methods of error detection would include:
Use of test data which subjects the new program to a real work
challenge
Compilation – debugging utilities
Dry-run/desk check or walk (3x2 = 06
marks)
(b) Write a simple computer program code which can be used to output your
Surname name and Given name on two lines.
(14 marks)
#include<stdio.h> // Preprocessor Directive including standard
input/output library
int main() // Main function header
{ // Bracket Opening Main function body
printf(“Mukalele”\n); // Displaying Surname and moving to next line
(\n)
printf(“Rogers”); // Displaying Surname
getch(); // (Optional) getch() function pauses execution till a
character is entered
return 0; // Ends program, returns 0 to executor (ie OFF)
2marks
} // Bracket Closing Main function body
(2 marks per line x 7 -- Total 14 marks)

End

255
 FINAL PAPER 2017

FINAL PAPER 2017

NB: You can find the UNEB 2017 Computer Studies Question Paper in the official
UNEB question bank which can be bought from UNEB. Below is just a draft answer
guide:

SECTION A
1.D 8.A 15.C 2.B 9.C 16.B
3.A 10.B 17.D 4.B 11.A 18.D
5.C 12.B 19.A 6.C 13.D 20.A
7.D 14.C

SECTION B
21. (a) Definition of computer evolution
Computer evolution is the gradual
development/improvement/modification/advancement/growth of
computing devices/technology from simple to more complicated and
advanced forms.
NB: Deny marks for stages/generations. 02 marks
(b) The correct terms to complete the statements
(i) Computer
(ii) Data processing
(iii) Data
(iv) Information Each 4x1=4 marks
(c) How computers are used in the following sectors
(i) Health
 Disease diagnosis using computer based x-rays, ultrasound scan etc.
 Carrying out computer based medical research over the internet
 For computerized accounting purposes and billing of patients
 Keeping records of patients in a computerized database.
 Computerized scheduling of medical staff on duty.
 Providing healthcare lessons to patients using digital notes
 Communication between medical staff and patients
 Computer assisted life savers
 Incubating machines for premature babies
 For carrying out complex operations on sensitive body organs
 For drug prescription
 Determination of DNA
Any 2x1= 2marks
(ii) Security

256
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 For forensic computing as in gathering evidence from scenes of crime
 Used to monitor places using CCTV cameras
 Access control using biometrics devices
 Computer based recording keeping by security organs
 Communication using internet and mobile equipment in cases of security
emergency
 Research on criminal cases using internet
 Computer guided fighter planes
 Monitoring of security situations by drones
 Weapon assembly by the military manufacturing firms
 Computer based alarm systems in homes and cars
 Detection and detonation of booms and dangerous items like landmines
 Tapping and tracking calls for security purposes
 Training and educating forces using simulated models
 Locating and launching missiles. Any 2x1= 2marks
22. (a) Defining computer hardware
Computer hardware refers to the physical or tangible parts of a computer.
02 marks
(b) Filling in the appropriate categories of hardware
Hardware device Category
(i) Compact Disc Storage
(ii) MODEM Communication
(iii) Projector Output
(iv) Barcode Reader Input
Each 1x4=4 marks
(c) Explaining the functions of components
(i) Power Supply Unit
 Steps down voltage
 Converts A.C voltage to D.C voltage
 Splits or distributes the voltage in different values as required by the
components. Any 1x2= 2marks
(ii) ROM Chip
 Permanently Store/hold manufacturers system instructions/information
 Used to hold instructions necessary for the booting of the computer.
Any 1x2= 2marks
23. (a) (i) What a wild card is in database management system
A wild card is a special character that can/used/combined/ stand for either
a single character or a string of text in a query criteria or while searching

257
 FINAL PAPER 2017

for information. That can be used to return/filter/generate results from a

given query. 02 marks
(ii) Importance of a wildcard in a query criterion
 Useful when one wants the query to look for a given range of different
possible values.
 Useful when one is not certain of what one is looking for but can give the
query some clues to work with. Any 1x2= 2marks
(iii) Naming examples of frequently used wildcards
 Asterisk (*)
 Question (?)
 Percentage (%)
 Underscore ( _ )
 Exclamation mark !
 Square brackets Any 1x1= 1mark
(b) (i) Characteristics of label in a spreadsheet cell
 Labels are left aligned by default
 Labels are not subject to basic arithmetic operations/not used for basics
calculations
 Labels go into quotations whenever in logical functions
 Labels are majorly text data Any 1x2= 2marks
(ii) Outlining uses of electronic spreadsheets
 Data sorting or arranging
 Data filtering
 Logical operations/functions
 Statistical operations/data analysis
 Financial and accounting operations
 Graphical representations/charting
 Data capture, import and export
 Editing and formatting of data Any 1x3= 3marks
24.(a) (i) Ways of preventing access to information on the internet
 Keyword blocking
 Site blocking
 Web rating systems
 Pass wording/parent control
 Registration and subscription to logins into the site as a member
 Financial restrictions to access content
 By encryption
 Using anti-virus software to block data from certain sites
 Putting down the site

258
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 Using firewalls to filter information in a private network Any 2x1= 2marks
(ii) Reasons for preventing access to information on the internet
 Prevent online crimes like bullying, fraud etc
 Limit or prevent access to illicit materials e.g. pornography
 For moral and ethical uprightness
 Limit or prevent unsolicited messages from filtering through
 Prevent piracy (illegal copying and duplication of information without
authorization)
 Limit plagiarism by putting information in a format that cannot be easily
changed
 Commercial benefits to promote copyright and property right.
 Offers privacy/confidentiality
 Preventing data alteration. Any 3x1= 3marks
(b) (i) Explaining the term data transmission media
These are communication lines or channels or path through which data is
transferred from device to another.
Or channels used in transferring data/information 02marks
(ii) Listing examples of data transmission media
 Infra red light
 Radio waves
 Micro waves
 Optical fiber cable
 Twisted pair cable
 Coaxial cable
 Or wireless/unguided/unbounded technology
 Cabled/guided/physical/tangible Any 3x1= 3marks
25. (a) Importance of features in word processing
(i) Footnote
Helps in providing explanatory/ or clarifying notes comments about a
concept or phrase used in a particular page of a document 02marks
(ii) Toggle case
It helps the user to hurriedly change or switch case of text to upper case or
lower case and vice versa. 02marks
(b) Distinction between cut and copy
To cut is to move data or text or word from its original place to a new
location/clipboard/buffer/ While
Copy is to create an extra or duplicate copy of the data or file.
(For both sides correct) 02marks
(c) What presentation software is

259
 FINAL PAPER 2017

Is an application software/program used to create and display information

or data in form of slides/slide show. 02marks
(d) Outlining ways where presentation software may be used
 Advertising/promotion of products
 Publishing web contents
 Presentation to large audience in seminars, workshops, conferences etc.
 Business presentations
 For teaching Any 1x2= 2marks
26. (a) Explanation of programming concepts
(i) Termination
It indicates the end of a statement in a program code.
To end a line of code in a program
Indicate syntax error. 02marks
(ii) Variable declaration
It tells the program the nature of data to store or retrieve.
It assigns a datatype to a variable in a program
Tells the compiler to correctly interpret each statement
02marks
(b) Stating the use of a compiler to a programmer
 Translate enter/whole/at once source code into machine code
 Error detection
 Convert program code into executable code Any 1x2= 2marks
(c) Explanation of the term device driver
 Device drivers are software programs that enable the computer
system to communicate or interact well with connected system
components or peripherals.
 Computer program used to configure peripheral devices
02marks
(d) Forms of interfaces that can be provided by the operating system to the
computer user
 Command line interface Or Command
 Menu driven interface Or Menu
 Graphical user interface Or Graphical Any 2x1= 2marks
SECTION C
27. (a) Factors to consider when to choose a LAN model (Peer to Peer
or Server based network)
 Amount of network traffic(through put/band width//no of users.
 Organizational business
 Network budget/ availability of financial resources/cost of establishment.
 Level of administration support required

260
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 Security levels required.
 Type of business or organization/size
 Ease of expansion in future
 Technical advice and support Any 5x2= 10marks
(b) Explanation of limitations to full internet use in Uganda
 Cost implication for the initial outlay and maintenance are so threatening
 Government policy are not favorable e.g. taxes on IT equipment
 Ignorance due to high illiteracy rates
 Limited internet infrastructure/network coverage
 Poverty levels are high
 Fear for internet flaws e.g. pornography, network viruses and invasion of
privacy
 Technological phobia
 Natural calamities/causes like lightening, fires, obstacles e.g hills
 Limited electric power supply
 Digital divide
 Nature and quality of some ISPs Any 5x2= 10marks
28. (a) Factors to consider before buying a computer
 Needs/purpose of the school like different needs like curriculum, students,
teachers etc
 Nature of the school e.g. a school for the deaf would need some
hardware for the deaf.
 Ergonomics Safety provisions for the hardware e.g. comfort, safety,
efficiency etc
 Cost of hardware components given the available school budget like
installation, initial hardware cost and maintenance plus repair.
 After sale services provision such as free maintenance,
warrants/guarantees for a period of time like one year.
 Source of hardware given the school foundation body and virtues
 School and government policy governing procurement laws and
procedures.
 Data/information security provisions/concerns
 Computer hard disk
 RAM capacity
 Processor speed.
 Compatibility with the existing infrastructure in the school
 Provision for future growth and development (upgradeability)
 Past experience of working state of the nature of the computer.
 Reputation of the supplier

261
 FINAL PAPER 2017

 Environmental concerns
 Technical advice and support
 Space for storage
 Consider the internal Network Interface Card
 Consider Resolution for high Graphics
Mentioning 1 mark Explanation 1 mark Any 5x2= 10marks
(b) Ways of caring for computer hardware
 Legislation/setting up working laws e.g. computer lab rules, ICT use
policy,
Code of conduct around computer use ranging from hardware movement,
installation etc
 Burglar proofing
 Regular servicing and maintenance
 Servicing through professionals
 Avoiding dust and water into hardware by use of dust and water proof
covers.
 Education/sensitizing users about basic hardware care/practices
 Electric power surge protectors/Proper electrical wiring/earthling
/insulation.
 Bolting hardware on walls, tables and ground
 Engage alarms systems e.g. smoke, fire detectors
 Authentication systems like biometric, swipe cards, identity cards etc
 Hardware audits on regular basis
 Engraving/labeling hardware
 Security guards to take an eye on the installations
 Use of CCTV cameras for surveillance for feedback and evidence.
 Installation of lightening arrestors
 Keeping rooms under lock and key
 Avoid exposure to direct sunlight and extreme temperatures.
 Turning off the computer system when not in use.
 Proper turning on/off the computer system
Mentioning 1 mark Explanation 1 mark Any 5x2= 10marks
29.Describing conditions that can lead to a computer system reboot
 When an application or operating system freezes/hangs/ does not
respond
 After installation of a new software (application or utility)
 When a peripheral or hardware component has failed to function/work
 During/After installation of operating system.
 After changing use control settings(CMOS/BIOS settings)

262
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 When a user wants to clear a malicious infection like malware, spyware,
viruses that are in memory
 After software update
 After uninstalling software
 After uninstalling hardware
 After installing a new hardware
 When the computer system slows down
 When there is suspected system tapping
 When a user wishes to switch from one operating system to another
(Multiple O.S)
 After malware/virus scanning
 When a deadlock occurs
 Before Installing software
 When application software fails to work
Mentioning 1 mark Explanation 1 mark Any 5x2= 10marks

263
 EXAMINERS REPORT 2017

EXAMINERS REPORT 2017

Teachers are always encouraged to read the annual examiners reports
which highlight the common areas of weakness and give strategies for
improving performance.

840/1 COMPUTER STUDIES THEORY PAPER 2017

Introduction:
The paper consisted of three sections; A, B and C. Section A contained 20
compulsory Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) drawn from the whole
syllabus. Section B contains 6 compulsory structured questions drawn from
the whole syllabus. Section C contained practical theory questions drawn
from the topics; Elementary Computer Programming; Trends in Computing;
System Start-Up and Configuration; Computer Communication and
Networking and Computer Hardware. The candidates were to answer only
one question from this section.
The paper was easier than that of the previous year 2016. The UCE 2017
candidates’ performance was better than that of the previous year.
Question Analysis:
Section A
Questions 1- 20 (MCQ)
Candidates were required to fill in the correct alternatives/choices in the
boxes on the right hand side of each of the first twenty questions. All
questions were popular.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Many candidates did not take time to understand the ‘stem” in each
question in order to come up with the right ‘key’ questions.
Many candidates could have thought that multiple-choice questions can
only be answered by guesswork!
The questions needed candidates to have covered the whole syllabus
however, some candidates failed to choose one and resorted to circle two
or many alternatives which lead to loss of marks.
Advice to the Teachers
Multiple choice questions are Logic Questions that require a scientific
approach not guess work. They require a candidate to scientifically
understand the three elements of a multiple choice question. That is:
The stem – what the question wants the candidate to do.
The key – the correct answer.
The destructors – the wrong choices.
Therefore, MCQs require advanced thinking, reasoning and skills in
making the right conclusions. They are about making the right choices.

264
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Teachers should encourage the learners to read widely but not restrict
them to certain topics only.
Section B
Question 21 (a)
The question required candidates to define computer evolution. It was
popular.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Many candidates confused the concepts of computer evolution with
computer generation.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are advised to clarify the difference between computer evolution
and computer generation and other seemingly related concepts.
Question 21 (b).
Candidates were required to fill in the correct options given in the question
paper. It was popular.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Some candidates provided alternatives not given to them in the question
paper, yet others lacked knowledge about the terms given.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to explain the different computer terminologies to
the learners.
Question 21 (c).
The question required candidates to demonstrate knowledge on how
computers are used in the;
(i). Health sector. It was popular.
Weaknesses of the candidates: Candidates gave general uses of
computers.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers should discuss with learners the real uses and application of
computers in the various specialized areas.
(ii). Security sector. The question was popular.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Some candidates considered security of a computer itself instead of how
computers can be used to enhance security.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to emphasize specific roles of computers in the
various specialized sectors.
Question 22(a).
The question required candidates to define the term computer hardware.
The question was popular and well done.

265
 EXAMINERS REPORT 2017

Weaknesses of the Candidates:

Some candidates confused computer hardware with computer software.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to give the difference between computer
hardware, software and other concepts clearly to their learners.
Question 22(b).
The question required the candidates to categories the different hardware
devices given. It was popular and well done.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Some candidates failed to match the hardware parts with the provided
categories.
Some candidates were merely guessing as seen from their responses.
Advice to the Teachers:
Assess learners with several methods.
Teachers are encouraged to continuously avail learners with similar
questions that require hardware identification and categorization.
Question 22 (c). (i).
The question required candidates to explain the functions of the computer
components stated. Many candidates attempted the question but failed it.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Candidates failed to demonstrate knowledge acquisition in relation to
computer hardware.
Some candidates mistook the power supply unit for uninterruptible power
supply unit (UPS).
Advice to Teachers:
Teachers are encouraged to describe computer hardware parts in
classrooms practically.
Question 22 (ii).
Required candidates to explain functions of a ROM chip The question was
popular but highly failed.
Weakness of the Candidates
Many candidates confused “ROM chip” with ROM. Others with secondary
storage media.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to teach learners the internal parts of the
computer and should endeavor to give the difference between ROM and
the ROM chip, RAM and RAM chip.
Question 23 (a) (i).
It required candidates to define a wild card in relation to database
management systems. The question was not popular.
Weaknesses of the Candidates

266
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Some candidates failed to use appropriate words to bring out the gist of the
required terms.
Majority of the candidates failed to relate a wild card in terms of database
use.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to define all terms used in practical application
tasks for learners to easily integrate them to practical and theoretical use
and explanations.
Question 23 (a) (ii).
This question required candidates to demonstrate the use of wild card in a
query criterion. It was a popular question though majority of the candidates
had very little knowledge of the wild card application.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to provide to learners the practical uses of
specific terms and features used in software application programs.
Question 23 (a) (iii).
The question required candidates to give the commonly used wild card
symbols / characters query criterion.
This question was popular but highly failed by majority of the candidates.
Weaknesses of Candidates
Candidates wrote wrong examples of wild card symbols. Candidates gave
general symbols that facilitate the manipulation of a wild card symbol like []
and “ !”
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to emphasize the difference between characters
that represent other characters in a query and general characters.
Question 23 (b)(i)
The question required candidates to state characteristics of labels when
placed in a spreadsheet by default. It was a popular question but also highly
failed by majority of the candidates.
Weakness of the Candidates
Candidates had limited knowledge about a label in relation to spreadsheet
cell application. Many candidates mistook labels for column headings.
Advice to Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to clearly define the different data types used in a
spreadsheet program.
Teachers are also advised to practically show students the difference
between a label and a value during the lesson.
Question 23(b) (ii)

267
 EXAMINERS REPORT 2017

It required candidates to give the

uses of a spreadsheet program.
The part was popular and well done.
Weakness of the Candidates
Some candidates gave advantages of a spreadsheet program instead of
uses of the program itself.
Some candidates were mentioning places were the application program is
used e.g. in schools, hospitals, banks.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to emphasize the use of spreadsheets when
handling practical lessons.
Question 24(b)( i)
The question required candidates to give what a system administrator does
to prevent unauthorized access to some information.
The question was popular but also highly failed.
Weakness of the Candidates
Candidates had scanty knowledge about the roles of a system administrator
in line with systems management.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to emphasize the different roles carried out by
the different ICT professionals in achieving specific systems objectives.
Question 24(ii)
This question required candidates to state the reasons for preventing
access to some information on the Internet.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Many candidates gave the disadvantages of using the Internet.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to emphasize dangers and misuse of the
information on the Internet.
Question 24(b)
This question required candidates to define data transmission media in
relation to computer networks. It was popular.
Weaknesses of Candidates:
Some candidates used some terms within the question to define data
transmission media.
Some candidates gave examples of social media types as data
transmission media.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to define all relevant terminologies with their
required meaning.
Question 25(a).

268
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
It required candidates to give the importance of some features in word
processing i.e. footnote and toggle case. Majority of the candidates
answered this part well.
Weaknesses of the Candidates: Some candidates mistook a footnote for
a footer.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to continuously assess and help learners to
understand most of the features used in a word processor.
Question 25(b).
The question required candidates to give the difference between “cut” and
“copy” as used in word processing. The question was popular but poorly
done.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Some candidates were instead confusing the two concepts with pasting.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to handle word processing facilities while
allowing learners to see the difference while working.
Question 25(c).
This question required candidates to define a
presentation software program. The question was
popular and well attempted by majority of the
candidates.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Many candidates failed to define what a presentation program is.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to define concepts basing on “what they are” as
opposed to “what they do”. “What they do” can be done by very many other
concepts.
Question 26.
The question required candidates to explain the function of each of the
following: “termination” and “variable declaration” as used in programing,
The use of a compiler, explaining the term “device drivers” and giving forms
of computer interfaces provided by the operating system.
The question was poorly attempted by the majority of the candidates
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Most of the candidates lacked adequate knowledge of programming
concepts. Candidates mistook device drivers for hardware
Many candidates confused a program code statement with a program
itself.
Advice to the Teachers

269
 EXAMINERS REPORT 2017

Teachers should always attempt to clearly explain the role and need for
every process in programming and other applications.
Section C
Question 27 (a).
The question required candidates to give factors considered when
choosing a LAN model. The question was not popular.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Some candidates were instead giving advantages of LAN models, some
were giving factors to consider before buying computers.
Question approach and idea presentation was largely missing. Some
candidates were instead generally comparing a peer-to-peer and the client-
to-server model.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to teach computer networking exhaustively to
allow learners apply the knowledge easily.
Question 27 (b).
Candidates were required to explain the limitations to full Internet use in
Uganda. The question was popular and fairly done.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Some candidates were providing advantages and disadvantages of using
the Internet in Uganda.
Some candidates did not understand the question due to wrong question
interpretation.
Majority of the candidates did not explain their ideas satisfactorily, thus
leading to loss of marks.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to train their learners in better essay writing skills.
Proper language and presentation skills need to be emphasized more in
schools.
Principles of essay writing MUST be promoted in schools across all
subjects. A good essay is assumed to have - points stated in paragraphs,
explained, with an example where applicable.
However, all these three items must be connected to the question.
Question 28 (a).
Candidates were required to describe the factors to consider before buying
a computer. It was a popular question and well done by majority of the
candidates.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Some candidates were giving characteristics of modern computers.
Other candidates were giving answers for part (b) of the question.
Some other candidates were giving Internet related points.

270
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Majority of the candidates showed very little content acquisition.
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers are encouraged to exhaust all the subject content to the benefit of
the learners.
Question 28 (b).
Candidates were required to explain the ways of caring for
computer hardware parts. The question was popular and well
done by majority of the candidates.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Many candidates were just giving schools’ rules and regulations governing
computer laboratory use.
Most of the points presented by the candidates were related to dust control.
Candidates were not showing the ‘how’ and ‘why’ parts in relation to
hardware care.
Many candidates could not differentiate “care for hardware” from “care for
digital content”
Advice to the Teachers
Teachers should clearly bring out well “care for hardware” differently from
“care for digital content”.
Teachers are encouraged to clearly give the difference between computer
hardware maintenance and computer laboratory care when explaining to
the learners.
Question 29.
Candidates were required to describe the conditions that would necessitate
a computer system reboot. The question was not popular.
Weaknesses of the Candidates
Some candidates were giving the points but failed to explain them.
Some candidates showed lack of subject content regarding computer
system start-up.
Advice to the Teachers
System start-up and configuration is one of a very practical and new topic in
our curriculum. Teachers are encouraged to handle it well.
840/2 COMPUTER STUDIES (PRACTICAL)
The paper consisted of two sections, A and B. Section A contained one
compulsory question drawn from Word processing and Spreadsheets.
Section B contained three (03) questions drawn from Database, Web-
designing and Computer Presentations. The candidates were to answer
any two questions from this section.

271
 EXAMINERS REPORT 2017

The paper was of the same level of difficulty as that of the previous year,
2016. The candidates of UCE 2017 performed poorer than those of the
previous year.
Question Analysis
Section A
Question 1 (a) Word Processing
Candidates were asked to demonstrate skills in font/paragraph/page
formatting and footnote referencing in word processing.
It was a popular question.
Weakness of Candidates: Candidates could not ably use the footnote
feature.
Advice to Teachers:
Teachers should cover all the Word processing features including
referencing features.
Question 1(b) Spreadsheets
Candidates were asked to show the application of formulae, functions, and
charts in manipulation of data.
Popularity of the question: popular
Weakness of Candidates: Candidates had difficulties with the correct
calculations of net pay.
Advice to Teachers: Teachers should emphasize proper usage of
formulae
SECTION B
Question 2. Web-designing
Required candidates to design a two-page website including a form for
entering data. It was unpopular.
Weakness of Candidates:
Candidates could not easily design a form with form features like radio
buttons, dropdown menus, etc.
Advice to Teachers:
Teachers should expose learners to a variety of web authoring programs
not limiting learners to only MS-Publisher.
Question 3. Presentation
Candidates were asked to prepare a five page-slide presentation with a
hierarchy chart. It further required candidates to apply animations and
transitions.
Popularity of the question; very popular.
Weakness of Candidates:
Candidates had difficulties in producing the correct chart, linking slides and
stating the appropriate data.
Advice to Teachers:

272
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
Teachers should expose learners to a variety of presentations. They
should also give learners a variety of tasks/ exercise to enable them explore
the application in depth.
Question 4. Database Management System
Required candidates to design a data-base; enter data in the database
using a form and retrieve data using queries. They were also required to
assign appropriate data types.
Popularity of the question. It was popular.
Weakness of Candidates
Use of appropriate data types
Formatting currency with a UGX symbol
Use of appropriate formulas in a form
Use of appropriate criteria.
Advice to Teachers:
Emphasis should be put on data types
Formatting and customization of values in databases
Proper use of criteria in queries.

273
 FINAL PAPER 2018

FINAL PAPER 2018

SECTION A: MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

1. C 7. B 14. D
2. D 8. A 15. D
3. C 9. C 16. C
4. A 10. B 17. A
5. D 11. A 18. B
6. A 12. B 19. D
13. B 20. C
SECTION B: STRUCTURED
21. (a) A computer is an electronic device which accepts, processes,
stores and outputs data/information
Or.
An electronic device that manipulates data.
Or.
An electronic device with hardware and software.
Or.
An electronic device with a monitor, system unit, printer, keyboard,
mouse, etc.
Or.
An electronic device which accepts data & output information.
Or.
It’s a programmable machine/device.
(b) (i) - Enter key.
- Return key
- Arrow key
- Tab key
Any 1 x 1 = 1 mark
(ii) - Caps lock key
1 mark
(iii) - Backspace key
1 mark
(c) Contributions of computers in teaching and learning
 Computer aided research
 Computer aided teaching and learning/distance learning
 Computer aided assessment for grading and positioning of
learners
 Computer aided academic planning for timetabling, scheming,
lesson planning, drawing of academic budgets, etc

274
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

 Edutainment
 Storage of academic records
 Monitoring students and teachers attendance and academic
programs
 Creation of visual learning aids
o Loss of productive academic time in playing computer games
o Loss of educational materials
o Promotion of examination malpractices

Any 2 x 1 = 2 marks
(d) (i) Tasks done by a computer programmer
 Create software/designs programs/writing codes/coding
 Debug
 Test programs
 Upgrade programs
 Educate and advise on which program to use
 Install /uninstall/implements programs
 Program consultancy
 Writing program manuals(documentation)

Any 1 x 1 = 1 mark

(ii) Tasks done by a computer technician

 Service and repair (e.g upgrades software/hardware/trouble
shooting/dust blowing any other activity done in service and
repair)
 Maintain standards like rules and regulations (e.g locking the
lab)
 advise users on basic procedures, regulations and
specifications to use
 Writes reports on computer performance to managements
Any 1 x 1 = 1 mark
(iii) Tasks done by a database administrator
 Creates databases/linking databases
 Maintains/updates/delete/backup/restore/manages/decodes
databases/controls archives
 Ensure database security(ensures data integrity/data
redundancy)

275
 FINAL PAPER 2018

 Availing required data/information to users

 Decides on the specific database software to use
Any 1 x 1 = 1 mark
22. (a) (i) Explanation of functions of an input device
 To feed/enter/give/capture/input data/information and
instructions/commands to the computer
Any 1 x 2 = 2 marks
(ii) Examples of input devices
 Scanner(OCR,  Mouse
OMR, Barcode  Touch pad
reader)  Tracker ball
 Microphone  Digital cam
 Light pen  Dance pad
 Joystick  etc
 Keyboard
Any 1 x 1 = 1 mark
Examples of output devices
 Monitor
 Printer/plotter
 Speaker
 LED
 Projector etc
Any 1 x 1 = 1 mark
(b) Definition of a device driver
 A program that allows the operating system to
communicate/interact with specific system
devices/peripherals e.g. printer driver, scanner driver, VGA
drivers, System board drivers etc.
2 marks
(c) System considerations before installing windows operating
system
 System type based on bit/bus architecture (Type, Function,
Purpose, Nature) e.g 64bit/32 bit
 CPU specification (type, speed)
 System manufacturer
 Size of hard disk
 Internal memory (RAM) size or capacity
 Disc drive and other ports

276
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

Any 3 x 1 = 3 marks
(d) Reasons why a computer may be restarted
 To clear a malware from memory/check for a virus
 To configure new software settings such that they interact
well with the operating system
 To enable the system to recognize new hardware
specifications/settings after installation
 Refresh the system
 To enable a hanging program to reorganize itself for a task

Any 1 x 1 = 1 mark

23. (a) What is a formula in spreadsheet

A user defined expression/statement used to manipulate data for
returning some desired output/result.
2 marks
(b) Describing how to sort names in ascending order
 Highlight/select content to sort
 select data on main menu
 click on A-Z sort icon
Or.
 Highlight/select content to sort
 select data on main menu
 select sort
 on the sort interface/ dialog box select name from column
 select A-Z order
 click ok
Or.
 Select data to sort
 select home from main menu
 select sort & filter from home ribbon
 click option A-Z
Or.
 Highlight data to sort
 right click on the selected data
 select sort
 click sort A-Z /ascending order
(c)

277
 FINAL PAPER 2018

(i) 5 records 1 mark

(ii) 4 fields 1 mark
(iii) 0027200190653 2 marks
(iv) Number in stock 1 mark
(v) - Because it would uniquely identify the specific products
and procedures.
- No different item would share a barcode
Any 1 x 1 = 1 mark
24. (a) Describing the terms
(i) Repeater
Devices with ability to
regenerate/amplify/energize/electronic signals along a
transmission channel in a LAN or WAN.
(ii) Gateway
A device with the ability to link/interconnect/enable
interface between networks of different
configuration/protocols.
(b) Types of transmission media
 Wired/cabled/bounded or guided (Coaxial, fiber optics,
twisted pair/untwisted pair)
 Wireless/unbounded or unguided (radio waves, infrared &
micro waves)
Any 2 x 1 = 2 marks
(c) Website design considerations
 Layout/frames/layers(banners, content areas)
 Navigation provisions
 Content
 Graphics/images
 Feedback
 Site management tools (hit couters, tracking of site visitors
etc)
 Color/font contrasts
 Number of pages
 Security provisions
 Type of website
Any 4 x 1 = 4 marks
25. (a) A footnote is a referencing feature that appears in the last line of
the page where the referenced text or phrase is located.

278
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

(b) Types of page orientation

 Landscape orientation
 Portrait orientation
2 marks
(c) Action cut and paste
Refers to moving/transferring/changing/relocating selected content
from one place to another
1 mark
(d) Presentation software
 Ms. power point
 Apple keynote
 Open office impress
 Corel presentation
 Adobe persuasion
 K-presentation
 Lotus freelance etc
Any 2 x 1 = 2 marks
(e) (i) Differentiating slide transition from slide animation
Slide transition is movement/control/effects from one slide to another.
while
Slide animation is effects/controls of elements within a slide
Or.
Slide transitions link one slide to another while slide animations
manage effects within a slide.
Any 1 x 2 = 2 marks
For both sides corrects
(ii) Purpose of slide sorter view
 Delete or to add slides
 To give an over view of the whole set of slides in a
presentation
 Reorganize or rearrange slides
Any 1 x 1 = 1 mark
26. (a) (i) Explanation of application software
A program designed to meet specific end user or user tailored tasks.
2 marks
(ii) Examples of application software
 Word processors e.g Ms. word, Abi Word, Word perfect

279
 FINAL PAPER 2018

 Spreadsheets software e.g Ms Excel, Lotus 1-2-3, VisCalc,

SuperCalc, Calc
 Presentation software e.g Ms. PowerPoint, Apple Keynote, Open
Office Impress, Corel Presentation, Adobe Persuasion
 Database management software e.g Ms. Access, DBase I, II or III,
SQL, MySQL, Sea Sharp, MS Visual Basic
 Web authoring software e.g Dream weaver, Ms Publisher
 Communication software e.g Yahoo mail, Hotmail, WhatsApp
 Desktop publishing software e.g Ms. Publisher, Adobe PageMaker,
Corel Draw
o Gaming software
o Video editing software
o Photo editing software
o Accounting software
o Architectural software e.g Arch card, AutoCAD

Any 2 x 1 = 2 marks
(iii) Factors to consider before buying application software
 Upgradeability o self-help menu
 Purpose o Accuracy/efficiency (how fast
 Security/safety provisions the sw is)
 Free bugs/errors o After sales service (delivery,
 Flexibility install)
o Cost of the application o Storage space (portability)
program o reliability
o Compatibility o Past experience of the app.
o easy to learn sw
o documentation o Nature of organisation
Any 2 x 1 = 2 marks
(b) Define the terms given in relation to computer programming
(i) Source code
 A collection of computer instructions (possibly with
comments) written using some human readable
and usable language such as text.
 A collection of computer instructions ready for
compiling and are written in text format.

280
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
 Is a raw form (not yet changed into machine
readable format) of a computer program in text
form.
Any 1 x 2 = 2 marks
(ii) Keyword
A word that is reserved by the program because it has a
special meaning/purpose.
2 marks
SECTION C
27. Specification to consider when buying a laptop computer
 CPU specifications e.g type and speed
 Provisions for a local disc and local disk specifications e.g type,
disc space
 RAM size or capacity
 The brand
 Generation
 Nature of operating system
 Networking capabilities
 Nature of the monitor and specifications (Size, touch capability,
VGA card specifications)
 Nature and number of ports
 Provision and number of pointing devices
 Laptop color
 Provision for data capture
 Laptop size
o Removable drives/storage capabilities
o Battery life
o Documentation
o Safety and security

Any 5 x 4 = 20 marks
Mentioning a specification = 2 marks
Relevant Explanation = 2 marks
Total = 4 marks per specification
28. Sketch and explanation of network layouts
Bus or linear topology
A topology in which each node is connected in series along a
single conduit or main cable called a bus.
A sketch diagram of a bus topology

281
 FINAL PAPER 2018

Print
er

Terminator

Backbone Workstation
cable

Star topology
A topology in which all the nodes are connected to a central hub.
Each node has an equal right of transmission of data.
A sketch diagram of a star topology

Printer

Workstation

Hub/Concentrator/Server/Switch
Ring Layout/topology
A ring topology is a network layout in which each node has
exactly two neighbours connected to it for communication
purposes. For each node to communicate, it must make a request
for a token be able to send a signal along the path.
A sketch diagram of a ring topology

Cable Workstation

282
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

Mesh network layout/topology

A network topology in which at least each node has two or more
paths between them.

A sketch diagram of a mesh topology

Cable

Any 4 x 5 = 20 marks
Mentioning = 1 mark
Workstation Sketch diagram = 1 mark
Labeling = 1 mark
Explanation = 2 marks
Total = 5 marks per topology

o Extended Star/Tree/Hybrid topology

- It’s a combination of two or more topology
- The same network topology to be distributed in different
segments.
- It’s the extended star Or a combination of two or more star
topology
Or. it’s a combination of two or more topologies

283
 FINAL PAPER 2018

29. (a) Reasons for using a flowchart other than a pseudo code for
solving a problem
 A flowchart is easy to interpret and understand
 A flowchart provides a better/easier understanding of the
problem processing logic
Flowcharts provide more detail yet readable structure of
analyzing a problem.
 Are more capable of showing the overflow of instructions or
data from one process to another.
 One can easily conceptualize the whole program at just a
glance from a flowchart.
 A flowchart provides an easier way of error identification and
rectification. They offer/give more efficient program
maintenance as they give the programmer which part of the
program logic to put emphasis on and can be edited to suite
new changes.
 With flowcharts information needs or problems are analyzed
in a more effective way that reduces costs and time wastage
o Makes results look attractive and organized

Any 3 x 2 = 06 marks
(b) AN ALGORITHM /A PSEUDO CODE TO PROMOTE, MAKE
REPEAT OR DISMISS A STUDENT 1 mark

284
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

285
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION ONE

EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION ONE

1.In which computer classification does an analog computer belong?
A. Categories
B. Purpose
C. Process
D. Size
2.A ……………………. is an application program that provides an interface
between the user and the world wide web.
A. Internet
B. Web browser
C. Website
D. Microsoft Office Word
3.…………….. is responsible for directing and coordinating most of the
operations in the CPU.
A. The ALU
B. The CU
C. The Registers
D. The Operating System
4.The archive program is categorized as a(n)
A. Application software
B. Operating system
C. Utility program
D. Programming Language
5.Calculate the number of bits in 24 bytes.
A. 128
B. 8
C. 192
D. 48
6.All Impact printers are known for being:
A. Slow
B. Fast
C. Noisy
D. Quick
7.The use of functions to manipulate data is a facility of ……………
A. Database
B. Spreadsheets
C. Presentations
D. Communications.
8.An inked ribbon is normally used in
A. Thermal Printers
B. Impact printers
C. Non-impact printers
286
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
D. Braille printers
9.A page in landscape orientation is
A. wider than it is tall,
B. taller than it is wide
C. turned upside down
D. turned left side right
10. Corporate confidentiality relates to
A. downloading pirated software.
B. using a spreadsheet to keep track of your accounts.
C. sharing private customer information.
D. having all the latest hardware and software.
11. Which software maintenance tool will check and repair the folder and
file structure of your hard drive?
A. Format
B. Backup
C. Defragmenter
D. Scandisk
12. You have files with these extensions: .bmp, .tif, .jpg and .gif. Which
application type would be best to use to see what is in these files?
A. Word Processing
B. Spreadsheet
C. Database
D. Graphics
13. Which feature of a word processor would you use to suggest an
alternative word for the one being used?
A. Spell check
B. Thesaurus
C. Macro
D. Grammar checker
14. Which statement is NOT an advantage of a word processor?
A. Editing a document requires a complete retype of the page.
B. The font can be given a wide range of formats.
C. Documents can be saved then retrieved at a later time.
D. Parts of a document can be reused in other documents.
15. The following devices contain a chip-based operating system except
A. iPod
B. Laptop
C. Calculator
D. Cell Phone
16. Which of the following applications would most likely use a DBMS?
A. Supermarket bill

287
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION ONE

B. Project report
C. Students records directory
D. Graphics imaging
Refer to this spreadsheet and chart to answer the questions that follow
A B C D
1 Unit price: $5.00
2
3 SALES Units Total
4 Week 1 4 $20.00
5 Week 2 2 $10.00
6 Week 3 3 $15.00
7
8 Total 9 $45.00

17. Which cell contains the entry “=SUM(B4:B6)”?

A. B1
B. C4
C. B8
D. C8
18. What is the data type in cell B4?
A. Label
B. Formula
C. Function
D. Value
19. Which cell contains a reference to the entry “$5.00”?
A. B1
B. C4
C. B8
288
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
D. B4
20. The columns in the chart show which range of data?
A. B4:B6
B. C4:C6
C. A4:C6
D. B4:C6
21. A company wants to create and print a brochure. The brochure will give
descriptions and prices. It will also show photos and drawings of the
company’s products. Which combination of applications would be best for
this job?
A. Word Processor and Spreadsheet
B. Spreadsheet and Graphics
C. Operating System and Database
D. Word Processor and Graphics
22. Working from home on your laptop via the internet is considered
A. web surfing.
B. net meeting.
C. virtual office.
D. telecommuting.
23. If the file, “Chapter 1a.doc” was saved as a text file, what would be the
new file extension?
A. txt
B. pdf
C. wps
D. xml
24. Combining a list of names and addresses onto a letter template to
reflect a more personalized letter, uses which word processing task?
A. Emailing
B. Mail merging
C. Printing results
D. Find and replace
25. Given the following statement:
=IF(G10<50, “FAIL”, “PASS”), what is the result if G10 was 50?
A. PASS
B. FAIL
C. G10<50
D. Empty
26. Cell addresses in a spreadsheet are described
A. by numbers, letters
B. by fields, records
C. by column headings, row headings

289
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION ONE

D. by their coordinates and lines

27. To give a visual presentation, cell ranges can be depicted in a
A. chart.
B. image.
C. formula.
D. paragraph.
28. “Ascending” and “Descending” are used in which spreadsheet feature?
A. Sorting
B. Repeating
C. Analyzing
D. Calculating
29. Which of the following is NOT an advantage of a chip (ROM) based
operating system?
A. Easily updated
B. No moving parts
C. Quick startup time
D. Resistant to viruses
30. In which word processing menu will you find the spell check option?
A. Edit Menu
B. Help Menu
C. Tools Menu
D. Insert Menu
31. 10. Which of the following is NOT a spreadsheet program?
A. Ms Excel
B. Quattro Pro
C. Dbase III
D. Lotus 1-2-3
32. The fastest permanent storage device is the
A. hard disk.
B. floppy.
C. RAM.
D. tape.
33. Anywar Cornelius is trying to remember how to use the PRODUCT
function in a spreadsheet. What should he do?
A. Press F1 to get help.
B. Highlight relevant cells and type in PRODUCT.
C. Type in PRODUCT(A1:A2) and see if it’s correct.
D. Multiply with a calculator and manually type the answer by hand in the
cell.
34. Kisaawe Ahmed has accidentally deleted all the text he has been
working on for 3 hours! What should he do to restore the work?
A. Rush out and call the computer teacher for assistance.
B. Check the recycle bin and click ‘restore’.
290
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
C. Close the document and click ‘No’ when asked to save changes.
D. Press Ctrl-Z immediately.
35. Turning the computer on by pressing the power switch is called a
A. warm start.
B. cold start.
C. reboot.
D. reset.
36. The best spreadsheet function for finding the smallest value in a range
is
A. MIN
B. MAX
C. SMALLER
D. MINIMUM
37. Which of the following is NOT a feature of a system software
specification?
A. Cost
B. RAM
C. Processor speed
D. Hard disk capacity
38. One advantage of a Local Area Network (LAN) is to
A. enable the sharing of power source.
B. get direct connection to the internet.
C. enable sharing of data on the network.
D. increase processor speed of standalone computers.
39. The main responsibility of a modem is to
A. initiate a communication session.
B. convert between digital and analog signal formats.
C. force a remote system to match its speed capabilities.
D. carry out an electronic conversation with another modem.
40. In application software like word processing the series of menu
commands and keystrokes that have been recorded and given a name is
called
A. Macro.
B. Backup.
C. Thesaurus.
D. Template.
41. What happens when the ‘Print Screen’ key on the keyboard is pressed?
A. Whatever is on the screen will be printed.
B. The document seen on the screen will be printed.
C. What You See on the screen Is What You Get when printed.

291
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION ONE

D. Everything seen on the screen will be copied to the clipboard to be

pasted later.
42. Which term below is related to the size of a font?
A. Type
B. Style
C. Point
D. Format
Use the worksheet given below to answer the questions that follow:
A B C D
1 100 2 =A$1*10
2 80 1
3 70 4
4 60 3
5 50 5
6 40 8
7
8

43. Cell B1 contains a formula =A$1*10. If the fill handle is used to copy the
formula to cells C2, and D1 the results will be:
A. 800 in C2 and 200 in D1
B. 1000 in C2 and 1000 in D1 different values.
C. 80 in C2 and 20 in D1
D. 1000 in C2 and 20 in D1
44. Cell A7 contains a formula for finding the average of the data in column
A. Which of the following formulae would display the result needed?
A. = MEAN (A1:A6)
B. = COUNT (A1:A6)/6
C. =(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5+A6)/6
A1  A2  A3  A4  A5  A6
D.
COUNT(A1: A6)
45. Which of the following is true about an absolute reference in a
spreadsheet?
A. It can only be used on individual cells but not on ranges.
B. The spreadsheet does recalculation every time it is used.
C. The reference cell changes when you copy within a worksheet.
D. The reference cell stays the same no matter where you copy it to within
the worksheet

292
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
46. Which of the following relationships best shows the way the user relates
to the parts of a computer system?
A. User → operating system → application → hardware.
B. User → application → operating system → hardware.
C. User → application → hardware → operating system.
D. User → hardware → application → operating system.
47. Which one of the following Operating Systems does not have a GUI?
A. Windows 8
B. DOS
C. Mac OS X Leopard
D. Linux
48. Direct sunlight can cause damage to floppy disks. This is because the
A. disks are always warm.
B. light intensity is too high for the disk.
C. high humidity lets fungi grow on the disk surface.
D. high temperature causes bending of the disk surface.
49. Copyright regulations don’t apply to
A. Freeware and Open source software
B. Shareware and web based software
C. Open source and Public domain software
D. Public domain software and Off the shelf software
50. A printer should be connected to which port?
A. RS-232
B. Parallel
C. Serial
D. Video
51. A relative living overseas sends you a computer. What should you
check before plugging in the power lead?
A. That the voltage is set correctly for your country.
B. That the Operating System is the right one for the computer.
C. That there is no pirated software on the hard drive.
D. That the computer has sufficient RAM memory to run the software you
want to use.
52. Which file attribute will protect a file from being written to?
A. Read-only
B. Write Only
C. Hidden
D. System
53. Susan has an Office Suite on her computer. It allows her to put
spreadsheet tables into her word processor document. This Office Suite
is an example of

293
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION ONE

A. integrated software.
B. proprietary software.
C. a programming language.
D. an operating system

End of Term Party

Hello everyone,

I am planning to have an ‘end of term’

party at my house on the weekend after
the exams. If you are interested in attending
let me know before Tuesday. We will be
having bull roasting and will be organizing
games and other activities.

Rogers
54. In the memo above, what is the text alignment in the main paragraph?
A. Right
B. Left
C. Center
D. Justify
55. What font formatting was given to the name “Rogers”?
A. Bold
B. Italics
C. Bold and Italics
D. Normal
56. A computer takes time to boot. During this time the computer is
A. loading the operating system.
B. loading all of the applications.
C. letting the processor warm up properly.
D. making sure the voltage gets to the right level.
57. The operating system does different tasks. One of these tasks is to
A. let a user move files on the computer.
B. act as a word processor.
C. browse the internet.
D. be a calculator.
58. A sequence of coded instructions which the computer interprets is a
A. microprocessor.
B. connection.

294
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
C. program.
D. monitor.
59. Which operating system function would you use to find a lost file?
A. Search
B. Sort
C. Recover
D. Copy
Use this spreadsheet to answer questions that follow:

60. Which of these best describes the format of row 3?

A. Bold
B. Centre
C. Bold and centre
D. Centre and italic
61. Which cell is currently selected?
A. A1.
B. D8.
C. B16.
D. No cell is currently selected.
62. What is the name of the saved file?
A. Excel
B. Book 1
C. Vegetable Costs
D. SecA_qn13to16

295
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION ONE

63. Which error message will excel show if text in a function syntax is not
recognized?
A. #DIV/0!
B. #REF!
C. #NUM!
D. #NAME?
64. Which of the following devices must be used in order to connect two computers
for sharing of data?
A. USB
B. NIC
C. UPS
D. Microwave
65. A document with copyrighted material is marked with
A. ©.
B. ®.
C. €.
D. @.
66. Which of the following is NOT a management task carried out by the Operating
System?
A. Processor Management
B. Memory Management
C. Device Management
D. User Management
67. The filename “ebola.pdf” tells you that the information in the file is about ebola
and the file is
A. a Word file.
B. an Acrobat file.
C. a Database file.
D. a PowerPoint file.
68. The first operation to move a paragraph from one place to another is
A. clicking on Edit Menu and selecting COPY.
B. highlighting the paragraph to be moved.
C. right-clicking and selecting COPY.
D. right-clicking and selecting CUT.
69. Which of the following is both an input and an output device?
A. keyboard
B. monitor
C. disk drive
D. printer

296
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

70. In the figure above, the statement (5R x 2C) shown in the name box of the
Microsoft Excel worksheet means
A. it is a formula for multiplying the value in cell 5R with that in cell 2C.
B. there are 5 rows and 2 columns being highlighted in this worksheet.
C. the cursor is located at the intersection of Row 5 and Column 2.
D. That 5Rx2C is the active cell.
71. How is Christopher Latham Sholes remembered in the history of computers?
A. He invented the ENIAC
B. He was the first debugger
C. He invented the QWERTY keyboard
D. He invented the mouse during the 4th generation.
72. A hardware or software system used to restrict access to data and information on
a network is called
A. modem.
B. netscape.
C. ARPANET.
D. firewall.
73. The system clock
A. is a storage device.
B. shows the time and date.
C. determines data process speeds.
D. turns off the computer after a long time.
74. The following are parts of the Central Processing Unit (CPU) except
A. ALU.
B. Control Unit.
C. ROM.
D. registers.
75. In computer studies and information technology, a bug is a

297
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION ONE

A. data bus damager.

B. programming error.
C. malicious program.
D. syntax error.
76. Select one tool that controls the size, margins and orientation when working
on a word document.
A. Page setup.
B. Print preview.
C. Format.
D. Insert.
77. 3rd generation computers are characterized by the development and use of
A. transistors.
B. integrated circuits.
C. microprocessors.
D. vacuum tubes.
78. A hardware on a network or communication system which receives, boosts and
retransmits a signal to the next part of a system is a
A. router.
B. hub.
C. gateway.
D. repeater.
79. How many cells are in the range Y12:AC18 in a spreadsheet?
A. 12
B. 18.
C. 35.
D. 216.
80. The graphics interface usually moves and points the cursor with the
A. function key.
B. toggle key.
C. mouse.
D. Num lock.
81. A document that contains the layout and formatting necessary for a specific
document type is a
A. template.
B. macro.
C. graphic.
D. worksheet.
82. This is the process through which data from a sending device is converted into
signals which the communication medium can carry is known as
A. transmission.
B. encoding.
C. uploading
D. decoding.
298
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
83. A………. is the vertical section of tracks through all platters on a hard disk.
A. Disk Drive.
B. Cluster.
C. Cylinder.
D. Sector.
84. A port that uses radio waves to transmit data between two devices, without using
cables is known as a
A. Serial port.
B. USB Port.
C. Bluetooth port.
D. SATA port.
85. How much does 4EC hex represent in binary?
A. 10011101100
B. 11011101001.
C. 4 14 12.
D. 00110111001.
86. A super computer is used in
A. banks.
B. schools to write letters on.
C. offices to work with databases.
D. space exploration and weather forecast.
87. A DVD writer is a/an
A. Output device.
B. Input device.
C. I/O device.
D. Storage device.
88. What is 2.1 Kilo Bytes equal to?
A. 1024 MB.
B. 8 bytes.
C. 8192 bits.
D. 17203 bits.
89. Which component collects the result of computations in the CPU?
A. The ALU
B. Storage register
C. Accumulator
D. General Purpose register
90. The Country known for the first use of abacus is ________ .
A. India.
B. U.S.A.
C. Japan.
D. China.

299
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION ONE

91. The first commercially available computer developed in the year 1951 was
________ .
A. ASCC.
B. UNIVAC.
C. ENIAC.
D. EDVAC.
92. A Samsung galaxy is an example of a ________ computer.
A. Tablet PC.
B. Laptop.
C. Notebook.
D. Desktop.
93. The original ASCII code used…bits of each byte, reserving the last bit for error
checking
A. 5
B. 6
C. 7
D. 8
94. Who is credited with the idea of using punched cards to control patterns of a
weaving machine?
A. Pascal
B. Hollerith
C. Babbage
D. Jacquard
95. Twisted pair, coaxial cable and fiber optic cable are types of transmission
A. Chains
B. Media
C. Data
D. Information.
96. Why is UTP cable the recommended for use in computer laboratory networks?
A. It covers longer distances
B. It is easier to install and use
C. There is No signal interference
D. All the above
97. The following resources that can be shared by computers on a network except
A. Peripheral Devices like the Keyboard
B. A single Internet Connection
C. Processing Power
D. IP Addresses
98. Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of fourth generation computers?
A. Operating systems based on the Graphical User Interface (GUI) were developed.
B. Multi-tasking was possible.
C. They had Artificial Intelligence.
D. Computers could be linked together to form networks.
300
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
99. Which of the following was a development during the mechanical era (1623 –
1945)?
A. Napier’s Bones.
B. Blaise Pascal's Calculator
C. William Oughtred’s Slide rule
D. Vacuum tubes.
100. Which of the following programs are NOT typically included in Microsoft
Office Suite?
A. Word Processing Programs
B. Desktop Publishing Programs
C. Email Management Programs
D. Video Editing Programs

EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION TWO

1.A………. also called an allocation unit, consists of two to eight sectors of space
used to store data on a hard disk.
E. Disk Drive.
F. Cluster.
G. Cylinder.
H. Platter.
2.Which of the following is the main reason why USB ports are becoming more
popular than other types?
E. Because USB ports make it easier to connect external devices to PCs.
F. Because USB ports allow attaching a multitude of connectors at the back of
PCs.
G. Because USB ports permit high-speed device interface data transfer rates.
H. Because USB ports support universal plug and play.
3.Which of the following is the parallel port, which allows several bits to be
transmitted simultaneously; and commonly provides the interface for such devices
as high-speed printers?

301
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION TWO

4.What is the binary equivalent of AF hexadecimal?

E. 10101111
F. 11111010
G. 175
H. 257
5.Which of the following can do both data input and output?
E. Projector
F. Scanner
G. Touch Screen
H. Microphone
6.What is the equivalent for 16384 bits?
E. 16384 characters
F. 2048 MB.
G. 16 bytes.
H. 2 KB
7.The binary coding scheme that can uniquely represent any character or symbol
present in any language including up to
232 = (~ 4 billion) characters available to a digital computer using a combination of
bits 0 and 1 is:
E. 7-bit American Standard Code for Information interchange (ASCII -7)
F. 8-bit American Standard Code for Information interchange (ASCII -8)
G. Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code (EBCDIC).
H. Universal Code (UniCode).
8.Who is credited with the idea of the tabulating machine which was used to
manage statistics during the 1890 USA population census?
E. Pascal
F. Hollerith
302
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
G. Babbage
H. Jacquard
9.Which of the following is a characteristic of second generation computers?
E. Operating systems based on the Graphical User Interface (GUI) were
developed.
F. Multi-tasking was not possible.
G. They had Artificial Intelligence.
H. Computers could be linked together to form networks.
10. Which hard disk interface is illustrated in the figure below?
A. SATA, (Serial Advanced Technology Attachment)
B. EIDE, (Enhanced Integrated Drive Electronics)
C. SCSI, (Small Computer System Interface) and
D. SAS (Serial-attached SCSI)

11. Which of the following was not a development during the mechanical era (1642
– 1890)?
E. Blaise Pascal's Calculator
F. William Oughtred’s Slide rule
G. Leibniz’s Stepped Reckoner
H. Jacquard’s Loom
12. Into which port would you plug the monitor cable connector?
A. –
B. –
C. –
D. –
13. Which type of computer memory is not a form of
permanent storage?
A. ROM
B. RAM
C. Floppy Disk
D. Hard Disk
14. It is not possible to save a file to a
A. Hard Disk.
303
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION TWO

B. Floppy Disk.
C. CD-ROM.
D. Magnetic Tape.
15. What does the Central Processing Unit (CPU) actually process?
A. Bits and bytes
B. ASCII
C. Applications
D. Device drivers
16. In most applications, the command Save is found on which pull down menu?
A. File
B. Edit
C. Format
D. Help
17. A file is located at
C:\My Documents\Business\Accounts.xls
Which part of this path is a subfolder (subdirectory)?
A. C:\
B. Business
C. My Documents
D. .xls
18. The hardware where data is actually written and stored is called a storage
A. device.
B. medium.
C. memory.
D. processor.
19. Imaging devices are categorized as
A. input.
B. output.
C. storage.
D. processing.
20. Keys F1 through F12 are known as ….keys.
A. fast
B. control
C. function
D. shift
21. Businesses that use carbon invoices prefer ……… printers.
A. laser
B. inkjet
C. desk jet
D. dot matrix
22. 01001101 binary is
A. 129
B. one byte.
304
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
C. 76 decimal.
D. 4D hexadecimal.
23. With reference to the diagram below, how many files are found in the active
folder?

.
A. 14
B. 22
C. 8
D. 9
24. To copy an image of only the current application’s window to the clipboard,
press
A. F1
B. Alt- Print Screen
C. Scroll Lock
D. Print Screen
25. Which is not usually an environmental danger for computers?
A. Extreme darkness
B. Magnetic field
C. Water and light
D. Dust and heat
26. Which of these acronyms is a programming language?
A. WYSIWYG
B. BASIC
C. ASCII
D. BIOS
27. What is the best definition of a computer program?
A. One part of the Internet
B. Something made by Microsoft
C. A sequence of coded instructions

305
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION TWO

D. The part of the computer you click on

28. The best way to protect your work against unforeseen computer problems is to
always
A. save files whenever you remember to.
B. keep program files in a folder.
C. use the latest software programs.
D. backup files regularly.
29. Serial ports transmit data
A. one bit at a time.
B. one byte at a time.
C. in one direction only.
D. when a clock pulse is applied to them.
30. A hard disk stores information as a sequence of
A. electrical pulses.
B. magnetic dipoles.
C. light and dark optical barcodes.
D. up and down steps in the disk surface.
31. The tracks on a diskette are made of
A. cylinders.
B. grooves.-
C. sectors.
D. FATs.
32. An example of an impact printer is
A. a laser printer.
B. an ink-jet printer.
C. a bubble-jet printer.
D. a dot-matrix printer.
33. The fastest type of data access is
A. RAM.
B. Registers
C. Flash Disk
D. CD
34. The decimal form of 100011 binary is
A. 6
B. 35
C. 49
D. 100011
35. A mouse is mainly used as
A. a static device.
B. an input device.
C. an output device.
D. an independent device.
36. A monitor is mainly used as
306
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
A. a supervision device.
B. an input device.
C. a storage device.
D. an output device.
37. Data cannot be stored permanently in RAM because
A. RAM size quickly gets too small.
B. RAM overheats when used for a long time.
C. data is damaged when left in RAM for a long time.
D. RAM data is lost when the electric power goes off.
38. When you try to delete a file from a floppy disk you get an error message. What
could
cause this error?
A. The disk is full.
B. The file is too big.
C. The disk is write protected.
D. The file is of the wrong type
39. The file SmallLetter.doc is in the sub-folder (sub-directory) Letters, which is in
the folder
(directory) correspondence on a USB flash drive. The disk drive letter is F. What is
the correct path to the file?
A. Correspondence\Letters\SmallLetter.doc\F
B. F:\Letters\correspondence\SmallLetter.doc
C. F:\correspondence\Letters\SmallLetter.doc
D. F:\SmallLetter\Letters\correspondence.doc
40. Which of these devices is not a magnetic storage medium?
A. Tape
B. Hard disk
C. Floppy disk
D. Compact disk
41. Computers process information in the form of bits made up of 1s and 0s. These
numbers are known as
A. unicode numbers.
B. decimal numbers.
C. binary numbers.
D. ASCII numbers.
42. Which number represents the greatest amount of data?
A. 500 Gb
B. 0.2 Tb
C. 640 Kb
D. 3200 bytes
43. Which storage device normally cannot be written to?

307
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION TWO

A. ROM
B. RAM
C. Hard disk
D. Floppy disk
44. A scanner is an example of
A. an output device.
B. an input device.
C. a device driver.
D. a tape drive.
45. Which device helps a computer to continue operating after a power failure?
A. CPU
B. DOS
C. UPS
D. USB
46. Which row shows how Hard Disks and Compact Disks store data?
Hard Disks Compact Disks
A. Magnetic Electric
B. Optic Optic
C. Electric Magnetic
D. Magnetic Optic
47. Which of the following types of printers does not use a print-head mechanism
when printing characters?
A. Line printers
B. Dot Matrix printers
C. Daisywheel printers
D. Laser printers
48. Optical Disks used in computers are usually made of
A. Zinc.
B. Silicon.
C. Chromium.
D. Lacquer.
49. The process of initializing a disk to be ready for data storage is called Disk
………
A. Formatting.
B. Initiation.
C. Scanning.
D. Defragmenting.
50. According to the picture below, which of the following information is true?

308
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA

A. fig1= Tracks; fig2= Sectors; fig3= Platters

B. fig1= Sectors; fig2= Platters; fig3= Tracks
C. fig1= Platters; fig2= Tracks; fig3= Sectors
D. fig1= Sectors; fig2= Tracks; fig3= Platters
51. The electronic pathway where data travels between the CPU and other parts
within the motherboard is called
A. cables or wires.
B. ports or slots.
C. line.
D. bus.
52. Calculate the number of bits required to hold the word BYE_BYE_S1 in
memory.
A. 10
B. 8
C. 80
D. 64
53. To move a block of selected text to a new position, one must use
A. find and replace.
B. paste special.
C. copy and paste.
D. cut and paste.
54. The blinking symbol on the computer screen is called the
A. mouse.
B. pointer.
C. icon.
D. cursor.
55. The retrieval of information from the computer is defined as
A. collection of data.
B. data operations.
C. output.
D. information collection
56. The first Apple Macintosh was a
A. First Generation Computer.
B. Second Generation Computer.
C. Third Generation Computer.
309
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION TWO

D. Fourth Generation Computer.

57. Analog computer works on the supply of
A. Continuous electrical pulses.
B. Discontinuous electrical pulses.
C. Magnetic strength.
D. Binary digits 0 and 1 (bits).
58. Which of the following statements is true?
A. Minicomputer works faster than Personal Computers.
B. Laptops work faster than Microcomputers.
C. Super computers are examples of Mainframe computers.
D. Big iron computers are also known as Mid-range computers.
59. What is the radius of the standard Optical discs used in personal computers?
A. 4.75 inches
B. 2.375 inches
C. 3½ inches
D. 3 cm
60. The main player in the microprocessor industry is
A. Intel.
B. IBM.
C. DELL.
D. AMD.
61. Which of the following is still useful for adding numbers?
A. Blaise Pascal’s Calculator.
B. ENIAC.
C. Abacus.
D. UNIVAC.
62. The following are negative effects of computers on our society except
A. Moral Decay.
B. Addiction.
C. Electronic Fraud.
D. Telecommuting.
63. In which computer classification does an analog computer belong?
A. Categories
B. Purpose
C. Process
D. Size
64. Who of the following presented a paper on the ‘Ten Commandments for
Computer Ethics’ during the first National Computer Ethics Conference held
Washington DC in 1991?
A. Dr. Bill Gates.
B. Dr. Ramon C. Barquin.
C. Dr. Grace Murray Hopper
D. Dr. Howard Aiken
310
UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
65. …………….. is responsible for directing and coordinating most of the
operations in the CPU.
A. The ALU
B. The CU
C. The Registers
D. The Operating System
66. A page in landscape orientation is
A. wider than it is tall,
B. taller than it is wide
C. turned upside down
D. bigger than a page in portrait orientation.
67. Working from home on your laptop via the internet is called
A. web surfing.
B. net meeting.
C. virtual office.
D. telecommuting.
68. Mudiro Eric wants to start using his computer for watching local TV. What can
he do to add this functionality to his PC?
A. He should pay for DSTV services.
B. He should connect the video out cable from a TV to his system unit.
C. He should buy and install a TV capture adapter card.
D. He should visit the internet website: www.watchlocaltvfree.com .
69. Which term below is related to the size of a font?
A. Type
B. Style
C. Point
D. Format
70. Direct sunlight can cause damage to floppy disks. This is because the
A. disks are always warm.
B. light intensity is too high for the disk.
C. high humidity lets fungi grow on the disk surface.
D. high temperature causes bending of the disk surface.
71. A computer takes time to boot. During this time the computer is
A. loading the operating system.
B. loading all of the applications.
C. letting the processor warm up properly.
D. making sure the voltage gets to the right level.
72. A relative living overseas sends you a computer. What should you check before
plugging in the power lead?
A. That the voltage is set correctly for your country.
B. That the Operating System is the right one for the computer.

311
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION TWO

C. That there is no pirated software on the hard drive.

D. That the computer has sufficient RAM memory to run the software you want.
73. How is Christopher Latham Sholes remembered in the history of computers?
A. He invented the ENIAC
B. He was the first debugger
C. He invented the QWERTY keyboard
D. He invented the mouse during the 4th generation.
74. The system clock
A. is a storage device.
B. shows the time and date.
C. determines data process speeds.
D. turns off the computer after a long time.
75. In computer studies and information technology, a bug is a
A. data bus damager.
B. programming error.
C. malicious program.
D. syntax error.
76. What is 4.5 Kilo Bytes equal to?
A. 36 bits.
B. 4608 bytes.
C. 36864 bits.
D. 8192 bits.
77. Which component collects the result of computations in the CPU?
A. The ALU
B. The Storage register
C. The Accumulator
D. The General Purpose register
78. The original ASCII code used …bits of each byte, reserving the last bit for error
checking.
A. 5 C. 7
B. 6 D. 8
79. How much does 10D hex represent in octal?
A. 100001101
B. 269.
C. 415.
D. 1013.
80. How many characters can be stored on a standard floppy disk?
A. 1.44
B. 11.52
C. 1440000
D. 1509949

312
 UCE COMPUTER STUDIES REVISION Q&A FOR UGANDA
ANSWER TABLE FOR EXTRA OBJECTIVE COMPILATION ONE
1 C 11 D 21 D 31 C 41 D 51 A 61 C 71 C 81 A 91 B
2 B 12 D 22 D 32 A 42 C 52 A 62 D 72 D 82 B 92 A
3 B 13 B 23 A 33 A 43 D 53 A 63 D 73 C 83 C 93 C
4 C 14 A 24 B 34 D 44 C 54 D 64 B 74 C 84 C 94 D
5 C 15 B 25 A 35 B 45 D 55 B 65 A 75 B 85 A 95 B
6 C 16 C 26 C 36 A 46 B 56 A 66 D 76 A 86 D 96 B
7 B 17 C 27 A 37 A 47 B 57 A 67 B 77 B 87 C 97 D
8 B 18 D 28 A 38 C 48 D 58 C 68 B 78 D 88 D 98 C
9 A 19 A 29 A 39 B 49 C 59 A 69 C 79 C 89 C 99 B
10 C 20 A 30 C 40 A 50 B 60 C 70 B 80 C 90 D 100 D

ANSWER TABLE FOR EXTRA OBJECTIVESS COMPILATION TWO

1 B 11 B 21 D 31 C 41 C 51 D 61 C 71 A
2 C 12 A 22 D 32 D 11142A 52 C 62 D 72 A
3 D 13 B 23 C 33 B 43 A 53 D 63 C 73 C
4 A 14 C 24 B 34 B 44 B 54 D 64 B 74 D
5 C 15 A 25 A 35 B 45 C 55 C 65 B 75 B
6 D 16 A 26 B 36 D 46 D 56 D 66 A 76 B
7 D 17 B 27 C 37 D 47 D 57 A 67 D 77 C
8 B 18 B 28 D 38 C 48 D 58 A 68 C 78 C
9 B 19 A 29 A 39 C 49 A 59 A 69 C 79 C
10 A 20 C 30 B 40 D 50 D 60 A 70 D 80 C

313
 EXTRA OBJECTIVES COMPILATION TWO

NB: Lookout for new past papers and

their marking guides on the

SHAREBILITY UGANDA
RESOURCE POOL

Available online at
sharebility.mukalele.net
Success in your Exams!
END

314